• Browser built in viewer
• PDF Viewer
• Universal Document Viewer
• Google Docs View
• Google Drive View
• Download Document [pdf]
Not Your Device? Search For Manuals / Datasheets:



File Info : application/pdf, 228 Pages, 250.57MB

Document Document

A PENNWELL PUBLICATION
COMPUTER

~ULY 1981

DESIGN THE MAGAZINE OF COMPUTER BASED SVSTEIVIS

LOW COST ALTERNATIVE TO HAMMING CODES CORRECTS MEMORY ERRORS VIRTUAL MEMORY EXTENSION FOR AN EXISTING MINICOMPUTER SPECIAL REPORT ON COMPUTER GRAPHICS

Whizzard 6200 raster-scan, linedrawing terminals are working remote workstations -fast, interactive, intelligent.
The Megatek difference starts with host-computer software. Wand 6200 is a computer-independent, Core-compatible Fortran package which organizes graphic information for maximum communication-line efficiency. Image segments can be dynamically extended , changed to a different color or line type , scaled, translated , or blinked with just a few simple commands .
Whizzard 6200 terminals can also be programmed with hundreds of graphic subroutines (e.g., the image of a bolt head). Instead of reconstructing such "instances" each time they are needed, the host computer simply transmits a subroutine ID number.
Swiftly interacting with the host computer at the "action" end of the communication line is an intelligent Whizzard 6200 memory-management

1/0 interface which maps subroutines , segments , and attribute information into a 64K-byte display-list memory (expandable to 128K bytes).
The final step , from memory to screen , is nearly instantaneous . Powered by a 32-bit proprietary processor, the Whizzard 6200 "graphics engine" processes display-list data into raster images at an average rate of 200 nanoseconds per pixel .Text can be displayed in eight hardwaregenerated character sizes. Twelve-bit vector coordinates (4096 x4096 virtual display space) can be scaled up to 8X with full retention of fineline detail. Images can be " Rasterized " into full-resolution hardcopy.
Monochrome or color, 512x512 or 1024x1024, every member of the Whizzard 6200 family is a complete graphics workstation , including desk, display monitor, keyboard , joystick, and optional data tablet. And all are upwardly mobile - up to the Whizzard 7200 series of 3D rotation-andscaling raster/vector terminals .

See Us at Siggraph Booth #607

The more you know about graphics, the more you lean toward Megatek.
There is a Megatek difference . See it, believe it. Call or write : Megatek Corporation , 3931 Sorrento Valley Blvd ., San Diego , CA 92121 . 714/ 4555590.TWX 910 -337-1270 .
MEGATEK CORPORATION
CIRCLE 1 ON INQUIRY CARD

CIRCLE 2 ON INQUIRY CARD

Four new printer ideas from the matrix printer leader

0 NENew 40 x 18 matrix Dual purpose
printer: The new T-1805 serial printer uses a unique 40 x 18 matrix dot pattern for high quality correspondence printing; or, flip a switch, it uses a 7 x 9 matrix for high speed data processing printing. In the high speed mode it turns out reports at time-saving throughput rates up to 200 lines per minute. In the reduced speed correspondence mode, its pivoting print head lays down an overlapping dot array to create high quality characters that look like they came from an office typewriter.

TW0 Line printer offers business graphics
and more: The T-3000 line printer is more application extensive than ever. This 300 line per minute multi-font machine now prints business graphics, subscripts, super-
scripts and customer defined special characters. This in addition to double high character printing. And to further its flexibility, characters can be loaded downstream from a host computer on command. Any number of character sets can be changed or interchanged on the fly. No printer stoppage. No wasted time.
For remote applications, the T-3000 even offers a communications adapter for long distance link-up with the host computer.

TH REE New enhancement! DEC
LA-120 compatible: The versatile T-1612 teleprinter can now conform to the same function codes as the DEC LA-120. That means it's a simple swap to upgrade to the feature packed, lower priced T-1612. Remember, the T-1612 teleprinter offers the same functional features as the LA-120,
plus extras like nine-needle print capability for true descenders and underlining, two-color red and black printing and forms handling bonuses like the Auto Front Feed for pre-cut forms and the Quick Tear for fast and easy forms removal.
MANNESMANN TALLY

FOUR Low cost bar code, OCR

printing: Here's the economy answer to high quality bar

code printing. And OCR-A and OCR-B printing. And data

processing printing good enough for correspondence

printing. And as a bonus, highly efficient and cost effective

forms handling. Its the M-Series of serial matrix printers. With

models in 80, 132 or 184 column widths.

Print two forms simultaneously! Some models can be

equipped with dual

OCR-A
Dl.23lfS6 7&901.21 3lf
OCR-8

tractor sets to handle
two different forms sets in tandem. For example, print bar code

0123456789012< 34 labels and a summary
sheet in one operation.

111111111111111111111111
*1.033425

Printers for the long run.
8301 S.180th, Kent, WA98031. Phone (206) 251-5524
CIRCLE 3 ON INQUIRY CARD

JULY 1981
VOLUME 20, NUMBER 7

DEPARTMENTS
11 EDITORIAL
14 CALENDAR
17 COMMUNICATION CHANNEL
A protocol is proposed to enable automatic dialing in an RS-232-C serial data network and provide the small system user the convenience of the autodialer
48 TECHNOLOGY REVIEW
71 DIGITAL CONTROL AND AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
Flexibility of operation and an integrated communications network result in an efficient automated data gathering operation that could be adapted to closed loop when needed
162 MICRO DATA STACK
IEEE 488 interface bus, using eight bused bidirectional data lines plus eight bus flags, synchronizes the transfer of parallel data among many devices
184 AROUND THE IC LOOP
194 PRODUCTS
210 LITERATURE
211 SYSTEMS SHOWCASE
212 CLASSIFIED RECRUITMENT
214 ADVERTISERS' INDEX
Reader Service Cards pages 217-220
Cover Artist: Darcy Gerbarg; cover was prepared on the Ampex Video Art (AVA) system, introduced by Ampex Corp, Redwood City, Calif in 1980 at the National Association of Broadcasters Convention. It was first utilized by the CBS network in New York City, Nov 1980, to create graphics for the presidential election-night coverage.
Editorial Review Board Fred F. Coury Gary W. Palmer Joseph E. Bryden

SPECIAL REPORT ON

COMPUTER GRAPHICS

85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

87

Focusing on increased emphasis on higher resolutions, "souped up"

arithmetic and data handling, and larger, lower cost memories, this

year's "Special Report on Computer Graphics" presents a collection of

five feature articles that points the way as computer graphics comes of age

FEATURES

LOW COST ALTERNATIVE TO HAMMING

CODES CORRECTS MEMORY ERRORS

143

by Lee Edwards

When memory accounts for a large part of product cost, or when throughput is critical, horizontal and vertical parity scheme detects and
corrects errors at less expense than do Hamming codes

VIRTUAL MEMORY EXTENSION FOR AN

EXISTING MINICOMPUTER

151

by Peter D. Vogt

Extensions to minicomputer architecture capitalize on low cost, high speed memory, and memory support chips

WBPA
1JABP

Computer Design® is published monthly. Copyright 1981 by Computer Design Publishing Co, a division of PennWell Publishing Co. All rights reserved. Controlled circulation postage paid at Tulsa, Okla. No material may be reprinted without permission. Postmaster: CHANGE OF ADDRESS-FORM 3579 to be sent to Computer Design, Circulation Dept, PO Box A , Winchester, MA 01890. Subscription rate is $30.00 in U.S .A .. Canada, and Mexico, and $50.00 elsewhere. Microfilm copies of Computer Design are available and may be purchased from University Microfilms, a Xerox Company, 300 N Zeeb Rd , Ann Arbor, Ml 48106 (USPS 127-340)
® Computer Design is a registered trademark of Computer Design Publishing Company

3

HEI produced the industry's first optical switch over a decade ago, and we still specialize in optoelectronic solutions.
1. Multi-Channel Reader - economical two to 14 channel optical reader for printer control and other equipment applications. Up to ten fanouts per channel. 2. Custom Optical Switch - built-in hybrid circuitry with light source and sensor gives square wave output. No moving parts, no wear. You specify switch size and gap spacing. 3. Custom reflective sensor - self-contained single-channel mark sensor. Has TTL-compatible output, good contrast ratio, and excellent resolution. Useful for a variety of fixed or movable mark sensing applications. 4. Multi-channel positioning sensor - custom optical switch with deep aperture. Optical array ideal for determining position of moving ribbon, paper, or for sensing an encoder. Built-in electronics for TTL-level digital output. HEI supplies a wide range of optoelectric devices as well as hand-fed card readers and a family of light pens. HEI has optoelectronic solutions for your design needs.
The Optoelectronic Specialists
HEiine:.
Jonathan Industrial Center· Chaska, MN 55318 · 612/448-3510 CIRCLE 4 ON INQUIRY CARD

C"'C*STAFF
Publisher Ronald W. Evans President & Founder Robert Brotherston
Editorial Editor
Saul B. Dinman Managing Editor Sydney F. Shapiro Technical Editor Shawn Spilman
Senior Editor Peg Killmon Western Field Editor (408) 371-8901 Douglas Eidsmore Associate Editors James W. Hughes Colleen G. da Silva Copy Editors Sue Paxman Debra M. Highberger Jun U. Smith Editorial Advisor
Rex Rice
Circulation Circulation Director Robert P. Dromgoole Data Control Manager
Wanda Holt Circulation Manager
Alma Brotherston
Production Production Manager
Linda M. Wright Production Assistant
Lou Ann Sawyer Advertising Coordinators Sally H. Bowers Cherie Crosby
Technical Art Concepts Unlimited
Marketing Director of Marketing
Gene Pritchard Marketing Services Manager
Linda G. Clark Promotion Manager
Tom Hodges
Financial Administrative Director
John 0 . McGillivray Controller
David C. Ciommo
Computer System Research Director Wayne Newman
Editorial & Executive Offices 11 Goldsmith St, Littleton, MA 01460 Tel. (617) 486-8944/(617) 646-787 2 Editorial manuscripts should be addressed to Editor, Computer Design, 11 Goldsmith St., Littleton, MA 01460. For details on the preparation and submission of manuscripts, request a copy of the "Computer Design Author's Guide."
*(TM)
COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

· Memory capacity up to twice the comparable P-E storage module
· Substantial price savings
· Compatible with Perkln-Elmer 3220 and 3240
· 256KB and 512KB configurations
· LED indicators to aid troubleshooting
· Test points available
· Switch-selectable address selection
· Address up to 4.0MB

Dataram Corporation introduces another first for users of Perkin-Elmer minicomputers - · the 512KB DR-320S semiconductor ADD-IN, the first 3200 Series-compatible semiconductor ADD-IN to be offered by an independent memory manufacturer.
The DR-320S continues the Dataram tradition of providing Perkin-Elmer compatible products at the industry's lowest cost / bit. Products that are not only compatible, but which offer additional features.

Memory Interface Board contained in the host 3200 Series minicomputer.
The DR-320S is internally configured as a 128K x 39 bit (32 data+ 7 ECC) memory to provide the 512KB capacity. A 256KB version of the DR-320S is also available. The DR-320S employs 16K RAMs having a 150 nsec access time to meet the speed requirements of the 3200 Series minicomputer. Tri-state receivers and drivers are used to transfer data between the DR-320S and the memory interface board.

For example, the 512KB DR-320S, which occupies only one slot, offers twice the memory capacity of the comparable 256KB Storage Module (Model 35-694) available from Perkin-Elmer. The DR-320S operates in conjunction with the Perkin-Elmer

In addition to 3200 series memory products, Dataram also offers core memory modules for older Perkin-Elmer / Interdata machines as well as BULK MEMORY Disk Emulation Systems for the full family of Perkin-Elmer minicomputers.

Canada: Ahearn & Soper Ltd .. 416-245-4848 · Finland: Systek OY, (80) 73 72 33 · France: YREL, (01) 956 81 42 · Hungary/Poland/Rumanla: Unitronex Corporation , WARSAW 39 6218 ·Italy: ESE s.r .I. , 02/ 607 3626 ·Netherlands: Technitron b .v., (020) 45 87 55 ·Sweden: M. Stenhardt AB , (08) 739 00 50 ·Switzerland: ADCOMP AG, 01 / 730 48 48 · United Kingdom: Sintrom Elinor Ltd ., (0734) 85464 · West Germany: 0 .E.M .-Elektron ik GmbH , 07 11-79 80 47 · Yugoslavia: lnstitut "Jozef Stefan ", 263-261 ·Australia/New Zealand: Anderson Digital Equipment , (03) 543-2077 ·
India: lnfosystems Private Limited , 79281 · Israel: Minix Computers & Systems Ltd ., 03-298783 · Japan: Matsushita Electric Trading Co ., Ltd . 06 (282) 5111

CIRCLE 5 ON INQ\JIRV CARD

-------------------------, I'd like to learn more about Perkin-Elmer compatible memory: D 3200 Series D Disk Emulation D Other D Please send information. D Please have a salesman contact me.

Nctme - - - - - - - - - - - - Title _ _ _ _ __. hone _ _ _ __ Company _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Address - - - - - - - - - - - City _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

State

ip _ _ _ _ __

L------------------------~

lriWtm-"I

Princeton Road Cranbury. New Jersey 08512 Tel: 609-799-0071 TWX: 510-685-2542

TEK 8550 MICROCOMPUTER DEVELOPMENT LAB
16 bits of information
1. Self-contained and upward compatible. The 8550 Microcomputer Development Lab is the single-user member of the new 8500 Modular MDL Series, which also includes the 8560 multi-user system and the 8540 Advanced Integration Unit for the host computer environment. The 8550 is a complete microcomputer design tool , covering both software development and integration into the prototype. The 8550 can also be used as a station on Tek's forthcoming 8560 multi-user system .
2. Real-Time Emulation. Takes the concept of emulation to a new performance level. Advanced circuitry eliminates the need for wait states during program execution and debugging. Th.e emulator processor now functions in real-time , with its operation totally transparent to the user.
3. Multi-Vendor Chip Support. The 8550 MDL supports 26 chips in all . The broadest support available anywhere, covering a wide range of vendors . With microcomputers as well as microprocessors. The ultimate in design flexibility.
Copyright© 1980, Tektronix , Inc. All rights reserved. 936

FLEXIBLE SOLUTIONS FORAFUTUREOFCHANGE

on the new 8550 MDL.

4. 16-bit Support. You'll be able to

choose from an entire new generation of

16-bit processors. Tektronix has the high

performance tools to make it possible .

Assembler support is av_ailable now for

the 16-bit chips listed below. The TMS

9900 and SBP 9900 are fully supported

with emulation today. Real-Time Emula-

tion and Pascal support will be available

in stages for the 68000, Z8000 and 8086

beginning the third quarter of 1981.

68000 TMS 9900

Z8000 SBP 9900

8086

5. 16-bit Trigger Trace Analysis.

Gives you highly sophisticated triggering

ability for selective snapshots of full-

speed code execution on the prototype

bus. Up to four data acquisition triggers

can be combined in a wide variety of

ways . Bus cycle resolution to 8 MHz.

6. 8-bit Support. Besides the most

up-to-date microprocessor coverage,

you can also take advantage of extensive

8-bit microcomputer support. All 8-bit

chip support includes real-time

emulation .

6800

8048

3870

6802

8039

3872

6808

8039-6

3874

Z80A

8035

3876

8080A

8021

F8

8085A

8022

1802

8049

8041 A

6500/1

7. 8-bit Real-Time Analysis. An

optional Real -Time Prototype Analyzer

lets you extract both bus and hardware

logic at full operating speeds . You cap-

ture 48-bit words for storage in a 128-word

memory. Two triggers for precise data

acquisition.

8. Split-Bus Architecture. The

8550 uses one processor and bus for sys-

tem operation, and another for real-time

emulation. This architecture assures that

the emulator processor is denied access

to system memory, preventing the possi-

bility of a system crash during prototype

program execution.

9. Tree-Like File Structure. Com-

13. MDL/µ,Compiler. Tektronix' ad-

bines ease of use, rapid access and in- vanced form of Basic, with many exten-

depth organization. Allows files to bear- sions for microcomputer development.

ranged in a predetermined hierarchy that Often the quickest route from concept to

best supports your current situation. A fully developed code.

flexible tool that supports filing situations

14. Transportable Emulators and

from very simple to extremely complex. Software. If you need to expand to a

multi-user design environment, your 8550

can be incorporated as a workstation in

an 8560 multi-user system . Source code

and emulator modules can be readily

transferred to the Tektronix 8560 system.

If you move to a host environment, your

8550 emulator modules are totally com-

patible with the new Tektronix 8540 Ad-

vanced Integration Unit.

15. Worldwide Service. For service

support, 36 centers around the globe.

You get fast on-site service no matter

where you are - without waiting weeks

for parts or repairs .

16. Full Tektronix Support. Train-

ing , documentation, applications en-

10. Advanced CRT-Oriented Editor. Gives you the quickest path possible to perform many editing operations. Lets you use screen-oriented editing as well as line-oriented editing. Up and down scrolling capabilities give you a

gineering. Nobody does it like Tektronix. An entire series of classes on microcomputer design , from high-level language to hardware/software integration . Applications engineers are available worldwide to assist you.

total window on all of your code. 11. Macro Assembly. The most
powerful assembler software available

For a bit more information, contact your local Tektronix Sales Office

today in a development system. Lets you U.S.A., Asia, Australia, Central & Canada

employ user-defined constructs and li-

South America, Japan TeKtronix, Inc.

Tektronix Canada Inc . P.O . Box 6500

brary resources. A conditional assembly PO . Box 4828

Barrie, Ontario L4M 4V3

feature allows sophisticated user manipu-

Portland , OR 97208 Phone . 800154 7-6711

Phone: 705/ 737-2700

lation of code at assembly time.

Oregon only 8001452-6773 Telex : 910-467-8708

12·. Pascal Compiler. Available in Cable: TEKTRONIX

true compiler form, producing executable object code. Pascal's structured format allows a modular approach to programming. With extensions designed specifically for microcomputer devel-

Europe, Africa, Middle East Tektronix International , Inc . European Marketing Centre Postbox 827 1180 AV Amstelveen The Netherlands Telex 18312

opment, Tektronix Pascal is ideal for

the "top-down'.' method of product

development.

Circle 6 for Literature Circle 7 for Sales Contact

COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE

SCIENCE, NOT SCIENCE FICTION

Fact: The Mostek 64K RAM is here. Utilizing our Scaled POLY 5 process technology, this new generation VLSI memory represents the cumulative expertise of the same people who already have three impressive industry standard memories to their credit. Standards that include the MK4096 4K RAM, as well as its second generation counterpart, the MK4027. And more recently, the MK4116 16K dynamic RAM.
Fact: The MK4564 is not, however, a simple scaling of the MK4116. On the contrary, it's an entirely new approach to MOS memory design. One that demanded fresh, innovative ideas to maximize signal strength, yet minimize differential noise, sense amplifier offset and substrate voltage excursions, to name just a few. How we mastered these challenges with new circuitry, new layout techniques and new process technology is why our 64K RAM is so highly

Science showing science: New advances in photographic densitometry

Introducing the Mostek 64K RAM. An innovative yet
realistic approach significantly enhances manufacturability.

MOSTEI<®
manufacturable. And why it provides such wide operating margins both internally and to the system user.
Fact: The MK4564 has all the performance characteristics you would expect from the industry's memory leader. Organized 65,536 words this single supply, 5-volt NMOS memory fe atures fast access time and low power dissipation; just 300mW active and 22mWstandby. Refresh characteristics have been chosen to maintain compatibility with other Mostek dynamic RAMs. To simplify user interface, a pin 1 on-chip refresh version, designated MK4164, is also available. Pinout for both, of course, is J EDEC-approved.
Fact: There are some very det ailed reasons why the MK4564 is so highly manufacturable. Why it's so reliable. And why we fully expect it to become the standard by which other 64K RAMs will be measured. To find out what those reasons are, send for the 64K RAM brochure that explains them. In terms of science, not science fiction. Write Mostek, 1215 West Crosby Road, Carrollton, Texas 75006. Or call (214) 323-6000. In Europe, contact Mostek Brussels 762.18.80.

provide inside view of the Mostek 64K RAM.
CIRCLE 8 ON INQUIRY CARO

MOSTE.K~ and POLY 5 are trademarks of Mostek Corporation @1981 Mostek Corporation

EDITORIAL
Last month we mailed an editorial survey to a selected sample of subscribers in order to obtain a baseline for selecting future editorial material. If you received one of these surveys in the mail, I urge you to help us and your fellow engineers by taking some of your valuable time to complete and return the survey as soon as possible.
The next step in Computer Design's development program is to broaden our con tributor and reviewer base. The editorial content of any publication that purports to be a technical book should reflect the next generation and state-of-the-art thinking that is taking place right now in our industry. A publication such as ours ultimately must decide whether it will merely report events as they are heard or provide significant technical information in the form of in-depth articles. Computer Design has always opted tor the latter. As it is impossible for any publication to maintain a staff of writers whose technical competence is on a par with those of you who are on the front lines of applied digital systems technology, we intend to expand our ranks of editorial contributors in order to continue providing you with in-depth current material.
Needless to say, having an article published in a technical periodical such as Computer Design is a personal achievement that goes well on your resume, contributes to your professional growth, and helps promote your company as a stimulating and up-to-date place to work. If you are interested in finding out how to become one of our contributors, please circle 754 in the "Editorial Score Card" box of our Inquiry Card, and we will send you a copy of our Author's Guide.
Saul B. Dinman Editor
11

Now the logic is clear... B&K-PRECISION is the new
choice for logic analyzers.

Aniiouncing a new line of logic analyzers ready to face all comparisons.

The very latest word in logic analysis is B&K-PRECISION. Notjust another "L-A" line, B&K-PRECISION's new instruments offer real user advantages.
Both new analyzers, the LA-1020 and LA-1025, are 16 channel, 20MHz instruments. In addition to logic analysis, the LA-1025 "Digital Systems Analyzer" offers the added capability of signature analysis. Signatures are displayed in industry-accepted coding for modified hexadecimal format. The LA-1025 is also capable of recording the occurrence of unstable signatures.
An important feature of both instruments is the ability to present data in both state and time domain formats. State data is formatted in a user selected code ... binary, octal, decimal or hexadecimal and displayed via the
integral 12-digit LED display. liming diagrams of 16 channels by 16 words can be displayed on most oscilloscopes.
The front panel controls provide excellent interactive capability, and complete control over a powerful measurement system. After hearing industry complaints of unnecessarily complex logic analyzer operation, B&K-PRECISION engineers devoted a considerable amount of design time to maximizing the instruments' ease-of-use and efficiency. The results are
impressive. Not only is set-up time faster than on competitive instruments, but the new B&K-PRECISION instruments reduce the chance of user set-up errors.
Model LA-1020 ·2075 Model LA-1025 ·2475
CIRCLE 11 ON INQUIRY CARD

A new trigger system was developed for these instruments. An 18-bit pattern recognition trigger is used to initiate storage into the 16-bit x 250 word system memory. Sixteen qualifiable channels are featured , plus two additional qualifiers to aid in meeting unique trigger requirements. Convenient front panel switches select a logic l, 0 or "DON'T CARE" for all 18 inputs.
Trigger event and/or clock delays can be rapidly set from 0 to 999. The trigger word may be located anywhere within the 250 word memory. This provides PRE, POST and variable PRE/POST trigger recording.
The LA-1020 and LA-1025 interface to the circuit under test through two Model LP-1, TTL compatible, probes or LP-2 CMOS probes. Trigger capability can be increased to 34 qualifiers by adding the optional LP-3 qualifier expander probe.
An event pulse-output is provided on both analyzers, allowing interconnection of two units to expand system versatility to 32 channels, 67 qualifiers, at speeds to lOMHz.
B&K-PRECISION's LA-1020 and LA-1025 are available now for delivery or demonstration. If you're currently using logic analysis or considering a system, call B&K-PRECISION toll-free at 800/621-4627 for a no-obligation demonstration. It's the only way to see the clear choice.
For service applications, theSA-1010 Signature Analyzer is the time saving choice.
Model SA-1010 *825
(Price includes a set ofuser ordered probes, additional probes available as accessories).
~DYNASCAN ~CORPORATION
6460 W. Cortland Street· Chicago, IL 60635 · 312/889-9087
International Sales, 6460 W. Cortland Street, Chicago, IL 60635 ·Canadian Sales, Atlas Electronics, Ontario

-

CALENDAR ·

,

.

CONFERENCES
AUG 3-5-Pattern Recognition and Image Processing. Sheraton Hotel, Dallas, Tex. INFORMATION: PRIP, PO Box 639, Silver Spring, MD 20901. Tel: 301 /589-3386 ·
AUG 3-7 -ACM (Assoc for Computing Machinery) Siggraph '81, Dallas, Tex. INFORMATION: Dr Anthony Lucido, Intercomp, 1201 Dairy Ashford, Houston, TX 77079. Tel: 713/497-8400
AUG 5-7-SYMSAC '81 (Assoc for Computing Machinery), Snowbird Ski Resort, Salt Lake City, Ut. INFORMATION: Prof B. F. Caviness, Dept of Mathematical Sciences, Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst, Troy, NY 12181. Tel: 518/270-6731
AUG 11-14-Electronics '81, Mexico City, Mexico. INFORMATION: Franc D. Manzolillo, Proj Mgr, Rm 601 5, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, DC 20230. Tel: 202/377-2991
AUG 12-15-NYCE (New York Computer Expo), Sheraton Centre, New York, NY. INFORMATION: NYCE, 110 Charlotte Pl, · Englewood Cliffs, NJ 07632. Tel: 201/569-8542
AUG 18-21 -VLSI (Very Large Scale Integration) '81 lnternat'I Cont, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh, Scotland. INFORMATION: Secretariat, VLSI '81 lnternat'I Cont, 26 Albany St, Edinburgh EH1 3QH, Scotland
AUG 24-28- IFAC (lnternat'I Federation for Automatic Control) World Congress, Kyoto, Japan. INFORMATION: IFAC '81 Secretariat, Kinki Hatsumei Ctr, 14 Kawahara-cha, Yoshida, Sakyo-ku, Kyoto 606, Japan
AUG 24-28-lnternat'I Joint Cont on Artificial Intelligence, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada. INFORMATION: Richard Rosenberg, Computer Science Dept, U of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC V6T 1W5, Canada. Tel: 604/228-3061
AUG 25-28-1981 lnternat'I Cont on Parallel Processing, Shanty Creek Lodge, Bellaire, Mich. INFORMATION: Dr M. T. Liu, Dept of Computer and Information Science, Ohio State U, Columbus, OH 43210. Tel: 614/422-1837
AUG 26-29-Nat'I Small Computer Show, New York Coliseum, New York, NY. INFORMATION: Nat'I Small Computer Show, 11 0 Charlotte Pl, Englewood Cliffs, NJ 07632. Tel: 201/569-8542
14

SEPT 1-3-FOC '81 WEST (lnternat'I Fiber Optics and Communications Expo), Hyatt Regency Embarcadero, San Francisco, Calif. INFORMATION: Information Gatekeepers, Inc, 167 Corey Rd, Suite 111, Brookline, MA 02146. Tel: 617/739-2022
SEPT 8-9-lnternat'I Conf on Computer Hardware Description Languages and Their Applications, Kaiserslautern University, Federal Republic of Germany. INFORMATION: Prof Melvin Breuer, Dept of Electrical Engineering, USC, Los Angeles, CA 90007. Tel: 213/743-2308
SEPT 14-17-Software Info '81 (The Nat'I Software Package Cont and Expo), Merchandise Mart Expocenter, Chicago, Ill. INFORMATION: Software Info, 1730 N Lynn St, Suite 400, Arlington, VA 22209. Tel: 703/521-6209
SEPT 14-18-COMPCON FALL '81, Capital Hilton Hotel, Washington, DC. INFORMATION: Harry Hayman, IEEE Computer Society, PO Box 639, Silver Spring, MD 20901. Tel: 301/589-3386
SEPT 14, OCT 1, OCT 27 I AND OCT 29-lnvitational Computer Cont: Newton, Mass; Minneapolis, Minn; Valley Forge, Pa; AND Washington, DC, area. INFORMATION: B. J. Johnson & Assocs, Inc, 2503 Eastbluff Dr, Suite 203, Newport Beach, CA 92660. Tel: 714/644-6037
SEPT 1 5-1 7 - WESCON '81 , Brooks Hall and Civic Auditorium, San Francisco, Calif. INFORMATION: Dale Litherland, Electronic Conventions Inc, 999 N Sepulveda Blvd, El Segundo, CA 90245. Tel: 213/77 2-2965
SEPT 21-23- Federal Computer Cont, Sheraton Washington Hotel, Washington, DC. INFORMATION: Federal Education Programs, PO Box 368, Wayland, MA 01778. Tel: 617 /358-5181
OCT 5-8-Electronics Test and Measurement Cont, Hyatt Regency, Chicago, Ill. INFORMATION: Dona Atwood, Registrar, Electronics Test and Measurement Cont 1050 Commonwealth Ave, Boston, MA 02215. Tel: 617/232-5470
OCT 12-1 4 - Cont on Local Computer Networks, Hilton Inn, Minneapolis, Minn. INFORMATION: Dr Abe Franck, Gen'I Chm, UCC, U of Minnesota, 227 Experimental Engineering, 208 Union St SE, Minneapolis, MN 55455
OCT 19-23-JEMIMA (Japan Electric Measuring Instruments Manufacturers' Assoc) lnternat'I Exhibition, Tokyo lnternat'I Trade Ctr, Tokyo, Japan. INFORMATION: 19th JEMIMA lnternat'I Exhibition, Secretariat of the Administration Committee, 1-9-10, Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105, Japan. Tel: 03/502-0601, X4

OCT 19-23-SYSTEMS '81 (Computer Systems and Their Application), Munich, West Germany. INFORMATION: Kallman Associates, 30 Journal Sq, Jersey City, NJ 07306. Tel: 201 /653-3304
OCT 27-29-Data Communications Sym, Mexico City, Mexico. INFORMATION: Dr Wushow Chou, Gen'I Chm, Seventh Data Communications Sym-1981, PO Box 5490, North Carolina State U, Raleigh, NC 27650
OCT 27-29-lnternat'I Test Cont, Franklin Plaza Hotel, Philadelphia, Pa. INFORMATION: Louis J. Sobotka, Program Chm, 1981 lnternat'I Test Cont, Bell Laboratories, PO Box 830, Allentown, PA 18105. Tel: 21 5/439 -61 98
OCT 28-30-Sym on Foundations of Computer Science, Nashville, Tenn. INFORMAT ION: Prof R. Book, Dept of Mathematics, U of California, Santa Barbara, CA 931 06
NOV 5, 12, AND 17-lnvitational Computer Conferences. Amsterdam, The Netherlands; Paris, France; AND Milan, Italy. INFORMATION: B. J. Johnson & Assocs, Inc, 2503 Eastbluff Dr, Suite 203, Newport Beach, CA 92660. Tel: 714/644-6037
NOV 9-12-IECI '81 (lnternat'I Cont and Exhibition on Industrial Control and Instrumentation), Hyatt Regency Hotel, San Francisco, Calif. INFORMATION: LeRoy Bushart, FMC, 328 Brokaw Rd, Santa Clara, CA 95052. Tel: 408/289-3871
SEMINARS
AUG 24-27-Software Design, Reliability, and Testing, Sheraton Motor Inn, Lexington, Mass. INFORMATION: Prof Donald D. French, Inst for Advanced Professional Studies, One Gateway Ctr, Newton, MA 02158. Tel: 617/964-1412
SEPT 7-8-Microprocessor Workshop on Microprocessor Applications, Liverpool University, Liverpool, England. INFORMATION: Dr M. J . Taylor, Microprocessor Workshop, Computer Laboratory, University of Liverpool, PO Box 147, Liverpool L69 3BX, England
·SHORT COURSES
SEPT 2-4, 9-11, AND 21-25-Computer Communication Systems and Networks, The American and Russian Methods in Linear Programming and Applications, AND Structured Programming and Software Engineering, George Washington U, Washington, DC. INFORMATION: Dir, Continuing Engineering Education, George Washington U, Washington, DC 20052. Tel: 202/676-6106
COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

Wrth more capacity.
Fasteraccess. Andthe reliability youtlexpect from NEC.

Once again, NEC leapfrogs conventional technology with its new 02200 family of eight-inch Winchester disk drives.
The first models in the series deliver 30-millisecond access time with capacities of 25.5 and 42.5 megabytes, respectively, and use conventional storage module device (SMD-type) controllers for convenient interfacing and formatting.
Sealed-disk Winchester technology is enhanced with voice-coil actuators, direct-coupled DC spindle motors and dosed-loop air circulation which reduces parts count, eliminates periodic maintenance and gives the 02200 Series an MTBF in excess of 10,000 hours. When service is required, it's fast: the D2200s have a 30-minute MTTR.

The 02200 family is ideally suited to medium and
heavy volume interactive business applications that require frequent disk access, as in virtual memory, database access and data com-
munications operations. Eight-inch Winchester drives are increasingly popular because they offer significant savings in installation, pack-
aging, maintenance and cost-of-ownership.
And once again, NEC technology adds an extra dimension. Call your NEC
Information Systems representative for more
information.
NEC Information Systems, Inc.
Home Office: 5 Militia Drive, Lexington , MA 02173, (617) 862-3120 Eastern Office: 36 washington Street,
Wellesley, MA 02181 , (617) 431-1140 Central Office: 551C Tollgate Road, Elgin , IL 60120 , (31 2) 931-1850
West Coast Office: 8939 S. Sepulveda Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90045, (213) 670-7346

CIRCLE 13 ON INQUIRY CARD

COMMUNICATION CHANNEL

Serial Interface Autodialer Protocol

Al Wedgman

Universal Data Systems

500 Bradford Dr

Huntsville, AL 35805

,/

In a world of increasing technical complexity, data communications systems are becoming easier to understand and to implement. Much of this progress can be attributed to modern modems that are less expensive than earlier models and offer greatly simplified access to the public telephone network. With a minimum amount of homework a user can assemble a satisfactory data communications network even if he or she has relatively little knowledge of the circuits and components that make up the various network elements.
One of the more common manifestations of this new situation in data ·communication networks is their mix and match characteristic. Users feel quite secure in buying a CPU from one vendor, modems from another, and terminals from several different suppliers. The situation would be chaotic if it were not for the acceptance of some "standards." Organizations such as the EIA, CCITT, and even the federal government have helped to establish common practices in pinouts, cables and connectors, interface designs, and basic communications protocols.
However, the existing cluster of standards has somehow bypassed an aspect of data communications that is growing rapidly: there is no commonly accepted practice for organizing the data stream that provides call origination in a serial format to be used to control an automatic dialer. Serial input autodialer data adapt easily to a common format, and we have found no situations where this proposed ''standard" protocol works a hardship on users.
Basic Network Configurations
The simplest data communications network consists of the PSTN, at each end of which is a modem (DCE) and a terminal (DTE), as shown in Fig 1. To initiate a call, a person lifts the telephone off hook, dials the desired number, talks to the answering party at the other end and then, by common agreement, both parties switch their modems into the circuit. After the data have been exchanged, both parties switch back to voice mode, say farewell, and hang up their telephones.
The automatic answering modem is one step up from this elementary network. No human intervention is required at the answering end. The modem

Terminology

Acronyms and abbreviations are used in the accompanying discussion to help shorten sentences that might otherwise be clumsy. The reader is asked to tolerate the following terms used in describing the proposed interface protocol:

ACU

Automatic Calling Unit, sometimes called

an autodialer. This product converts

digital bit streams into signals that are

the equivalent of manually dialing a

telephone number.

DTE DCE PSTN

Data Terminal Equipment. This can refer to a keyboard and CRT terminal or can imply a CPU if that is where the command information originates. In this discussion DTE means the device that originates and/or uses the data, as opposed to devices that merely switch or convert data.
Data Communications Equipment. Here the term means a modem. This is a sideby-side arrangement of a transmitter and receiver. The transmitter accepts digital inputs and converts them into tones that can travel over telephone lines. The receiver accepts tone inputs and converts them back into digital signals. Modems also have some network control functions .
Public Switched Telephone Network, also known as ODD. This is the big system that includes the telephone on your desk, the telephone on somebody else's desk, and all the apparatus in between. To be perfectly accurate, PSTN does not include the PBX installed in an office, but for purposes of this discussion, that fine point is immaterial.

Bits/s Strap RS -232 -C

Bits Per Second. This refers to the actual transfer rate of the digital pulse stream and is not always the same as the baud rate. Note that commands between DTE and ACU need not run at the same speed as information between one DTE and another DTE at a remote location.
Straps are internal switches and jumpers provided by manufacturers of OTES, ACUs, and DCEs. The term stems from an early practice of making changes by rerouting wires (straps) from one terminal block screw to another. Strap options allow one device to serve several kinds of applications by making proper connections or settings when the equipment is installed.
An interface standard sanctioned by the Electronics Industries Association (EIA) that closely defines voltages and pinouts used to exchange signals for data communications purposes. It is used in serial data situations. RS-232-C describes the mechanical and electrical details of interconnection but does not define the makeup of the digital bit stream it accommodates.

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

17

COMM CHANNEL
Fig 1 Simple data communications network. Manual switches on each modem (DCE) select between talk and data modes. To place call, modem is switched to talk and user dials desired number. Once other end answers both operators switch their modems to data mode and establish signal path for terminals (DTEs). When call is over both operators switch to talk again and hang up their telephones

interface protocol adopted for parallel ACU operation was, and is, called RS-366. The important fact to remember about RS-366 is that it requires a dedicated port on the DTE that does nothing but control the ACU.
AUTOMATIC ANSWER
(a)

itself senses the ring of the telephone, picks up the call, switches in the terminal, allows data to flow, and then electrically puts the phone back on the hook when the originating party terminates the call.
Adding an ACU to the network provides full automation. A call can be initiated by some preprogrammed event; the ACU reacts to a command from the DTE by taking the telephone off hook, waits for a dial tone, calls a number defined by the DTE program, and, when the other end answers, transfers communications to the DTE.
The ACU must be capable of at least three functions that have. iittle to do with the dialing of a number. It must be able to wait for and recognize a dial tone, hang up the phone if the called number cannot be reached, and take itself out of the circuit once communication has been established. Many ACUs also provide automatic redial capability that, in effect, keeps trying to reach a number after a busy signal has been received.
In the type of network under discussion here, the ACU and DCE are functionally positioned in parallel [Fig 2(a)]. They both access the telephone line, and they both access the DTE. Both units usually contain hardware provisions to prevent a condition where they are both turned on at the same time. When the ACU is operating the DCE is totally transparent to the network, and when the DCE is operating the ACU is transparent.
Established Practice
When data communications engineers first tackled automatic calling, they a.ssumed that dialing commands would issue from the DTE in a parallel format. This is easy to accomplish with only four data lines and a binary coded decimal {BCD) format. Early computers had extra communications ports, one of which was reserved solely to command the ACU. An additional p·ort had to be used to exchange the data once communication was established [Fig 2(b)] . The

(b)
Fig 2 Automatic data communications network. Serial dialing (a) needs only one port from DTE, while parallel dialing (b) requires two. Both ends of circuit have automatic dialers and automatic answering modems. Either terminal can place call in response to program control, and modem at othet end will pick up call and establish data communica tions . No telephone sets are shown because they are not needed: However, modems have modular sockets to connect telephones if required for voice communication whenever there is no data communication call
A Newer Way
Smaller computers and many terminals now in use have only a single communications port that is configured for RS-232-C type communications. RS-232-C provides several communications channels for network control and housekeeping functions, but there is only a single 2-way path for exchanging the real traffic of a data communications network. Obviously, RS-232-C cannot support parallel input BCD dialing commands because it does not provide the necessary four data lines.
If one of today's smaller DTE devices is going to be used for both data transactions and .Acv commands, a format must be developed that is capable of differentiating between command and all other information. Aiso, in today's environment of mixing components from several vendors, all serial input asynchronous Acus must be able to recognize and execute the same protocol.
Defining the ACU Command Bit Stream
The protocol must conform to standard ASCII because most small computers use ASCII and existing
(continued-on page 24)

18

COMPUTER DESIGN ·JULY 1981

If you're still looking for the best 514"

floppy drive, you haveilt found us yet.
Hard to believe, perhaps, but no one ships as many SY4" floppy drives
as we do. No one knows more about high-volume , high-quality electromechanics.
I a n a D n And no one else designs and produces their own head from start to finish. In fact, no one, but no one,builds as much of their own product. You see, at Tandon, we simply make more of what we make. Tandon. 20320 Prairie, Chatsworth.CA 91311, (213) 993-6644.
The most successful disk drive company you never heard of.
CIRCLE 1 5 ON INQUIRY CARD

. DOYOU R LIZE
THE OTHER 32-BIT
COMPUTER · COMPANIES AR~E SHOWING OFF
THEIR IlARDWARE?

PRESENTING
MV"8000
SOFTWARE.

world have SNA, RCX70 (3270), RJE80 (2780/3780)
and HASP II. And you can run
in the X.25 world or SNAworld.
Or both at the same time. For the first time in this industry.

You're looking at the biggest library of 32-bit computer software in the business.
We point this out not to underplay the hardware of our total ECLIPSE MV/8000TMsystem, but because every industry observer we've heard is saying that software has become even more important than hardware.
And in this regard, we have some very important software.
We have made it easier for application designers to design, programmers to program. And users to use.
We have made it compatible with our existing software. And flexible enough to work whatever way you like to work.
Wherever worldwide standards exist, we've followed them. (We're even peacefully coexisting with IBM's standards.)
We'.ve made our software friendly, interactive. Every software product you'll need for com- · mercial, scientific or communications applications development is here. And ready to go.
SYSTEMS RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. Data General AOS/VS is
the most advanced 32-bit operating system in the world. Period. With a Command Language that is the same for both batch and interactive processing. A HELP command. A Sysgen so interactive you don't even have to look at the documentation. Resource Usage Accounting and Security. Not added on. Built in.
COMMUNICATIONS. Those who prefer working in the world of international standards can use our X.25 XODIACTMnetworking. Those who want IBM's

DATA MANAGEMENT. Here again you have a choice.
lf you're after productivity, you have our CODASYL-compliant, DG/ DBMS software with design and
development aids. Or our INFOS® II file management software.
TRANSACTION PROCESSING.
We've given our Transaction Processing Management Software
(TPMS) a strongly interactive design/development capability. Sophisticated security features. And simple recovery procedures. And it's fully integrated with both COBOL and PL/I.And for ultra-high- speed data entry, there's DATAPREP® key- to-disc software.
APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT
LANGUAGES. All seven bf the
most popular languages. All 32-bit. All to industry standards (whete industry standards
exist). All userfriendly, interactive.
PRODUCTIVITY AIDS. This is where you can affect the bottom line most. With our full line of user-friendly, interactive aids. Including an automatic COBOL program generator. TRENDVIEWTM interactive business graphics software. Word processing. Database in.quiry
and a source level language debugger.
FINALLY. THE ECLIPSE MV/8000 HARDWARE. If, after reading all this information about MV/8000 software
you are disturbed to find nothing about the ~CLIPSE MV/8000 systems hardware, write us at ISO Marketing Communications, Data General, 4400 Computer Drive, Westboro, MA 0 I 580.
We will even include some very impressive four color photo graphy of our 32-bit hardware. Just like you see on all the other pages of this publication.

t., DataGeneral

ECLIPSE MV/8000, XODIAC, and TRENDVIEW are trademarks, INFOS and DATAPREP are registered trademarks of Data General Corporation.
© 1981 , Data General Corporation.
CIRCLE 16 ON INQUIRY CARD

COMM CHANNEL

software handles it easily. From a human engineering point of view, a person should be able to assign or change a telephone number by making a conventional keyboard entry, and execution of all required control commands should be as simple as possible: preferably by no more than a single keystroke.
Serial .data offer unlimited flexibility in character length and overall message length. The standard proposed here provides the user with enough options to accommodate most systems we have seen, and the ACU is adapted to user options by making the proper strap selections. Once strapped and installed, the ACU, DCE, and DTE are all limited to whichever character bit pattern that the user has selected. This pattern can be changed by reprogramming and restrapping, but this is not something that can be done in a few seconds.
How the Protocol Works
In a no traffic state the ACU and DCE are idling, and the telephone line is on hook. The DTE causes the ACU to recognize a telephone number by transmitting a block of data that always precedes the digits of the

No lights, buzzers or numbers have ever replaced the human voice.
Telesensory Systems makes speech simple by offering a choice of three voice response boards. Simple to
interface, simple to use.
Consider speech for automated test equipment, process control, instrumentation,elevators and business machines. Speech modules are available from Telesensory for as little as $125
in single quantities.
· SPEECH 1000- Natural sounding, life-like speech with linear predictive coding.
· Series III - Low-cost versatility with waveform encoding (invented byForrest Mozer) .
· Series II - Most economical synthesizer board with vocabulary.
Whether you're prototyping or in production, turn to Telesensory for board level products supported by our own low-cost vocabulary generation services. Call (415) 856-0225 for a speech demonstration .

1elesensorySpeechSystetns ,.

3408 Hillview Avenue, P.O. Box 10099, Palo Alto, CA 94304, (415) 856-TALK

CIRCLE 1'4 ON INQUIRY CARD

24

I

number. If for some reason the DCE happens to be in use, a signal from DCE to ACU prevents the ACU from recognizing this fixed preamble. If the DCE is not in use, as soon as the ACU recognizes the preamble it sends a signal to the DCE that prevents it from becoming a part of the circuit. This mutual lockout feature is provided by hardware inside both DCE and ACU and need not be programmed by the user.
Where there are multiple modem installations the protocol contains one or two address blocks that first identify the rack where the desired modem is installed and then the particular modem itself. If there is only a single modem at this end of the network, the address blocks need not be included in the protocol.
Next, the actual dial digits themselves are sent to the ACU, using a separate block for each digit. In addition to digits 0 through 9, the ACU also recognizes a tandem command that causes it to pause and wait for another dial tone, and a pause command of fixed · duration that is defined by a strap option. Unless the ACU detects an error, it loads the desired telephone number into internal registers. Upon receiving the last digit block and an end of format block, the ACU seizes the line, waits for the dial tone, places the call, and waits for an answerback tone from the remote location. As soon as the answerback tone is recognized, the ACU transfers control of the line to the modem, drops out of the circuit, and goes into an idling state.
In addition to being able to accept some control signals from the DTE, the ACU can send several status advisories back to the DTE. The user has a choice of placing every part of this sequence under program control for truly automatic operation, or of controlling the process sequentially by manual keystrokes.
Character Block Configuration-The central portion of each character block consists of either seven or eight information bits. A start bit precedes the information bit sequence, and an optional parity bit follows it. The character block ends with either one or two stop bits. With this proposed character block format, the users will have characters of 9, 10, 11, or 12 bits in length. For every choice made by the user the ACU must be correspondingly strapped so that it will recognize the meaning of each bit it detects.
Overall Control-The system can operate under STX control (explained below) or under RTS control, which means that the presence or absence of a request to send (RTS} signal will enable/disable the dialer. This consideration is more important in the way the DTE commands an abort than for any other part of the process, and is further discussed under the paragraph dealing with the abort command.
Control Characters from the DTE-There are three required control commands. The DTE must generate
(continued on page 26)
COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

·

Add a new dimension of speed and reliability to your minicomputer with economical, high-capacity BULK MEMORY from Dataram.
The world leader in minicomputercompatible disk emulation systems. Dataram's wide range of disk emulations - - twice as many minicomputer interfaces as anyone else! - brings the proven performance of BULK MEMORY to your application requirement.
Dataram's BULK CORE and BULK SEMI systems operate at speeds whicn are orders of magnitude faster than the mechanical disks which they

replace, and do it with the reliability inherent in all-electronic devices. What's more, BULK MEMORY provides up to 8.0 MB in a 15W' chassis, and offers dual-port capability to enable BULK MEMORY to be shared by two host minicomputers.
If you have a minicomputer and are looking for a way to get more for your storage dollar, Dataram has a BULK CORE or BULK SEMI system ready to work for you. If your minicomputer is not listed below, tell us about it. We'd like to add your name to our growing list of BULK MEMORY users.

mEmORY FROm THE LEADER
DEC, LSI-I I, and PDP are registered trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation. Eclipse and Nova are registered trademarks of Data General Corporation.
Princeton Road Cranbury, New Jersey 08512 fel: 609-799-0071 TWX: 510-685-2542

Canada: Ahearn & Soper Ltd ., 416-245-4848 · Flnland: Systek OY. (80) 73 72 33 ·France: YREL. (01) 956 81 42 · Hungary/Poland/Rumanla: Unitronex Corporation , WARSAW 39 6218 ·Italy: ESE s.r .1. , 02/ 607 3626 · Nethertand1: Technitron b.v., (020) 45 87 55 ·
Sweden: M. Stenhardt AB . (08) 739 00 50 · Swltzertand: ADCOMP AG . 01 / 730 48 48 · United Kingdom: Sintrom Ellinor ltd ., (0734) 85464 · West Germany: O.E.M.-Elektronik GmbH. 07 11-79 80 47 · Yugoslavla: lnstitut "Jozef Stefan", 263-261 · Au1tralla/New Zealand: Anderson Digital Equipment. (03) 543-2077 ·
India: lnfosystems Private Limited. 79281 · Israel: Min ix Computers & Systems Ltd.. 03-298783 · Japan: Matsushita Electric Trading Co., Ltd ., 06 (282) 5111
CIRCLE 17 ON INQUIRY CARD

COMM CHANNEL

Start Format, ~nd Format, and Abort Call commands, configured as follows:

Function
Start Format End Format Abort Call

Bit Pattern 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 00000 10 0000011 0000 100

Mnemonic
STX ETX EQT

In this discussion and all following the character has been stripped of start, stop, parity, and eighth information bits. The ACU interpreter reads only the first seven information bits.
Abort Command from the DTE before the DCE Enters Data Mode-The DTE may terminate a call at any time before the receipt of an answerback tone brings the DCE into the data mode. If the ACU is strapped for STX control, abort is commanded by transmitting ETX and then EOT from the DTE. If the ACU is configured for RTS control, abort is commanded by allowing RTS to go low (off). Once a call has been completed arid the DCE is in data mode, call termination is µandled by the DCE. Any time the ACU is commanded to abort, it resets all logic and waits for a new co'mmanp sequence.
Redial Command from the DTE-Redial is commanded by transmitting STX and then ETX from the DTE to the ACU. This causes a retry of the last telephone number sent to the ACU.
Dial Digit Characters from the DTE-ASCII digits between 0 and 9 are translated directly into dial digit characters. Additionally, four keystroke symbols are used to communicate vital information:

ASCII Keystroke
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
<
?

Bit Pattern

7 654 32 1

0110000

0 11000 1

0 110 0 10

0 1 100 11

0 1 10 100

0 1 10 10 1

0 110 110

0 110 111

0 1 1000

0 1 100 1

0 1 10 10

0 1 10 1 1

0 1

0 0

01 1111

ACU Interpretation
Dial Digit 0 Dial Digit 1 Dial Digit 2 Dial Digit 3 Dial Digit 4 Dial Digit 5 Dial Digit 6 Dial Digit 7 Dial Digit 8 Dial Digit 9 Tandem (option) Pause (option) EON (option) Last Digit

Tandem is a command that causes the dialer to wait for another dial tone before going on with the number sequence. Pause is strap selected for 1.28, 2.56, or 5. l2 seconds. EON is a special purpose command that causes the ACU to transfer network control to the modem without waiting for any other events.

On receipt of EON the modem jumps into data mdde and takes over the line.
Data Exchange Rate between DTEand ACV-Because the serial autodialer is an asynchronous device it is capable of a wide range of exchange rates. Strap options provide rates of 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, and 9600 bits/s. The command data rate can differ from the actual terminal to terminal rate across the network.
Block Sequence Format from the DTE-The following block sequence must be observed. Where a block is designated as optional, the system components must be strapped correspondingly.

Block Content Start Format (STX) Chassis Address DCE Address Dial Digits
End of Number Last Digit End of Format (ETX)

Comment
Mandatory Optional Optional As many blocks as are needed, to a maximum of 25 blocks Optional (ASCII:<) Mandatory (ASCII: ?) Mandatory

Note: STX is generated by typing Control/B and ETX by Control/c

Response Characters from the ACV-ln addition to receiving commands from the DTE the ACU can also communicate certain information back to the DTE. Those who have worked with RS-366 protocol may recognize some of the mnemonics:

Function

ASCII Bit Pattern Symbol 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Mnemonic

Data Line Occupied D 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 DLO

Call Origin Status

c 1000011 cos

Abandon Call, Retry A 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 ACR

Busy (Remote)

B 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 BUSY

Character Error

E 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 ERROR

Response Personality of the ACU:

Condition

Signal

Action Taken

Call is completed normally

(COS) "c" DSR turned on

Remote end busy

(BUSY) "B" CTS turned off

Call cannot be

(ACR) "A" CTS turned off

completed DCE off hook

(DLO) "D" CTS turned off

Data error detected

(ERROR) ''E''

Abort command received "E" ACU resets logic, goes back to idle

Example of Complete Command Protocol
The illustrative example that follows shows a dial command sequence from DTE to ACU. The start, parity, and stop bits have been stripped away and only the seven significant information bits are
(continued on page 31)

26

COMPUTERDESIGN·JULY 1981

Now there's a fast, easYJ economical way
to get lettering that meets the same high specifications
as your drawings.

Most architects and engineers are perfectionists. They're simfly not satisfied with any pro1ect unti every detail is just right-including the lettering.
Until recently, this attention to detail meant painstaking hours using press-on or mechanical drafting lettering. Or perhaps even hand lettering_your drawings, presentations, finished models, and preliminary designs.
Now there's a much faster, easier way to get the professional lettering look you want. It's the remarkable KroyTM lettering system.
Kroy lettering is a unique, patented process that prints typeon-tape. Simply tum the typedisc to the letter, number, or symbol you want and press the print button. You'll get neatly spaced, good looking lettering on adhesive-backed tape.
TYPE-ON-TA~
Peel the tape from its backing, and it's ready to position in place.
Kroy lettering comes in twenty different typestyles, (including Microgramma and Helvetica), and a wide range of sizes from 8-point to 192-point (1/ 16 to 2

inches). Typestyles and sizes depend on which Kroy lettering machine model is used. There are four types of specialized Kroy lettermg supplies. Diazo minimizes ghosting, or shadow, during diazo reproduction. Photo-quality provides sharp edgeline defimtion (at up to 200% enlargement) for photo reproduction. Labeling and All-purpose are . suited to a wide variety of lettering projects. like all Kroy lettering tape, they adhere quickly and easily to virtually any clean, dry surface.
There are five Kroy lettering machine models currently available, including the deluxe Kroy 80TM lettering machine pictured here. Suggested retail prices range from $395 to $695.
Call toll-free 1-800-328-1306 for a free sample of Kroy lettering.
Find out why architects and engineers all over the country are using Kroy lettering in place of slower, more expensive lettering methods.
Call toll-freei 1-800-328-1306. (In Minnesota, p ease phone 612738-6100.) If you prefer, complete and return the coupon.
We'll send you a free sample of Kroy lettering, and a copy of
CIRCLE 18 ON INQUIRY CARD

our latest, full-color brochure. Or we can arrange for a no-cost, noobiigation demonstration of the Kroy lettering system right in your office.
Call or mail the coupon today.

KroyTM and Kroy 80"' are registered trademarks of Kroy Industries Inc.
Headline set with Kroy"' lettering.
,--------i

I KRQY

I

I Free sample of Kroy"' lettering
I and full-color brochure 0 Please arrange to have a represen-

I I

tative call on me for a no-cost, no-

obligation demonstration of the Kroy I

1 lettering system.
I D Please send me a free sample of Kroy lettering, and a copy of your latest

I

brochure.

I 1 Name

(Please print)

I 1

I Title Company

Phone number
I

I Address

I

I I City

State Zip

I Complete this coupon and mail to: I Kroy Industries Inc., Post Office Box
_J 43716, St. Paul, Minnesota 55164
L - - - - - - -1545

RS232and RS 449, bring them together with our subminiature Ds.
ltSeasy.

Save your systems from obsolescence. Bring them up to the standard with AMPLIMITE subminiature Dadapters.
They interface RS 232 with the new RS 449 cable-to-cable or directly to your equipment. One way or the other, you save the cost of major redesign.
Our subminiature Ds also give you the widest choice. Metal shell and

all-plastic connectors. Filtered assemblies. Mass termination styles. Standard, high density and MIL-C-24308 versions. And the most complete selection of accessories made.
You bring a lot together with our AMPLIMITE connector system.

AMP Facts

Plated-through hole damage is avoided with ACTION PIN contacts. Gas-tight connection without soldering is also assured.

Two styles of slide latch clips simplify plug and receptacle mating.

Metal-shelled shielded connector provides EMI protection.

Spring latch assembly allows easy harness hook-up to RS 449 standards.

For more information, call the AMPLIMITE Connector Desk at (717) 780-8400.

AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, PA 17105.

AMP, AMPLIMITE and ACTION P1N are trademarks of AMP Incorporated.

A M P means productivity.

Most small system users think all microcomputers are created equal. And they're right. If you want performance, convenience, styling, high technology and reliability (and who doesn't?) your micro usually has a price tag that looks more like a mini. It seems big performance always means big bucks. But not so with the SuperBrain!
Standard SuperBrain features include: twin double-density 5~" drives which boast nearly 350,000 bytes of disk storage - expandable to 10 megabytes. A full 64K of dynamic RAM. ACP/M* Disk Operating System to insure compatibility to literally hundreds of application packages presently available. And, a 12" non-glare, 24 line by 80 column screen.
·fteQ1steredtrademar1<olllil,italReseard\lnc.

You'll also get a full ASCII keyboard with
an 18 key numeric pad and individual cursor control keys. Twin RS232C serial ports for fast and easy connection to a modem or printer. Dual Z80 processors which operate at 4 MHZ to insure lightning-fast program execution. And the list goes on! Feature after feature after feature.
Better yet, the SuperBrain boasts modular design to make servicing a snap. A common
screwdriver is about the only service tool you'll ever need. And with the money you'll save on purchasing and maintaining the SuperBrain, you could almost buy another one.
For under $3,500, it is truly one of the most remarkable microcomputers available anywhere.

Whether your application is small business, scientific, educational or just word processing, the SuperBrain is certainly an exciting solution to the small computer problem. And since you can easily expand it, you'll probably never outgrow it.
Call or write us today for a complimentary copy of our "SuperBrain Buyer's Guide." We'll show you how you can get big system performance without having to spend big bucks.
~~ ~JfXTEC
aJl$: SYSTEMS®
2300 Broad River Rd. Columbia, SC 29210 (803) 798-9100 TWX: 810-666-2115

nJ

COMM CHANNEL

shown. The number being called is that of Universal Data Systems, Huntsville, Ala, 1-205/837-8100. To illustrate the sequence further, it js assumed that a PBX system calls for the user to first dial the digit 8 for a long distance line, and to wait for a second qial tone before continuing with the actual phone number:

Block 1 2 3
4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

ASCII Keystroke Control/B (STX)
8
2 0 5 8 3 7 8 1 0 0 ? Control/c (ETX)

Function Start Format Access LD line Wait for new
dialtone Dial Digit 1 Dial Digit 2 Dial Digit 0 Dial Digit 5 Dial Digit 8 Dial Digit 3 Dial Digit 7 Dial Digit 8 Dial Digit 1 Dial Digit 0 Dial Digit 0 Last Digit End Format

Bit Pattern 765432 1 0 0 0 0 0 10 0111000 0111010
0110001 0110010 0110000 0110101 0111000 0110011 0110111 0111000 0110001 0110000 0 110000 0 11111 0 0 0 0 0 .l 1

In the example given, if the installation had multiple modems served by a single ACU, it is possible that block 2 might have contained a modem address, and all other blocks would have been displaced by one block.

Dialing Options
ACUs can be purchased for use with older sequential pulse rotary dial networks or with the newer Touch ToneR dialer networks. Most units are not field convertible from one type tq another . . The user must ascertain the dialing method at each location when ordering ACUs for remote terminals. A sequential pulse dialer will work on a Touch Tone network, but the reverse is not true.

Access to the Public Switched Telephone Network
ACUs are now available with direct-connect capability, registered under FCC Docket 19528, Part 68 Rules. These units are usually identified by the letters DC somewhere on their type designation and can be plugged directly into the modular socket provided by the telephone company. These sockets can be either "permissive" or "programmable" and the ACU purchase order must specify the type of connector required. If the ACU is not registered for direct-connect operation, it must be used in conjunction with a registered Data Access Arrangment (DAA).
Summary
Serial input dialing commands are easy to program and easy for a terminal operator to manipulate. The proposed protocol assumes that interfacing will be from a standard RS-232-C interface port. The protocol offers the latitude necessary to accommodate the user's choice of parity, length of information bit stream, and even the stop pattern. ACUs designed to accept this proposed format are easily strapped to accept the options selected by the user.
There is no reason for the small system user to be denied the convenience of automatic dialing in a data communications network. Serial ACUs impose no penalty on communications port traffic; when considered from a functional point of view, they offer the same benefits as older parallel-input ACUs designed to meet the RS-366 protocol.

Please rate the value of this article to you by circling the appropriate number in the "Editorial Score Card" box on the Inquiry Card.

High 719

Average 720

Low 721

GIMIX & MICROWARE present the 6809 PROFESSIONAL TOOLBOX

A GIMIX 56KB static RAM 2Mhz 6809 Dual Drive Mainframe System with MICROWARE's Multiuser · OS9 Pro-Package -- special combination price $3968.09. This system includes the GIMIX Mainframe with 30 amp C.V. ferro-resonant power supply , SS50/50C Motherboard, 2Mhz 6609 CPU with time of day clock and battery back-up , 6840 programmable timer, 2 serial ports, 56K Bytes of Static RAM, and two 51/4 ' ' disk drives and double density controller installed in the GIMIX Mainframe with the same brownout protection and power supply reliability that GIMIX is famous for . MICROWARE 's OS9 Pro-Package includes OS9 Level 1, the BASIC09 interactive compiler , Macro Text Editor, Interactive ~ssembler , and Interactive Debugger which gives you the necessary tools for efficient structured software development.

All GIMIX Boards have gold plated bus connectors , and are For further info on the best in 6809 Hardware , contact:

{"-.i-\i m::~m!~:~ burned in and 100% tested before shipping.
And this sy~tem is expa~pable . You can add memory, I/Os, video or graphics cards , Arithmetic processors , additional drive capacity , and other hardware now or in the future to th is SS50 bus structured system from GIMIX or other SS50 bus

Quality Electronic products since 1975.

compatible manufacturers. MICROWARE has other OS9 soft- 1337 WEST 37th PLACI;, CHICAGO, IL 80609

ware such as the Stylograph Screen-Oriented Word Processor

(312) 927·5510 · TWX ~10-221--4055

available now , and in the future will be announcing other For further info on the best in 6809 Software , contact : languages and utilities that run under OS9. And coming soon

from MICROWARE will tie OS9 Level 2 that lets you address

up to 1 megabyte of memory.

GIMIX & GHOST are trademarks of GIMIX Inc .. 8asic 09. OS9 and

Microware·are trademarks of Motorola and Microware Inc.

CIRCLE 20 ON INQUIRY CARD

31

COMM CHANNEL
Encryption system uses protocol transparent technology to protect data

MODEM

0-----,

DATACRYPTOR If a:::J----1 :

--~-.....-..... 0---, : :

II I

II I

@©

:I I II I
: :I I
I I______ _

I- - - - - - - -
CPU

TERMINAL

Typical Datacryptor II configuration. Master keys are generated and copied into modules. Each module is transported to its remote location

Datacryptor n uses a protocol independent encryption technique that enciphers and deciphers data at rates to 9600 bits/s, half- and full-duplex, synchronous or asynchronous, on dial-up or leased point to point or multipoint lines. Introduced by Racal-Milgo, Inc, 8600 NW 41st St, Miami, FL 33166, the system operates without regard to communications discipline or methodology. Units used to encrypt the aggregate of a multiplexer may also be used on a low speed asynchronous dial-up line.
The device uses the self-synchronizing single-bit cipher feedback mode in accordance with the NBS data encryption standard (DES) algorithm. Encrypting data on a bit rather than on a character basis avoids problems with protocols, provides freedom from hardware and software restraints, and delays point to point transmission by only a single-bit time.
A 2-level key hierarchy is used in the key management system: a master key and a working key. The former is used to encrypt and decrypt transmission of the working keys as they are downloaded. The working keys encrypt and decrypt the user's transmitted data and are never stored or transmitted in plain text. Both keys are automatically gen-
32

erated in a random fashion to avoid ''weak'' keys and remain unknown to the user.
Three standard components make up the system: master datacryptor, remote datacryptor, and master key module. The master unit performs all key management functions. Master keys may be generated or copied into master key modules through operation of two front panel pushbutton switches. Duplicate modules are encoded by the master key and physically transported to the remote site. (See Figure.) The remote datacryptor reads the master key from the modules and decrypts downline working key messages transmitted by the master unit.
Optional asynchronous speeds range from 50 to 9600 bits/s with asynchronous character sizes of 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9, plus 1, 1.5, or 2 stop bits. No internal strapping is required. An anti-tamper interlock switch, dual-key access control, and secure desktop or rack mounting provide physical security. NICAD battery backup protects the working key and associated security codes for a minimum of 1000 hours in the event of a power failure.
Circle 321 on Inquiry Card

Board level Ethernet controller provides physical, data link control interface
Ethernet communications controller issc 550 is a 2-board set that provides the physical and data link control interface called for by the joint specification published by Intel, Digital Equipment Corp, and Xerox (Computer Design, Mar 1981, pp 12-20). It is manufactured by Intel Corp, OEM Microcomputer Systems Group, 5200 NE Elam Young Pkwy, Hillsboro, OR 97123, and is compatible with the entire line of MUL nsusTM-interconnected single board computer products.
In the Ethernet local area network concept, packet-switched messages are transmitted over a 50-0 coaxial cable at a lOM-bit/s data rate. The first two layers in the network's architecture are the physical link and data link control layers. These layers are the least application-specific and therefore lend themselves to implementation in hardware and firmware.
The controller provides the lOM-bit/s serial and electrical interface to an Ethernet transceiver. The board uses an 8-bit iAPX 88/ 10 (8088) microprocessor plus
(continued on page 38)
COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

Build your own DEC
system with CRDS...

10112'' Enclosure
for LSI 11/23
System wiih built· in RX02 equivalent ffoppy disk system.
Available with or
without processor aAd memory.

;~ . · llll.E..,.

HD-11/T
20.8 Megabyte Winchester diak software equivalent to 4 RL01 units.
Optiodliil cartridge
tape biefcup.

Complete software compatlf>i-:'.,.,~ at a savings!

With CADS, you can configure your
own DEC system and be assured of complete software compatibility. Each of the above systems is provided with slides for rack moµnting or can be .used in desk top applications. All DEC LSI .11 based modules and associated software packages are available through OROS~ if desired.
Attractive Packaging
Careful attention is given the CADS repertoire of enclosures in assuring you an attractive yet comfortable blending of product in the DEC environment. · ·

Significant s,vlngs Flexibility of procurement plus
attractive OEM schedules aJlows you to optimize dollar savings In oonfig.. uring your CADS system. Use the time tested technique. Compare.
Warranty and Maintenance
A 90 day warranty is offered with your OROS system. In the event of mal- ' function, by use of provided diagnostic routines, the defective submodule is normally found within minutes. After verification with the CADS
wm Maintenance Department. a replace-
ment for your defective module be promptly forwarded.

cau or write for a c~
"'d prehensive literature
package pr~.

-..v Charles River Data Systems, Jnc. 4 Tech Cirokt. Natick, MA 01760 Tel. (817) 655-1800 TWX (710) 388-0523

CllCU 21 ON

CARD

Choice. If you've been looking at disk· drives for desktop systems,,you may have thought you had only one choice: take it or leave it. Not any more. Now you can get everything you need from a single source. And get the added convenience of doing business with .one company Say you want a reliable, entry-level drive, but cost is critical. The ideal choice? Our

SA400, the original MinifloppyTM Or maybe you need more
capacity, but you don't want to give up low cost. Try our doublesided Minifloppy, the SA450. :
Then too, you may want to move up to even higher speeds and capacities - up to a megabyte - in a Minifloppy-size package. For that, choose our 96-TPI SA4 10 single-sided or SA460 double-sided drives.
But what if your desktop system demands the high performance and reliability of a

Winchester? Then specify our new 5.25-inch fixed disk drive, the SA600. It's got ten times the throughput of a floppy, and capacities from 3.33to10 megabytes. And by teaming it with a Minifloppy, you get dupli -
cate file backup too. Now that's choice.Which
means you get just the right l combination of cost and capacity for your application. And in the desk-

·
top market, that's a revolutionary idea.
To find out more about your desktop alternatives, contact Shugart Associates, 475 Oak-
mead Parkway, Sunnyvale, CA 94086. Telephone
408) 733-0100. Or h!.1HJJJ1111.111,.·.· ( Hamilton/Avnet, authorized distributor.
Shugart
Right_from the very start.

CIRCLE 22 ON INQUIRY CARD

Sales and Service: Sunnyvale CA, Costa Mesa CA, Minneapolis MN, Richardson TX, Framingham MA, Landing NJ, Atlanta GA, Toronto Ontario, Paris France, Munich Germany.

The many interfaces
of Augat

Augat wire wrap* interface panels make it easy

to connect with the big names in the minicom-

puter industry. Digital Equipment Corporation,

Data General, Intel, Motorola, Prolog, Zilog, Texas

Instruments and all the rest

First, because our inventory of chassis and bus

compatible IC pluggable panels is the most exten-

sive in the business. We have patterned boards

and boards with universal columns which accept

IC's of all sizes. In fact, there's one to match the

specifications of virtually any minicomputer on

the market today.

Second, because Augat interface panels give

you the time- and money-saving advantages of

wire wrap. Their inherent flexibility lets you get

your design to the market faster. A strategic

advantage and a head start on sales and profits.

Logic and wiring changes are quick and inex-

pensive at any design stage-pre-production,

production, even in the field.

What's more, the natural heat dissipation of

wire wrap posts keeps IC surfaces cooler for

longer chip life and greater reliability. And since

in most cases the high planar density of panels

easily offsets the pin extension, you get greater

volume density as well.

Need a custom panel for a special application?

No problem. Augat engineers are ready to help.

They'll put their years of experience to work and

come up with a board that meets your require-

ments exactly.

The many interfaces of Augat. They're the

fastest, easiest way to interface the minicomputer

industry. Get all the details from your Augat dis-

tributor, or write Augat, Interconnection Systems

Division, 40 Perry Avenue, P.O. Box 779, Attleboro,

MA 02703. Tel: 617-222-2202. TWX: 710. 391.0644.

In Europe, Augat SA-Fresnes, France. Tel:

r:s:':I: 668.30.90. Telex: 201.227 AUG-SAF.

\Ir~

Alsuogtraotniincstemrciocnronce.icrtciuoint. pparcokdaugcintsg.,

L b

and Alco Subm1niature switches.

*Registered trademark of Gardner Denver Company.

COMM CHANNEL

8k bytes of EPROM. The EPROM is preprogrammed with data link control software to meet the Ethernet specification and the MULTIBUS message exchange (iMMX) interface. 16k bytes of dynamic RAM and a separate 8k bytes of static RAM are included for OMA to support high speed communications. The boards are identical in size to all isec com-

patible boards and will fit into any isec chassis. The controller works with any component based system that supports the MULTIBUS interprocessor protocol.
Cable access and actual transmission and reception of the Manchester coded message signals on the cable are handled by the physical link control layer. The controller implements all Ethernet speci-

GiveYour Present CPU Video1/0 Capability

fications except for the actual transmission hardware.
Arranging the message in the specified frame sequence and appending the 32-bit cyclic redundancy check value is done by the data link layer. This layer also handles carrier sense multiple access/collision detection (CSMA/CO) that enforces one-at-a-time cable access and the handling of error conditions when collisions do occur.
The controller offers users a means to implement Ethernet control quickly in an isec-based prototype. Applications programs for Ethernet-connectable prototypes are developed in the same way as programs for any iSBC based system. The controller is designed to work in a realtime multitasking environment (iRMX). Application programs executed by isec CPU boards will pass messages to the Ethernet controller with the support of the MULTIBUS message exchange software (iMMX 800).
Circle 322 on Inquiry Card

This Board Makes Real Time Digitized Imaging Possible ... Economically

Put sight in your present system

by mating your computer with our

VG-120 Video Graphics Boards

that can digitize and display infor-

mation from standard video cam-

eras for Intel's MULTIBUSTM and DEC'S Q-BUSTM systems.
A VG-120 couples easily to

In 17 msec. the image above was viewed by a camera, stored in memory, retrieved, and displayed in
pseudo-color. This VG-120 board made it possible.

your display. Inputs and outputs are

RS-170 compatible, with up to 8 bits flash A/D inputs. It stores up to 768 H x

512Vx16 bits in black-and-white or pseudo-color.

For as little as $3,000,

you can bring sight to your

system. Call today for details.

670 Main St., Reading, MA 01867 Telephone: (617) 944-4600 TWX 710-393-0144

38

CIRCLE 24 ON INQUIRY CARD

Interface enables IM-baud DMA transfers between Intel microprocessors
MULTIBUS compatible interface model 11-0080 Megalink from Computrol Corp, 15 Ethan Allen Hwy, Ridgefield, CT 06877, permits OMA block transfers between as many as 255 Intel isec/System 80 and 86 microprocessors at a IM-baud rate over a single coaxial cable up to 32,000 ft (9754 m) in length.
Communications protocol is HOLC. Protocol and control functions are implemented in hardware and onboard EPROM and require no program intervention. Network protocol can be polled, token pass, or all peer contention. The interface onboard microprocessor handles all link operations including network polling, automatic retry on error, and communications control independently of host processor.
An integral, wide dynamic range, IM-baud coaxial cable modem enables operation at any point on the cable without need for gain adjustments. Provisions for carrier control permit halfduplex point to point and multidrop party line operation on a single cable. The circuit is packaged on a standard 6.75 x 12" (17 x 30.5 cm) board that plugs directly into iSBC/ 80-86 card cages.
Circle 323 on Inquiry Card
COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

The right motor for you

HORSEPOWER 1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

SIZE TYPE

150 100 75 60 50 40 30 25 20 15 12 10 8 6 5 4 3

induction
26 3.11 " synchronous dia.
shaded pole

29 3.37'' induction dia.
30 induction 3.62" dia. synchronous

33 induction 3.84" dia. synchronous
42 4.69" induction dia.

How can you design the right AC motor into your new equipment? Check the speed-HP envelopes above, then ask Robbins & Myers for exactly what you need. You will get precisely the speed, performance, features, and long life you require. Superior manufacturing technology then yields consistent motors from production lot to lot. This approach differs from motor manufacturers

who may force you into their standards rather than match your application needs. It's o~e reason Robbins & Myers motor customers return again and again; the motors help them build a trouble-free reputation. Request catalog D-1120 from Electric Motor Division, Robbins & Myers, Inc., 1345 Lagonda Ave., Springfield , OH 45501. Tel. 513-327-3329.

.JROBBINS ,MYERS
CIRCLE 25 ON INQUIRY CARD

COMM CHANNEL
Microcomputer system designed specifically for data communication applications

CPU WATCHDOG
TIMER

PORT 1
(Dl£)
PORT 2 (OCE)

1/0 PORTS

OrangeBox block diagram. Watchdog timer ensures automatic restart in event of software failure. Configuration switches on 4 DIPs for total of 32 switches on each PC card are used to select program modes, data rates for 1/0 ports, or for any other functions required by programmer

PORT 3 (DCE) Sl()2 PORT4 (OCEI

Designed for data communications applications using both synchronous and asynchronous protocols, the Micr03o OrangeBoxTM line of communications processors implements a broad range of communications controllers and frontend devices in conjunction with userdeveloped software. The processor, from Micom Systems, Inc, 20151 Nordhoff St, Chatsworth, ·CA 91311, is packaged as a standalone unit having 2 to 18 communications interfaces. It is also available in a rackmount version.
The device is organized as a single selfcontained PC card module that contains a Z80A microcomputer, EPROM and RAM memory, and up to six 110 ports. Incorporation of the zsoA permits use of the complete instruction set and capabilities. Memory includes 16k bytes of 4116 dynamic RAM and sockets for up to four 2732 or 2764 EPROMs for as much as 32k bytes of EPROM space.
Associated zsoA programmable serial 110 (SIO) 1cs provide a range of synchronous and asynchronous 110 functions that include interface control, CRC
40

and parity generation and checking, flag and zero insertion and deletion, and sync character insertion. The s10 can be programmed to interrupt on error conditions, changes in interface control lead state, and changes in buffer status.
A programmable rate generator offers 13 independent data rates from 50 to 9600 bits/s, or external clocking can be used on most ports. The rate generator output can also be used for a realtime clock function. Time-sensitive or time of day functions may also be obtained from a derivative of the 50/60-Hz power line frequency.
Each model of the processor has one EIA RS-232-C interface configured as DTE with male connector and one optional interface configured as DCE with female connector. Additional models are available/having from 2 to 16 DCE interfaces.
Options include a built-in LSI synchronous modem module for 2400-, 4800-, or 9600-bit/s operation, and synchronous support for DCE interfaces.
Circle 324 on Inquiry Card

Compact interface monitor is transparent to codes and line disciplines
DTE/DCE line interface monitor. Spare LED allows any other EIA signal to be monitored by patching desired line into spare LED circuit
EIA interface monitor model so provides access to all 25 conductors of the RS-232-C/V.24 interface between modem and terminal. It is installed inline at the data interface, does not affect data flow, requires no external power, and has no
(continued on page 42)
COMPUTERDESIGN·JULY 1981

VGR 4000, Honeywell's new and advanced
video graphic recorder, provides fast. crisp, 8¥2 x 11" hard copies on dry silver paper from most CRT's
and other video sources. White-on-black or black-on-white images
are as simple as flipping a switch. With options, images can be produced having up to 16 shades of grey or even more.
An innovative processing technique eliminates the need for large heated platens. This allows the recorder to run cool, consuming very little energy.
The VGR 4000 is the only recorder on the market available with a self-contained test-pattern generator providing a choice of formats for proper
copy verification. Rugged, yet cleanly designed for easy

operation, the compact VGR 4000 can be used on a desk top or rack-mounted, taking up only 7" of front panel space.
Honeywell's VGR 4000 is the latest advance in video-input hard-copy reproduction systems, built by the people with the most fiber-optic CRT recorder experience in the field.
To get the whole story on the VGR 4000 and how it can meet your needs, call Durke Johnson at 303/773-4700. Or write Honeywell Test Instruments Division, Box 5227, Denver, Colorado 80217.
WE'LL SHOW YOU ABETTER WAY.

HoneY"'ell
CIRCLE 26 ON INQUIRY CARD

HON-4-6SI

COMM CHANNEL

moving parts. The device, a product of International Data Sciences, Inc, 7 Wellington Rd, Lincoln, RI 02865, uses 12 LED indicators to monitor line conditions of the most common EIA signals:
TD, RD, RTS,CTS, DSR, DCD,TC, RC, DTR,
SQ, RI, and BUSY. Numbered and labeled test points provide access to all 25 con-

ductors of the interface to allow connection of instruments for further analysis.
The unit is a PCB assembly housed in an anodized aluminum case measuring 4.5 x 3 x 0.5" (11.4 x 7.6 x 1.3 cm) and may be permanently interconnected or temporarily installed to verify proper activity at the signal interface. o-type

25-pin connectors mounted at each end of the monitor case and clearly marked for proper polarity provide the DTE/DCE interface. The case carries an EIA/CCITT modem-terminal interface chart that lists all pertinent designations of the 25 conductors.
Circle 325 on Inquiry Card

WE PRICED OURSELVES
RIGHT INTO
BUSINESS. ·

At about half the cost of most daisywheel printers, the Pertee Stylist 360TM is making quite an impression.
Not simply because of the price, but because of the technology behind it. In fact, feature for feature, it outperforms printers costing twice as much.
Now if we can do this with a printer today, imagine what we'll do tomorrow.
For more information, write Pertee Computer Corporation, Peripherals Division, 21111 Erwin Street, Woodland Hills, CA 91367.

t 3P6E0RTEC
STYLIST
PRINTER

I IPerfecting Technology

... ~

PEQIPHEQRLS

-
~·

'>"--- {'" --,. :

~ "'

I

-

'

!· I ~

~ --

-~

I I f\

' ~

\

\

'ODO':'

42

CIRCLE 27 ON INQUIRY CARD

Kit aids designers of X.25-related circuitry and development systems
Design aid for X. 2 5 circuitry. Levels 1 , 2, and memory functions are premounted. Large open board area allows designer to prototype other X. 2 5-related circuits
Architecture for X.25 Level 1 (serial 110 interface), Level 2 (logical link), and memory interface are predesigned into the board of the X.25 PAC-KIT, allowing the designer to construct Level 3 software for network control, develop a bus or other interface for specific equipment, or analyze Level 1 and Level 2 procedures. The kit has been developed by Western Digital Corp, Telecommunications Div, 3128 Red Hill Ave, Box 2180, Newport Beach, CA 92663.
The kit enables integration into any development system, laboratory microprocessor, or host system, and is designed to save time in creating X.25 circuitry for specific hardware and dedicated network applications. Heart of the design aid is the company's WD2501 link level controller subsystem that provides transparent, automatic, and unsupervised control for executing Level 2 link access procedures. The 8 x 14" (20.3 x 35.6-cm) vector board also includes an RS-423 interface, a crystal and baud rate generator, DMA interface, RAM/ ROM/EPROM sockets, and a large wirewrap area for prototyping. The kit comes with assembly instructions and an operations manual.
Circle 326 on Inquiry Card
COMPUTER DESIGN ·JULY 1981

One of these cable assemblies can cut your interference levels 59db.

Both meet RS-232-C specifications. Both are made by Belden using rugged materials and proven designs.
But one is shielded. One is not. And that can make a big difference in critical data communications applications.
Although RS-232-C standards do not specifically call for shielded interconnect devices, our research indicates that cable and connector shielding is required to insure the signal integrity of the assembly. In fact, transfer impedance, leakage current power spectrum, electrostatic discharge and interference susceptibility tests at

INTERFERENCE SUSCEPTIBILITY TEST

KV

+1.5

r i

0 !\_
1 ~

- 2.5 !W

~
' ~ 11°:t H-
_, Vo~a~_,t--t-
~;3: I-+-
1°T _1__,H-

-5V

111111

] ... l _J_
/_ ~ _lll

SOP~RIMPOSED-

INTERFERENCE

VOLTAGE

-

II I

- 7V ~' I\

T T TT TT

TIME

Shielded assembly

TIME

20

log

10

~
.01

=

59db

Unshielded assembly

Belden all demonstrate the value of Belden totally shielded connector-cable assemblies over nonshielded assemblies.
With a complete line of rugged and highly reliable standard molded connector designs including GPIB, and complete custom design capabilities, we can make exactly what you need, when you need it. And show you ways to increase performance without increasing costs. Whenever you have a shielding need or a question involving interconnect devices, contact Belden. We'll share our experience. For a free catalog, write Belden Corporation, Interconnect Systems Operation, 105 Wolfpack Rd., Gastonia, NC 28052. Phone: (704) 865-4513.
BELDEN@
Coming through...
with new ideas for moving electrical energy

CIRCLE 28 ON INQUIRY CARD

© 1981 Belden Corporation

Intel's Series 90/iQX. The memory

Intel's new Series 90/iQX is the first standatd Intelligent Memory System to offer continuous operation and high maintainability at low cost.

Now, for the first time, OEMs can design systems with built-in protection against errors, downtime, and excessive maintenance costs. How? With Intel's new Series 90/iOX.

to the standard Series 90 Memory System . Intelligence that monitors memory operation directly, detects and corrects errors, runs local or remote diagnostics, and reallocates memory space as required . All without burdening the host system.

Series 90/ iQX Intelligent Memory System
The iQX controller adds the intelligence of an iAPX 86 microcomputer

Fault-tolerant operation
Hard errors or soft, Series 90 's iQX controller uncovers them. Soft errors are simply "scrubbed " and corrected . In case of hard errors or device failure , the controller routes data around the problem, allocating spare memory as needed. It then logs the error for future reference.
With protection like this, the Series 90 system will continue operating uninterrupted until all spare memory is filled .

And thanks to the iOX's memory status reporting, your customer will know well in advance of memory resource problems. Which not only improves data integrity, but increases reliability and reduces maintenance dramatically.
Instant diagnostics
To keep users continually apprised of conditions within their memory system, the iQX controller provides easy access to its complete diagnostic file . Information can be accessed by the host system either automatically via a simple message-driven software interface, or manually, using the iQX's Service Communicator. This detachable terminal allows technicians to instantly retrieve diagnostic data in plain English through a compact, alphanumeric keyboard/display. With no interruption of the host computer's operation .
For fast, simple maintenance, system diagnostics inform the user of any

machine with non-stop intelligence.

errors it has tracked-soft or hard , correctable or avoidable-and their precise location by row and column .
Many problems can also be solved using the iQX 's memory tasking capability to move data blocks as required . Then too, the iQX monitors the system's power supply and signals a warning if voltages drop critically. As a final , double protection , the iQX controller even diagnoses its own operation continuously.
Diagnosing from a distance
To reduce maintenance costs for remote systems and networks, iOX diagnostics can be accessed over phone lines through a single diagnostic station. By being able to analyze problems from afar, you 'll eliminate unnecessary service visits and shorten those that are required . And since one diagnostic station can easily serve up to 150 installations , the set-up and ongoing diagnostic costs are contained as well.

Consider the economics
The iQX 's protection features offer important economic advantages for systems OEMs. Because of the increased demand for fault tolerance in today 's marketplace, systems equipped with iOX capability add significant value to your products . In fact, many applications simply could not be justified economically without such self-healing and remote maintenance. Now, through Intel's leadership in 16-bit microprocessing , the Series 90/iQX brings you this capability at an incremental price only nominally above that of ECC alone .
In sum , iOX gives your systems stateof-the art fault protection , reduced maintenance costs, and therefore increased value . Best of all , Intel is delivering Series 90 systems with iOX right now. For detailed information , return the coupon to Intel Corporation , 3065 Bowers Avenue , Santa Clara , CA 95051 . Telephone (408) 987 -8080 . Fo r hot line service ,call (800) 538-1876.

D My needs are immediate; have a Sales Engineer call .
D Please rush me - by first-class mailSeries 90/iOX techn ical literature .
Name

Title

Organiza tion

Address

City/ State/ Zip

Telephone (

Mai l to :

CD7

Intel Corporation

3065 Bowers Avenue

Santa Clara , CA 95051

(4 08) 987-8080

Eu rope: Intel Intern ational . Brussel s, Belg ium. Japan: Intel Japan ,Tokyo . United States and Canadian
·nt.... l ltleliv~rs ~solutions 1

CIRCLE 29 ON INQUIRY CARD

COMM CHANNEL

BRIEFS
Software package links Data General minicomputers to UNIV AC mainframes-Data communciations software that allows NOVA and ECLIPSE minicomputers to connect to UNIVAC mainframes using the NTR RJE protocol has been introduced by Gamma Technology, Inc, 2452 Embarcadero Way, Palo Alto, CA 94303. NTR workstation software supports all std protocol features including multiple 110 streams, console, fullduplex operation, space compression, and remote operator control over output peripherals. The software interfaces to Data General's RTOS, ROOS, and AOS. Under AOS, jobs may be entered from any user console, full 110 queuing facilities are available, and multiple workstations communications protocols can be run concurrently.
Circle 327 on Inquiry Card

Processor links dumb terminals to 3270 devices-Designed to enable "dumb" terminals to communicate with equipment in the IBM 3270 environment, C-80 terminal controllerI concentrator allows dial access from remote sites. The processor has been introduced by Alanthus Data Communications Corp, 6011 Executive Blvd, Rockville, MD 20852. It can maintain simultaneous data link connections with two separate host mainframes or networks. TTYcompatible to 3270 protocol conversion capability is said to cut traditional CRT workstation costs by as much as 75%. The processor can work with as many as 25 terminals or workstations. Workstations can operate with the controller located up to 1000' (305 m) distant with the integral RS-422 interface; RS-232 interface is also standard. Data rates to 19.2k bits/scan be accommodated. Add-in of processing power, additional memory, and applications software is enabled by modular design.
Circle 328 on Inquiry Card

Software brings electronic mail to Apple users-Owners of Apple 11 desktop computers can transmit charts, graphs, correspondence, and entire programs to other Apple computers over std telephone lines using the Micro-Courier software package from Microcom, 89 State St, Boston, MA 02109. A menu driven program guides the user in plain English. Transmissions can be sent automatically enabling use of lower nighttime telephone rates. Use of the software package is said to enable transmission of 1k words of text in one minute for less than $0.25 as against a comparable TWXTM message cost of $4.32.
Circle 329 on Inquiry Card
Viewdata software package conforms to Prestel standards-ViewMax viewdata software package comes separately or as a complete ready to run viewdata system when combined with the CLASSIC minicomputer hardware. It is available from Modular Computer Systems, Inc, PO Box 6099, 1650 W McNab Rd, Ft Lauderdale, FL 33310. The company's std operating systerri MAX IV supports the system and enables combining ViewMax with other applications. The package conforms precisely to Prestel standards as an information storage and retrieval medium. Additional features simplify creation, editing, and maintenance of viewdata text and graphics. Menu selection and editing facilities are std and a bulk update feature supports both incoming and outgoing updates. System pricing ranges from a single processor system to a maximum of 256 ports. The software is sold with an indefinite life. Availability is scheduled for Sept 1981.
Circle 330 on Inquiry Card

A new long-life alternative to trackballs

With this new X·Y controller all you do is slide your fingertip in the desired direction.
Then 3600 solid-state sensors embedded in a tough plastic block along with VLS hybrid circuitry detect the presence, motion, and direction of motion of your fingertip on the Touch GraphicsTMsu.rface, producing X· and Y· digital control signals for all graphics applications.
The result is a cost-effective alternative to trackballs, light pens, thumb wheels, etc.

CALL TODAY This is a new micro-proximity touch· sensing technology you should know about. Call now for sales literature on this and other control devices.
1a&i!I
2346 Walsh Ave., Santa Clara, CA 95051 (408) 727·TASA · TWX 910 338 7620

46

CIRCLE 30 ON INQUIRY CARD

4800-bit/s modem added to Bell com-

patible series-A new addition to the

5000 Series of Bell compatible modems

from Codex Corp, 20 Cabot Blvd,

Mansfield, MA 02048, the 5208R

4800-bit/s modem is compatible with

Bell 208A and 2088 and can operate over

both dial-up and leased lines. The device

features microprocessor controlled

adaptive equalization and a compromise

equalizer to reduce errors. A wide range

of fault isolation and error detection

functions are included. Line connection

is via an integral RJ-1 IC interface.

Circle 331 on Inquiry Card

D

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

POWER-ONE D.C. POWER SUPPLIES

Our custo rs elect t eir fav rite model

The choice wasn't easy. Not with 105 open frame linears and a full switcher line to choose from. Still, the top models of the past year - proudly pictured below - have been named.
Actually, this is a statement of Power-One's most popular O.C. power supplies - as determined by our .customers. Obviously, applications vary widely, from

Switchers
· Hi-Tech Design · High Efficiency - 75% min. · Compact/~ight Weight · 115/230 VAC Input · 20 msec Hold-up · Totally Enclosed
Packaging · Two Year Warrantee · 24 Hour Burn-in
Disk-Drive

SINGLE OUTPUT
5V to 24V Models SD, 60W : $115.00 SF, 100W : $170.00 SK, 200W : $250.00
5'14 " FLOPPY SUPPLIES

· Powers Most Popular Drives
· 7 "Off the Shelf" Models · Powers Drives & Controller · UL & CSA Recognized · 115/230 VAC Input

CP340, 1 Dri ve : $44.95 CP323, Up to 4 Drivers : $74.95

Open-Frame Linear
· Industry Standard Packages
· 115/230 VAC Input · ± .05% Regulation · Two Year Warrantee · UL & CSA Recognized · Industry's Best Power/Cost
Ratio

SINGLE OUTPUT

5V@ 3A 12V @ 1.7A 15V @ 1.5A
HB Series : $24.95

24V@ 1.2A 28V @ 1.0A 250V @ 0.1A

. . DUAL OUTPUT

.· · c

·

...., .,

,.

4 Oo. ·-p ·..

~ :,-

" : 1-i:

~ /

>-

TRIPLE OUTPUT

± 12V @ 1.7A or ± 15V @ 1.5A
HBB15-1.5 : $49.95

5V @ 2A ± 9V to ± 15V @ 0.4A
HTAA-16W : $49.95

small floppies and micro-computers to large mainframe systems.
But one thing they all have in common. They're built by Power-One. Which means the most reliable power supplies available, at the lowest cost possible.
So take a look at our entire line. Send for our new 1981 Catalog and Facilities Brochure for details.

MULTIPLE OUTPUT

OUME PRINTER SUPPLY

5V @ 20A 12V @ 5A

-12V @ 3A 5V to 24V @ 3.5A
User Selectable

SHQ-150W : $295.00

8.0" FLOPPY SUPPLIES

1'/'0 ·r · ., '.\..+..I ·

:, : ':
··~ = :1~

~

~

t &._=._ __.
· 0. 0
I~ · . ,

·-:1~

.
I"

'5

-

CP205, 1 Drive : $69.95 CP206, 2 Drives : $91.95 CP162, Up to 4 Drives : $120.00

SINGLE OUTPUT

5V@ 10A ± 15V @ 4.5A/16A Peak SP305 : $345.00
WINCHESTER SUPPLIES
2 Models to Power any Manufacturer's Drive
CP379, CP384 : $120.00
DUAL OUTPUT

5V· @ 6A 12V @ 3.4A 15V @ 3.0A

24V @ 2.4A 28V @ 2.0A 48V @ 1.0A

HC Series : $44.95 to $49.95

TRIPLE OUTPUT

± 12V @ 1.0A or ± 15V@ 0.8A HAA15-0.8 : $39.95
POWER FAIL MONITORS

5V@ 3A ± 12V @ 1A or ± 15V @ 0.8A
H BAA-40W : $69.95

· Indicates pending system power loss.
· Monitors AC lirie and DC outputs.
· Allows for orderly datasave procedures
PFM-1 : $24.95 PFM-2: $39.95

NEW '81 CATALOG & FACILITIES BROCHURE
Get your free copies now!
Phone or write us direct, or circle the reader service number

Power One Drive · Camarillo, CA 93010 · (805) 484-2806 · (805) 987-3891 ·TWX 910-336-1297
CIRCLE 31 ON INQUIRY CARD

TECHNOLOC3V REVIEW

32-bit data access architecture supports 1/0 intensive transaction processing

OYNABUS CONTROL

IPU

DDT

MAIN MEMORY

110 CHANNEL

DYNABUS CONTROL

IPU

DDT

MAIN MEMORY

1/0 CHANNEL

DYNABUS CONTROL

IPU

DDT

MAIN MEMORY

1/0 CHANNEL

OPERATIONS AND SERVICE PROCESSOR
Architecture of Tandem NonStop II system is made up of multiple, independent processors all interconnected by Dynabus. Dual-ported 1/0 controllers allow each controller to be connected to two different processors. Separate operations and service processor provides entire system with operating and maintenance support

Nonstop nTM, a fault tolerant, network oriented computer system, fits online transaction processing applications that require hundreds of interactive terminals and communications lines. The multiple processor computer system, announced by Tandem Computers Inc, 19333 Vallco Pkwy, Cupertino, CA 95014, extends the NonStopTM architecture designed for continuous system operation and data integrity.
Key to implementing the system's extended virtual address space which places up to 1G bytes of data per pro-
cessor under control of the operating system is a 32-bit data access architecture. Systems are modularly expandable from 2 to 16 processors with a fully

expanded system addressing up to 160 bytes of virtual memory.
Architecturally the system is composed of multiple independent processors. Dual-ported 110 controllers allow each controller to be connected to two different processors. A separate operations and service processor provides the entire system with operating and maintenance support. Each processor module is an autonomous computer system with its own memory, power supplies, diagnostic facilities, and 110 capabilities.
Each processor module includes an instruction processing unit (IPU), main memory, Dynabus interface unit, I/O processor, and diagnostic data

transceiver (DDT) processor. The instruc-

tion processing unit is a microcoded pro-

cessor that uses stack architecture to

provide efficient implementation of high

level languages.

The IPU is implemented using Schottky

TTL and has a microinstruction cycle

time of 100 ns. The basic set of 242

machine instructions provides stack

operations, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit integer

arithmetic, and byte oriented functions

such as scanning and comparing strings.

It also supports 32-bit extended address-

ing. The optional floating point instruc-

tion set provides 43 instructions for high

speed scientific calculations.

Instruction sets are implemented in

microcode located in a high speed con-

trol store. The control store has 8k

32-bit words of loadable storage and lk

words of read-only storage. The IPU

features a 2-stage pipeline that allows it

to fetch the next instruction while it exe-

cutes the current instruction.

Extended 32-bit addressing mode,

used primarily by the operating system,

allows access to the entire virtual

memory space. Efficient virtual to

physical address translations are accom-

modated by 1024 map registers residing

in high speed 32-ns access bipolar RAMs.

Each processor module contains a

separate processor dedicated to uo

operations. Because the 1/0 processor

operates independently from the IPU,

transfers are efficient and require a

minimum of IPU intervention. Every uo

device controller is buffered, allowing

transfers between main memory and the

controller buffer to occur at full

memory speed. The high speed l/O chan-

nels use burst multiplexed direct

memory access to provide transfer rates

of up to 5M bytes/s; thus the aggregate

burst 1/0 rate of a fully configured 16

processor system is SOM bytes/s.

All processors are interconnected by

the Dynabus. This provides two in-

dependent high speed (up to 13M

bytes/s/bus) communications paths

among the system's processors, with a

potential communications bandwidth of

up to 26M bytes/s. Transfers over the

bidirectional bus use a multiplexed

packet interleaved protocol to maintain

high speeds. Messages ae sent in 16-byte

packets and can be up to 32k bytes in

length. Each packet is protected by a

checksum with automatic retransmission

if an error is detected. Using the

Dynabus rather than the l/O channels for

interprocessor communication improves

system performance and leaves the 110

channels available to application pro-

grams.

Circle 350 on Inquiry Card

48

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

IL. . ..

ROHM has the printhead for the printout you need. From electrocardiograms to weather maps, from plotters to pari-mutuel tickets., from facsimile machines to desktop calculators - wherever an easyto-read, accurate and reliable copy is needed

ROHM has developed a complete line of standard
printheads for all types of thermal printing requirements. These high speed, high resolution line and
serial printheads set new standards for reproduction
quality and reliability and are available now to meet your spebffic applications.
ROHM line printheads are available with print widths to 10 inches, densities to 8 dots/mm (200 dots/inch)
and line print speeds to 2 mS. Drive circuits, shift registers and diode matrices are mounted in IC form
on the substrate to keep things simple, save space
arid j(1lprove reliability (MDLBF is 100 x 108). These
u come ready to install, complete with heat sink
ahdptjteri gµide and with all connections terminated
in a standard edge connector.

For serial applications we offer a full line of heads
that achieve print speeds of 120 to 150 cps and life expectancies of 150 million characters or more.
These standard configurations can be customized to match your specific requirements. For more information, contact:
ROHM CORPORATION 16931 Miiiiken Avenue, Irvine, CA 92714 (714) 546-7750, TWX: 910-595-1721 Midwest Office: (817) 332-6813 Eastern Office: (919) 855-0217
ftDNIR

CIRCLE 137 ON INQUIRY CARD

8-inch Wmchester Multi-User Systems. Now In Volume-S8,SOO.

Altos is delivering the cream of the crop with their new 8-inch multi-user Winchester disk systems. They're freshly packed with the quality features you expect from Altos. and at a price you expect from Altos. too-just $8,500.
Pick from two fully integrated systems. each packaged in our new compact, stylish cabinet suitable for either rack mount or table top applications. You get 10 MBytes of reliable on-line storage in our 8-inch Winchester drives. Then for system back-up storage, you can select from
System Software

Floppy Disks: .SMb-1Mb
Mag Tape: 17Mb

SYSTEMS PICTURED :

ACSS000-10 (10Mb HD+ 1 floppy)

$ 8,500

ACSS000-10/MTU (10Mb HD+ DEi Mag Tape) $10,990

either 8-inch, single or double-sided floppy drives (ACS8000-10 and -100) or a %-inch magnetic tape drive (ACS8000-10/MTU). And for powerful performance. all of these Z80Nbased systems come complete with 208K of RAM and 6 programmable serial ports. ready to support four users.
Here's the most bountiful selection of systems and capacities in the field from the company that knows how to deliver quality systems
in the volumes that OEMs need to stay competitive.
And Altos supports these systems with a broad software selection including the three industry standard operating systems-CP/M, multi-user MP/M** and OA51St. These operating systems support seven high level programming languages: BA51C, FORTRAN, COBOL, PA5CAL, APL, PL/1 and C. Also
available are comprehensive communications packages: A5YNCAltos-to-Altos, BISYNC-Altos-tomainframe and full networking with CP/NET. All are designed to run on a high speed 800 Kilobaud networking channel-standard with every system.
The ACS8000-10 Winchester systems join our growing family of field-proven products. In just three years. more than 8.000 systems have been shipped to an OEM customer-base.
Get to market fast. Harvest your 8-inch Winchester system direct from the heart of Silicon Valley. Call or write today for specific product information and OEM pricing. Altos Computer Systems. 2360 Bering Drive, San Jose. CA 95131, (408) 946-6700, Tulex 171562 ALTOS SNJ.

Packed with Fresh Ideas
· zaoA is a registered trademark of Zilog. Inc. ..CP / M and MP/ Mare registered trademarKs of Oigital Research . Inc.
toASIS is a registered trademark of Phase One Systems. Inc. :j:datapro is a regi stered trademark of Datapro Research Corp.
© 1981 Altos Computer Systems

CIRCLE 1 39 ON INQUIRY CARD

TECH REVIEW

4112-digit intelligent
multimeter offers full
complement of facilities
As a multimeter, the portable 6504 offers a 5-range measurement of de and ac voltage and current, with true rms ac sensing, and 6-range measurement of resistance. Basic accuracy of ± 0.030Jo ± 2 digits and wideband ac frequency response (to 20 kHz) place it in the forefront of its class. The intelligent instrument, developed by Weston Instruments, Inc, 614 Frelinghuysen Ave, Newark, NJ 07114, has automatic selfchecking routines to make operating procedures accurate and foolproof. The few pushbutton keys required for computation control are grouped with the instrument's range and function controls and large LCD readout display on a panel measuring 8.5 x 3" (21.6 x 7.6 cm).
Any combination of six basic computing modes is selectable by panel pushbutton keys: filter, null, scale/ offset, percent deviation, max/min monitoring, and hi/lo limits. All measurements are scaled by the frontend circuits to ± 4-V full-scale, and are applied to a dual-slope A-D converter. All inputs to the converter are first routed through a gain controlled preamplifier. Current measurements are made by converting current to voltage via range switching current shunts. For de current measurements, the resulting de voltage is 'routed directly to the preamplifier. For ac current measurements, the ac voltage developed across the current shunts is first applied to an ac converter and from there to the preamplifier.
Voltage inputs are fed to an input divider for scaling. Scaled de voltages are then applied to the preamplifier. Ac voltages are first routed to the ac converter as described for ac current operation.
Resistance is converted to de voltage by a constant current generator that sinks a known value of current through the resistance in accordance with the selected range. The constant current generator derives its referenee from the A-D converter reference. The precise input divider resistance is used as a reference resistance in the constant current generator.
All measurements and resulting displays are controlled by the microprocessor. In addition to displaying numeric readings and stored values, the LCD readout provides a man/machine interface that maintains continuous communications with the operator through its self-diagnostic ability and 8-word

CURRENT

mA

SHUNT RANGE

SWITCHING

COM

ac CONVERTER

Vkn

INPUT DIVIDER

RANGE

SWITCHING

RANGE CONTROL

0 CONSTANT CURRENT GENERATOR

PRECISION REFERENCE

FUNCTION AND RANGE
SWITCH SENSING

MICRO· PROCESSOR
RESET CIRCUIT

Weston's 4 % digit multimeter model 6504 provides wide ac bandwidth in both average and rms sensing modes. All measurements and displays are controlled by internal microprocessor which also supplies intelligence for prompting and result computation

prompting vocabulary. Computing modes in use are also displayed, and flashing symbols distinguish between stored register values and realtime readings; a flashing data signal appears when data entry is required.
A rechargeable battery that enables complete instrument operation for up to

8 hours without ac power is a standard option. Also optional is an IEEE488 interface bus that permits the instrument to be used with automatic test and data acquisition systems. A series of probes is also available to extend measurement capabilities and utility of the unit.
Circle 366 on Inquiry Card

16-channel logic analyzers operate to 20 MHz to aid microcomputer development
The 16-channel LA-1020 logic analyzer and LA-1025 digital system analyzer from B&K-Precision, Dynascan Corp, 6460 W Cortland St, Chicago, IL 60635, monitor logic activity in complex digital circuits under test, and process and display captured data to permit rapid analysis of circuit activity. Designed for use in the design and development of microcomputers and microcomputer based products, the instruments present data in both state and time domains.
State data are formatted in binary, octal, decimal, or hexadecimal codes on the integral 12-digit LED display. Timing diagrams of 16 channels by 16 words can be displayed externally on most conventional oscilloscopes. Clock pulses and cursor are also displayed on the scope, permitting both hardware and software designers to display information in a

format suited to their preference. A single front panel control selects internal, asynchronous clock rates from 1 Hz to 10 MHz or one of two external, edge selectable clocks for operation to 20 MHi.
Both units use an 18-bit pattern recognition trigger to initiate recording into the system memory, which is 16 bits wide and 250 words deep. All 16 recording channels are fully qualifiable. Two additional qualifiers aid in meeting unusual trigger requirements. Front panel switches are used to select a logic 1, 0, or DON'T CARE state for the 18 inputs.
Trigger delay and location are determined by a flexible protocol that allows delays to be set individually or in any combination. Recording can be delayed from 0 to 999 clock pulses that begin after trigger word recognition or after the last event delay occurrence. Trigger word location may be established anywhere within the 250-word memory,
(continued on page 48/)

48d

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

Now RCA CMOS bursts
into color.
New video interface Microboard has all you need to design a custom terminal.

For the first time; a CMOS Microboard with: · up to 128 user-program-
mable characters · 8 programmable colors, or · black and white display · audio output for tones or
white noise · parallel input port for key-
board · graphics and motion · NTSC and PAL versions.
So you can: · program graphs, charts,
messages · get any combination of
sounds · add a keyboard for human
interaction

· use it with any RCA Microboard computer
· use our optional programming design aid, the VIS interpreter (CDP 18S835). Plus, you get all the ad-
vantages of CMOS, making it ideal for industrial controls.
For more information on the CDP18S661 , contact any RCA Solid State sales office or appointed distributor. Or contact RCA Solid State headquarters in Somerville, N.J. Brussels, Belgium. Hong Kong. Sao Paulo, Brazil.
Or call Microsystems Marketing toll-free (800) 526-3862.

Special characters.

Overlay.

Programmed sound.

Another reason to switch to CMOS.

Rllll

48f

CIRCLE 141 ON INQUIRY CARD

TECH REVIEW
providing pre-, post-, and variable pre/ post trigger recording.
An event pulse output provided by the analyzers increases versatility. The event output of one analyzer can be connected to the qualifier input of a second unit, expanding the system to 32 channels at speeds up to 10 MHz.
The LA-1025 offers added signature analysis capability. Circuits are tested using a data probe and control pod which connect directly to the logic analyzer. Signatures are displayed in the most widely used industry coding for modified hexadecimal format. The unit is also capable of recording the occurrence of unstable or abnormal signatures.
The units are interfaced to the circuit under test through two TTL compatible model LP-I probes; LP-2 probes are available for use with CMOS circuits. The optional model LP-3 increases trigger capability by adding 16 qualifiers.
Circle 367 on Inquiry Card
Daisywheel printers improve output quality using direct drive mechanism
Sprint 1TM letter quality. printer and Sprint 9 printing data terminal replace the steel drive cable and pulleys customarily used in daisywheel printers with a MicroDriveTM mechanism to offer better print accuracy and reliability. An important part of this innovation from Qume Corp, 2350 Qume Dr, San Jose, CA 95150, is a direct drive system using a custom drive belt made of DuPont KevlarR, that reduces chassis stress and results in longer life and superior print quality.
The units offer print speeds of 45 or 55 chars/s. Improvements over earlier models include 30% fewer parts, an internal power supply, and simplified service access. MTBF has been increased to 3000 hours, and acoustic noise level has been reduced to 65 dBA maximum.
The terminal version uses the industry standard RS-232-C interface to plug directly into most minicomputers, and provides all current word processing functions. It offers a superset of the Sprint s command set with enhancements that include automatic logic seeking bidirectional printing.
Circle 368 on Inquiry Card
COMPUTER DESIGN ·JULY 1981

Seagate Technology announces anotherflrst.Thelnventorofthe 5'14-lnch micro-WinchesterTM now brings you thin fllm heads and 12.76 megabytes onjust two platten double the capacity of current ferrite head drives.
The new ST512 microWinchester with thin film heads stores I0202 bits per inch and doubles the number of tracks from 612 to 1224. Increased bit packing permits recording closer to the disc center and eliminates the need for write precompensation.

No change In form factor or Interfacing. The STS 12 doubles storage capacity without changing your system configuration. Size and shape exactly match Minifloppy and ST506 micro-Winchester. Just as important, the STS 12 uses the same recording format, 5 MBits/sec. data transfer rate and DC voltages. You can use the same interface and power supply.

your system. Perform interactive, on-line jobs without being disc limited. Offer faster random access to inventories and other long listings. Run prompt-driven tutorials and other large disc-based programs. Share storage resources in local networks. Serve faster 16 and 32-bit machines. In short, provide faster access to more storage in less space.
For complete specifications, circle our readers' service number. To order an evaluation unit, write, telex or phone.

Seagate Technology
360 El Pueblo Road Scotts Valley. California 95066 (408) 438-6550 TELEX 172114 SCVL East Coast Sales Office: P.O. Box 137 Allamuchy. New Jersey 07820 1201) 852-6184
'Turning the tide in fixed disc technology''
TMmicro-Winchester is a trademark of Seagate Technology
CIRCLE 142 ON INQUIRY CARD

Computer data and graphic displays never looked better, brighter, sharper.
New Hitachi high resolution in-line RGB color monitors utilize wide video bandwidth and a 0.31 mm spacing between triad pairs. The result? A trio-dot density twice that of conventional monitors!
Look at these advanced features Adjustment-free convergence,
single PCB configuration, video amplifier bandwidth from 50 Hz to 25 MHz. Flexible frequencies ·range from 15 to 18 KHz horizontal and 50 to 60 Hz vertical. Monitors

provide high contrast and brightness from black matrix and 85% Iight transmission tubes. Can any other maker match these advantages?
Variety of Screens You can select from a wide

choice of screens to meet your specific application needs: Normal phosphor; long persistence phosphor to virtually eliminate flickering, or medium resolution versions for most ambient light situations.
Unsurpassed performance Long time convergence stability
is assured due to self convergent in-line guns and single PCB reliability. Operator controls include power on/off, degauss, brightness, contrast.
Call or write for more information.

@Hitachi America, Ltd.

100 California Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94111 Tel: (415) 981-7871 New Jersey Office: 6 Pearl Court, Allendale, N.J. 07401 Tel: (201) 825-8000

CIRCLE 143 .ON INQUIRY CARD

Made 'em available to you . So that you can get the increased performance you've been looking for.
How many times have you wondered where you can get the kind of storage that would really enhance your computer performance? And how many times have you wondered why you couldn't get that from the original manufacturer?
Well , when it comes to minicomputer storage systems, you won't find a more reliable source than Datum.
WE'D LIKE YOU TO MEET OUR FAMILY.
One of the greater limitations of the minicomputer is memory capacity. That's because as a "smaller computer:' the mini has very real limitations on the amount of resident memory. And that's why a company like Datum is dedicated to the development of reliable nonresident memory products. Our outstanding product family includes several standouts that
----- make minicomputers more manageable. -- __,_...,,..,,_,.. ,,,..,, ,.,..,,,._,__,...,,...
~ ·_!II!.·_'.

Our clan includes controllers, drives and integrated systems. Our tape/disk controllers and tape/disk drives could make all the difference for your minicomputer. And they're compatible with DEC, Data General, HP, IBM Series 1, Interdata and Sperry Univac systems.
What's more, when you're in the market for minicomputer storage, you don't have to shop around, piecemeal. Because our family has it. All of it. We're price competitive and interested in doing volume business both large and small.
IOW MEET THE WHOLE FAMILY.
To tell the truth, there's more to our famil y than just product. There's people, too.
Our people provide you with excellent service from start to finish. From sales and application/technical support to on-site installation. And our maintenance program services all Datum products. Nobody serves you like the people from Datum.
WE MAKE TIAISPAIEIT CLAIMS.
Datum products are software transparel)t. That means, when you buy from Datum, your purchase will be totally compatible with your present system . As well as your future system, should performance requirements change.

And it won't require you to turn your operation upside down . There's no point in making a capital investment that won't cooperate.
In fact, Datum is the expert in minicomputer storage products. So when your computer system needs its performance increased, don't call a general practitioner. Call a specialist. Because we can diagnose your application requirements, prescribe a solution and come up with the cure better than just about anybody else.
But what's so unusual about that? After all we're specialists. The minicomputer storage specialists.
Why not call us today for a free checkup? Dat~m, Inc. , Corporate Headquarters: 1363 South State College Blvd., Anaheim, California 92806. Telephone: (714) 533-6333, Ext . 207, TWX: (910) 592-1289, Telex : 68-5579 . Toll Free: 800/854-4600 (Outside California)
oatum
Storage Systems Division
CIRCLE 32 ON INQUIRY CARD

THE ABLE GENERAL-PURPOSE SERIES
Provides a wide range of practical and exclusive solutions to problems facing the PDP-11 user.

QNIVERTER'" opens the wonders of the UNIBUS world to PDP-11/23 & LSI users, or lets Q-bus devices be compatible with any PDP-11.

REBUS'" meets or exceeds all DBll performance specifications, fits in-line with UNIBUS cable using no additional backplane space.

IN$TALLS IN~ LSl-11, LSJ.11123.
PDP-11/09 and PDP-11/23 via quad· width e!P'd.APPLICATIONS: Allows
Unibus-compatible controllers and memories to be used with L$1 com· puter systems,()r LSI-ba$ed peripher· als t1> be used with PDP-11 oompuw ;;ystems. FEATURES: SupPC>rts
features of t.sl-ll/23 blcluding the full 128K addl'ell&capability.

INSTAU.S IN: All PDP·ll·s; without
~any additional backplane spaee.
MECHANICAL! One dual-width
card plup iattl the same pair of conn(!Ctors as the Unibwl extension eable which is then plugged into the REBUS connect.ors. COMPATIBILITY:
Allows for 18 additional bus loadsand 50 foot bua eitension, Requires no softw~ changes. Bua cycle time unaffected for devieel on CPU side of REBUS- increased by 2fiO naec max. for dev1- on outboard side.

BUSLINKS, unlike the DEC DLll-W, are software compatible with the original DAll-B driver.
~~;a·~~ BUSLINK/ UNi; , . ::. ~ LSI OR U TO Q . ,
. ·;; , (CPL' TO Cl'l' Ll:\K : ·+;, U.:\IHCS Tu lj ;\'JBl' S, li:"\IBUS TO ~~'l" Q·l}ll~_.o~ ll·Bl "S :rq ,_g :,BllSJ , ..
INSTALLS IN: All PDP-U'li and/or LSl·ll's via pain of hex-width, hex/ quad-width, or quad-width eards and supplied cables. APPLICATION: Providesfull DAll·B (Unibusor Q-bus link) compatibility on single eards. BUSLINK operate$ at DAU-B tram~· fer rates over distanee of up tb 5() feel OPERATING ADVANTAGE; Requires only one card per CPU tQ elfe<:t link at minimal bus loading
vs. full syst.em unit per computer.

EMULOADER '" boots all the latest
peripheral devices and provides the
only fixed console emulator for early PDP-ll's.

DUAL 110'" provides two full
DRll-B DMA interfaces but takes half the space and exhibits only one bus load.

INTERLINK provides DMA interface and can function as one side of a high-speed, half-duplex BUSLINK.

INSTALLS lN: PDP-ll/05, -11/10, -11/35, -11140, -U/45, -11/50 ftd
-11/55. MECHANICAL: Dual width card repla<!ell standard Unibus termi-
nation; requires no additional
backplane spaee.OP&RATING AD-
VANTAGE: Provides fixed console emulatQr (000') and QC>O~ loadett for DLU, Pell, RFU, RK06, RKll, RP0./05/-06, RPll, RSOS/04, RXll, TCll, TMll and TU16. SPECIAL FEATUU: Performs memory diagnostic ~ time a boot ope$don is done from ODT.

INSTALLS IN: All PDP-ll's; in any
SPCalot via quad-width eard. APPl.lCATJON: Dual U() ii equivalent to two (2) DRU.C's and provid.es the logie for program-eontroll~ parallel
trans.fer of 16-bit data between two (2) external uaer devices and a Unibus system. OPltltA'l'lNG ADVAN· TAG&: hovidea user the harttware/
software equal to a dual DRU..C in
one-.halt the spate and one-half the
bus loading of DRll-C'a.

INSTALLS IN: All PDP-11'$ in any
SPC slot via helt·widtb card. APPLI· CATIONS: Provides full DRll·B (D){A lNTERFACE) and one side of
DAll·B (1JNISU$ LINK) capability on a single card. OPERATING AD· VANTAGES: Requires only one hex'Ai<ith C&1'd in each eomputer to efreet link -vs. full foulYilot system unit per ~mputer. Exhibits one bus load.
Directly software t.ranspa.tent as a DR11-B re~ment or whe11 expanded to DAll-8-equivalency.

Every product is designed exclusively for implementation in PDP-11 and LSI-11 computers. Each is software compatible to the diagnostic level and sells for less but does more than the competitive product it is intended to replace. Ask for more information. We'll tell you all about the generalpurpose series as well as our special memory and communications products, all of which currently ship within 30 days ARO. Remember, we have a

veritable store of DEC computer enhancements. They are all unique, and they all help you get more out of your present computer.
Able, the computer experts
ABLE COMPUTER, 1751 Langley Avenue, Irvine, California 92714. (714) 979-7030. TWX 910-595-1729.
ABLE COMPUTER-EUROPE, 74/76 Northbrook Street, Newbury, Berkshire, England RG13 lAE. (0635) 32125. TELEX 848507 HJULPHG.

-
TECH REVIEW

Prototype text to speech
system has unlimited
English vocabulary
Model TIS-X is a complete standalone unlimited speech peripheral device. Developed by Telesensory Speech Systems, 3408 Hillview Ave, PO Box 10099, Palo Alto, CA 94304, this system consists of 2 wirewrap and 10 printed circuit boards mounted in a card cage. Components mounted on these boards include one 8085 and two LSI-11 microcomputers, RAM, and programmable digital signal processor chips. The card cage, power supply, speaker, and tape cartridge are packaged in an enclosure with external user controls mounted on the front panel; RS-232-C connectors used for 110 are on the back panel.
The system receives full words as strings of characters in ASCII format. These words are spoken in either lexical, prosodic, or spell mode. In 'lexical mode each word is pronounced with full normal stress (based on the lexical stress rules for words) without regard to the surrounding words. Prosodic mode more closely resembles human speech in conversation; an entire phrase is analyzed before speech begins, and each word is stressed with relationship to the surrounding words. Spell mode names each character in the input string. Mode of operation is selected by ASCII input control characters.
Incorporating a dictionary of 1500 exceptional words, the device speaks an unlimited English vocabulary. The dictionary contains words that are most common in the English language and those that do not follow the typical phonetic rules of the language. Along with this dictionary is a set of algorithms that convert other words to phonemes. A phonetic synthesis subsystem converts the resulting phoneme, stress, and duration data to speech parameters which drive the proprietary PDSP synthesizer to create synthetic speech.
If operated in lexical or prosodic mode, the system can speak indefinitely at a maximum rate of 200 words/min. Speech rate is controlled from a front panel switch. Text input is an ASCII format at 1200 baud based on RS-232-C specifications. The external user's control consists of variable speech rates between 50 and 200 words/min, and volume control. Power requirements are 110 V, 60 Hz, 4 to 5 A.
Circle 3 51 on Inquiry Card

Well, to begin with, color graphics.
RCA's VP-3301 has unique color-locking circuitry that gives you sharp, jitter-free color graphics and rainbow-free characters.
Plus much more: Microprocessor control. Resident and programmable character set. Reverse video. State-of-the-art LSI video control. 20 and 40 character formats. RS232C and 20 mA current loop; Six baud rates. Eight data formats. ASCII
encoding. Light-touch flexible-membrane key switches for reliability and long life. CMOS circuitry and a spill-proof, dust-
proof keyboard for hostile environments.
The VP-3301 can be used with a 525-line color or monochrome monitor or a standard TV set through an RF modulator.** It
serves a wide variety of industrial, educational, business and individual applications including communication with time sharing and data base networks.

All this-for as little as $255. And it's made by RCA.
So get the whole story about the surprising VP-3301 today. Write RCA Microcomputer Marketing, New Holland Avenue,
Lancaster, PA 17604. Or call toll-free: 800-233-0094.

* *Model VP-3303 with built-in RF modulator-$270. O.E.M. · Quantity price. Monitor and modem not included .

ROii

CIRCLE 34 ON INQUIRY CARD

MDRRDW DESIGNS

Leading edge technology in hard disk systems.

Complete systems. Morrow Designs hard disk subsystems
are delivered complete with hard disk, controller, cabinet, power supply, fan, cables and CP/M ' 2.2 operating system. Widest range. Morrow Designs offers the widest range of hard disk systems available from a single supplier. 51/4:' 8:' 14:' Five to over 100 megabytes of formatted hard disk storage. $2,995 to $19,980. Cost effective systems that work. And keep working. S-100 and more. Morrow Designs hard disk systems are designed for use with the CP/M operating system. Available software packages allow our systems to run on any
IEEE696/S-100 Standard system with no hardware modification. Plus, Cromemco,t North Star,** Vector Graphics, Godbout, Dynabyte, Exidy,tt IMSAI, Micromation, Processor Technology and California Computer Systems. Reliable systems. Morrow Designs is committed to hard disk system reliability. Not simply with a 90-day warranty, but with a money back guarantee. If our system fails to perform to specification, send it back. We'll send back your money.

Experience. As of April, 1981, there were over fifteen hundred Morrow Designs hard disk systems successfully installed. In fact, over 200 independent systems integrators now use our hard disks to solve their mass storage problems. Performance answers. Morrow Designs hard disk systems have been benchmarked against al I other systems. None is faster under CP/M. Morrow Designs hard disks operate at 10 times
the speed of a floppy disk drive. Transfer rates range from
590,000 bytes to 900,000 bytes per second. That kind of performance can become addictive. Cost effective answers. Compare Morrow prices and performance to anything presently available for S-100 systems. You'll find Morrow's price/megabyte/
performance ratio to be unmatched. Leadership in disk systems technology earned us leadership in
price/performance. And that may have earned us a call from 'you. Circle the Reader Service Number for our full line data sheets. Can't wait? Call us at (415) 524-2101. And yes, OEM quantity prices are available. LOOK TO MORROW FOR ANSWERS.

'CP/ M is a trademark of Digital Research . '*Northstar is a trademark of North Star Computers, Inc.
tCromemco is a trademark of Cromemco, Inc . ttExidy is a trademark of Exidy Corporation.

MDRRDW DESIGNS
522 1 Central Avenue , Richmond, CA 94804 (415) 524 -210 1
CIRCLE 35 ON INQUIRY CARD

TECH REVIEW

IOM-byte removable cartridge subsystem based on flexible media
ALPHA 10, a !OM-byte removable cartridge storage subsystem, is based on a technique for high density recording on flexible media. The unit, developed by Iomega Corp, 4646 S 1500 West, Suite 160, Ogden, UT 84403, includes disc drive, integrated controller, and !OM-byte flexible media cartridge. The subsystem package, including controller, fits in the envelope of a standard 8" (20-cm) flexible disc drive.
A media stabilization system is used to enable the flexible media to fly close to the head, resulting in high density noncontact recording. Embedded servo and parity sector error correction further enhance the high density and data reliability achieved with the technology.
Competing favorably with Winchester products in the same capacity range, the unit's average access time of 35 ms is achieved by a simple PCB rotary actuator. A brushless de drive motor spins the media at 1500 r/min resulting in a 1. lM-byte/s transfer rate.
Circle 352 on Inquiry Card

consoles, and peripheral expander and maintenance peripherals.
The 110 processors all interconnect with each other and with buffer memory. Connecting to the CPU, to one to three frontend computer systems, and to maintenance peripherals via a peripheral expander, the master 110 processor handles communications protocol with other mainframes.
A second processor, the buffer 110 processor controls system disc storage and moves data between buffer memory and central memory and the CPU. This processor contains one to four DCU-4 disc controllers, each of which independently controls up to four DD-29 disc storage units. Each disc unit has a capacity of 600M bytes.
Optional third and fourth 110 processors each may support up to 16 additional disc units for a maximum system

capacity of 28.80 bytes. As an alternative, one optional processor may contain 1 to 4 block multiplexer controllers. Each BMC-4 consists of four channels. Controller units for peripheral devices such as magnetic tape units may be connected to these block multiplexer channels.
Buffer memory is a solid state secondary storage unit, consisting of either lM or 8M 64-bit words, that is accessible to all 110 processors in the subsystem. 110 processors connect to the buffer memory through internal channels capable of transfer rates of over 800M bits/s. Bandwidths of approximately 1250M and 2500M bits/s are possible between buffer memory and up to four 110 processors, depending on the number of banks (8 or 16) in the buffer memory.
Circle 353 on Inquiry Card

1/0 subsystem provides 64M-bytes buffer memory,
streaming data channels
An enhanced 110 subsystem provides up to 8M words (64M bytes) of buffer memory, dual high performance channels for streaming data to central memory, and support for online magnetic tape. Developed by Cray Research Inc, 1440 Northland Dr, Mendota Heights, MN 55120, the unit meets the high throughput demands of the CRAY l/S supercomputer.
The 110 subsystem, with its multiple 110 processors, acts as a data concentrator for input to the CPU and distributes output from the CPU. In this role, it handles 110 for a variety of frontend computer systems and for peripheral devices such as disc units and user supplied magnetic tapes. An integral part of models S/1200 through S/4400, the 110 subsystem is composed of two to four 110 processors, buffer memory, disc control units (DCU-4s), optional block multiplexer control units (BMC-4s), three CRT

RCA VP-600 series ASCII keyboards are available in two formats. You can choos~ ~ither a 58-key typewriter format. Or a 74-key version which includes an add1t1onal 16-key calculator-type keypad. Both can be ordered with
parallel or serial output.
. These k~yboards, redesigned for lighter key activation and improved typing c~pabll1ty, feature modern flexible membrane key switches with contact life rated at greater than 5 mi lion operations. Plus two key rollover c!rcuitry. A finger positioning overlay. And an on-board tone generator that gives aural key press feedback.
. T.he unit!zed keybo~rd ~urface is spillproof and dustproof. This plus high noise immunity CMOS c1rcu1try makes these boards particularly suited for use in hostile environments.
. Parallel output keyboards have 7-bit buffered.TTL compatible output. Serial o~tput keyboards have RS 232C compatible, 20mA current loop and TTL compatible asynchronous outputs with 6 selectable baud rates. All operate
R O i i from 5 V DC, excluding implementation of RS 232C. For more information contact RCA Customer
Service, New Holland Avenue, Lancaster, PA 17604. Or call our toll-free number: 800-233-0094.
'OEM pri ce. Also available less case.

CIRCLE 36 ON INQUIRY CARD

53

TECH REVIEW

Full travel membrane keyboards seal switching elements within sandwich
0.500

KNOWN VALUE ~ CAPACITOR C
SENSE ---ii ~
Cs-F Cs-F

DRIVE

Micro Switch's full travel membrane keyboard eliminates problems of stray capacitance by use of floating pad capacitor plates. Fixed capacitor formed between sense and float pads defines closed key capacitance; variable capacitor between drive and float pads senses key actuation

Using variations of membrane technology, sealed, full travel capacitance and contact keyboards and a flat touch panel keyboard protect the signal generating elements with unusual sealing and venting procedures. Micro Switch, a Honeywell Div, 11 W Spring St, Freeport, IL 61032, designed the keyboards for use in low cost terminals being introduced for industrial, commercial, and home applications. The combination of sealing, capacitor design, and shielding makes for an electronic unity that permits close tolerances, reduces impact of stray capacitance, simplifies circuit design, and improves overall reliability.
The sealed capacitance keyboard virtually eliminates unpredictable signal generation due to dust and moisture. Its patentable capacitive network provides the keyboard with superior overall performance characteristics.
Membrane keyboards are constructed from thin sheets of polyester film. Polymer ink networks of pads and connecting lines have been screened onto two of the Mylar sheets. These two plastic sheets are separated by a spacer sheet with cutouts corresponding to contact pad locations. Depressing a keytop brings the two screened ink networks together to generate appropriate signals.
Venting the keyboards relieves internal pressure built up during storage at temperature extremes or through multiple key actuation. Full travel keyboards use a 6-layer sealing sandwich for

internal venting. This permits full sealing against fluids, moisture, and dirt. Arranged top to bottom, drive layer, spacer sheet, sense layer, pocket spacer sheet, flexible diaphragm, and second spacer sheet are bonded with adhesives to form the sealed unit. Total thickness of the sandwich is about 32 mils (0.8 mm). Air pressure changes in the switch cavities cause air to interchange through small holes in the sense layer to larger pockets in the first pocket spacer sheet. The diaphragm between pocket spacer sheets then flexes to normalize the pressure in the switch cavities.
The problem of stray capacitance has been minimized by using floating pad capacitor plates that fit between the normal screened on drive and sense pads. Drive pads (one per key) are inked onto the bottom of the top sheet of Mylar. Float and sense pads (one per key) are inked onto the upper and lower surfaces of the third layer of Mylar, with the float pads on top so that one float pad comes between every drive and sense pad. The three pads form two separate capacitors: a fixed capacitor between the sense and float pads, which accurately defines the closed key capacitance, and a variable capacitor between drive and float pads, which senses key actuation. During key actuation, the drive pad is pushed down through a hole in the spacer sheet toward the float pad, increasing the variable capacitance. The change in capacitance is detected by the sense circuit before the drive pad reaches the float pad. This permits electrical and physical overtravel with no bounce or teasing. Drive and sense lines are connected to the printed circuit board electronics. This combination of variable and fixed capacitors produces a predictable and reliable capacitive coupling.
To eliminate stray capacitance and electrical noise in the closely spaced membrane, the conventional method of driving is inverted. All unused drive lines are therefore grounded and act as a shield. All unused sense lines are also grounded. Grounding is accomplished by a scanning chip in conjunction with a microprocessor, effectively prohibiting any interaction between key stations and significantly reducing the impact of electrical noise.
The hard contact keyboard is offered as a wired-only unit and as an encoded keyboard with 2-key rollover option. Both capacitance and contact keyboards offer standard or low profile key modules that meet European standards

and provide operators with firm tactile response. Since sensing elements are found within the membrane layers, the key actuator module has been simplified. It consists of housing, actuating plunger, return (compression spring), and snap spring, which provides the definite hysteresis between operate and release points that prevents teasing and ensures positive contact.
The flat touch panel keyboard is made up of only three membrane layers; venting takes place through channels formed in the spacer and lower circuit layers. A snap disc in each position offers tactile feedback and protection of the switching area against actuation by sharp objects.
Circle 354 on Inquiry Card
Micro-Winchester based desktop computer offers system development tools
Model XP/3 features a 5M-byte microWinchester hard disc for storage of system programs and data, plus a 900k-byte double-sided OCR (group code recording) minifloppy drive for I/O and backup. This enables the system, from Commercial Computer Inc, 7884 12th Ave S, Minneapolis, MN 55420, to provide high capacity, fast access, low cost storage with easy backup.
Compared with the industry standard minifloppy, the micro-Winchester stores 30 times as much data, accesses data twice as fast (170 ms average), and transfers data 20 times faster (5M bits/s). Standard system features include
zso microprocessor, 64k of RAM (stan-
dard), a 1920-char CRT with antiglare amber screen, serial communications channel, and a Centronics-compatible parallel printer interface. Options include up to two additional 5M-byte micro-Winchester disc drives in their own cabinet and a selection of dot matrix and daisywheel printers.
The unit is supported by the CP/M operating system, with Microsoft BASIC (interpreter and compiler), FORTRAN, and COBOL available, as well as the Wordstar word processing system. Also offered are a group of software development tools that allow the OEM to interactively define and generate end-user
business software. MetasoftwareTM pro-
duces business packages in highly structured BASIC source code that can easily be modified to add specialized tasks.
Circle 355 on Inquiry Card

54

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

HOW TO C()PY THE
MICROPOLIS 8" RIGID DISK DRIVE.
It's bound to happen sooner or later. Someone will decide to copy our 8" rigid disk drive. It happens to all industry-standard products.
So we're going to save someone the trouble and tell exactly how we built our 8" drive. But we're not worried. Because, frankly, we don't think anyone else will want to go to the trouble we did to give you such a product.
First of all, our family of 8" rigid disk drives (9 to 45 megabytes) comes with features you simply can't find in the competition's products. Such as our low-cost intelligent controller board, designed to allow swift integration into your existing system.
In addition to low power dissipation and fastest access time, we also included a Quartz-locked, direct-drive, brushless DC motor. We gave our rigid disk a braking mechanism, too. It extends the life of the disk by not allowing the head to act as the brake. That's a longer disk life for you, and a higher MTBF in the critical clean area. Next, we included our balanced rotary voice coil positioner, which, together with the closed-loop servo, absolutely protects against unexpected jolts, bumps, and shocks during write operations which might otherwise result in off-track writing.
We enclosed the heads, platters, and positioner assembly in a sealed clean area. No other drive has all active components outside the clean area, for easy access and maintenance. So we can offer the longest drive warranty in the business.
All this adds up to unprecedented quality, reliability, and stability. And our 8" rigid disk fits into the exact same space as an 8" floppy drive - · they even use the same screw holes.
So if you want the best 8" rigid disk drive, call us. We deliver. If you want to try and copy it, good luck. You'll need it.
21329 Nordhoff Street Chatsworth, California 91311 (213) 709-3300. Telex 651486

CIRCLE 37 ON INQUIRY CARD

55

TECH REVIEW

Emulatinlo{ <~omputt>r ghe8 TD-830 and l 1 ~-4-00 U!-ters remote processing- capabilities
Software enhancements for systems based on UniqueTM minicomputers give users of Burroughs TD-830 and Univac UTS-400 networks economical remote processing capabilities similar to 3270 emulator operations in IBM networks. Announced by Data Communications Corp, 3000 Directors Row, Memphis, TN 38131, the systems allow concurrent multi-user operations including data collection, transaction processing, database inquiry, word processing, and 3270 emulation with local format storage capability.
Burroughs and Univac users who want to upgrade remote processing capabilities can install the Data General Corp computer based systems in standalone or host cluster configurations to save controller and communications line costs. Local format storage features reduce host mainframe involvement and increase remote functionality while maintaining compatibility with host network protocol. In addition, the systems provide access to the CylixTM message switching network, a private communications network that has FCC approval to operate satellite communications equipment in an enhanced, shared usage data communications network.
Circle 358 on Inquiry Card
f()HTRAN pro~rammahle
data aC'quisition } stem handle" 1000 l/O channels
FOCUS 5000TM (FORTRAN Controllable Universal System) accommodates over
1000 uo channels and meets accuracy re-
quirements for gathering, manipulating, and transmitting analog and digital data in manufacturing, monitoring, and laboratory testing environments. The hardware/software integrated realtime data acquisition system, offered by Analogic Corp, Audubon Rd, Wakefield, MA 01880, provides a speed of over 100,000 measurements/s, accuracy up to 16 bits, and over 85 types of analog and digital 110 boards.
The system incorporates the ANDS5400 data acquisition system with the ANDS7000 controller and software to increase user productivity. Programmable

in FORTRAN, the system implements ANALIBTM, a sophisticated call package with a library of over 35 calls including 110, timing/synchronization, Boolean algebra, and engineering subroutines, and provides comprehensive exerciser, diagnostic, and self-test packages.
High speed simplifies both integration and operation of realtime installations. When connected directly to transducers and receivers in the installation, the system will acquire, condition, and measure analog and digital signals at rates up to 100,000 samples/s. It will also process acquired signals in its selfcontained computer, make decisions and transmit analog and/or digital signals based on the processed results, and display selected information all under program control.
Architecture of the system delivers the accuracy level and channel capacity to meet expanding needs. Application programs are tailored to the installation. Programs can read data from or write data to any implemented 110 channel, enabling a complete closed loop control system to be established from the keyboard alone. The architecture also provides realtime synchronization capability as well as 110 capability for high speed data acquisition with 16-bit resolution on as many as 1000 channels.
Specialized multichannel analog input cards available include strain gauge completion/measurement cards, thermocouple measurement cards with electronic cold junction compensation, and RTD measurement cards. Analog input full-scale ranges from ± 10 mV to ± 100 V are available, as well as 150-dB common mode rejection ratio and 300-V rms common mode isolation. Any mix of analog and digital card types may be plugged into the system.
Circle 357 on Inquiry Card
Both data processing and word processing operations merge are handled by the B 93 small business computer. The integrated system, offered by Burroughs Corp, Detroit, MI 48232, manages a variety of terminals and keyboard workstations, enabling computing capability to be placed where work originates, or where access to the programs or files is required.

The English language word management system software allows word processing operations to run in parallel with or to be combined witp computer application programs. While some workstation operators are performing business data processing tasks, others may be extracting information from computer files. A terminal in the local network can be designated as both a data entry/inquiry station and as an operator control display, allowing users to place control of the computer where it is most effective, and the processor to be located where most convenient.
Housed in a single cabirtet, the CPU has a 2-MHz cycle time. Basic memory is 256k bytes, expandable to 512k bytes. A 4k-byte memory is provided for a cold and warm start maintenance test routine. The system provides 8 110 channels for up to 3 disc controllers and up to 4 data communications channels. Up to two line printers may be attached. These may be 48-char printers with speeds up to 650 lines/min, 64-char set printers with speeds up to 600 lines/min, or word processing letter quality printers. Five disc storage options are provided.
Data communications capabilities include asynchronous, synchronous, and bisynchronous modes. Speeds can range up to 38.4 baud on leased, switched, or 2-wire direct connect lines. The network definition language compiler allows fast implementation and reconfiguration of networks, and the message processing language compiler provides interfacing of user programs to the data communications network.
Circle 358 on Inquiry Card
ECI. bmwd pro<'P"'"or hoo~ts s('annin~ ~pe<·d of data entry ma<'hirw
Recognition speed of the Data Entry Machine based on optical recognition technology has been increased 3000Jo with an ECL based processor capable of executing 6M instructions/s. Developed by Kruzeweil Computer Products, 33 Cambridge Pkwy, Cambridge, MA 02142, the system recognizes and converts to digital signals common typefaces and fonts, automating text and data entry into computer systems.
The scanner camera in the unit is capable of seeing several text lines at
(continued on page 62)

56

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

Full system
support.

Announcing the newHP 1000 L-Series Model 5 microsystem.
The same two-board microcomputer that's becommg so popular with OEMs is now available as an integrated, real-time system-complete with dual minifloppies, 128K bytes of memory, your choice of interactive terminals and full support for the entire system from Hewlett-Packard. All for under $10,000.
All strings attached.
Software is the most important part of any system, and the Model 5 has $50 million worth of software development behind it.
You can start with either RTE-L or RTE-XL, our powerful multi-programming, multi-user operating systems. Their modular construction lets you build the real-time computing environment your applications programs demand-programs you can develop in Assembler, FORTRAN 4X and BASIC. And our HP DSN networking software makes it simple to put low-cost computing wherever you need it.
Data base management on a microcomputer? With our IMAGE DBMS, you've got a powerful tool for simple and efficient data management. And you can easily picture the possibilities offered by our GRAPHICS/1000 software. Like our other software packages, these are all upwardly compatible throughout the entire HP 1000 line, giving you an easy growth path to even higher performance.
Configure it out for yourself.
The Model 5 is completely modular, so you can virtually design a system yourself. Hard disks and other

peripherals can be plugged in directly. And thanks to a 60% reduction in memory costs, you can go all the way to 1/2 megabyte of memory for an additional $2000.
Whether you buy a packaged system, or put one together yourself, you can get HP's full range of customer support services, provided from more than 170 offices worldwide.

The ins and outs ofhigh-speed 1/0.

In designing the Model

5, we used an advanced

distributed intelligence

architecture that puts a

separate LSI I/0 processor

on each interface

board. This means each

processor has its own direct channel to the entire 1/2-

megabyte memory. (We used state-of-the-art 64KRAMs

to put the 512K bytes of memory onto just one board.)

With the CPU free to concentrate on computation, you

get significantly increased throughput and exceptional

performance.

If you'd like a hands-on demonstration, just contact

your local HP sales office listed in the White Pages. Or

for more information, and our new OEM catalog, write

to Joe Schoendorf, Hewlett-Packard, Dept. 12107,

11000 Wolfe Road, Cupertino, CA 95014.

F//-p9 HEWLETT
-=~PACKARD
Prices U.S.A. OEM quantities of 100 units. Pn.ces subject to change without notice.

58

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

new family of 8" Winchester ·ves offers you a unique combitlation of features-features that pay off in high-quality performance, reliability, and product migration. 3M designed and built these drives so that the features would be right for OEM applicationsstarting with the media itself.

I RAT MAKES THESE

nm31

IRIVES DIFFERENT EVERY OTHER I

llmWER II THE WORLD?

Scotch® Brand media. An industry leader for over 25 years. Its proven performance is the cornerstone of our new fixed disk drives. The medium is critical-it'sprecisely where
uper-reliable data storage should

One guarantee of this perform-
e is the thoroughly proven sur-
e lubricant called LubyteTM. yte helps protect against head
es, loss of data and computer mdowntime.

Compact Disk Drives let you take
full advantage of state-of-the-art technology for both low-cost design and high performance. The standard makes a disk drive's interconnection to its controller easier. 3M has made sure that the new drives deliver the flexibility you need to support specific systems and applications.
The ANSI interface is microprocessor-based, and works efficiently at high data rates. The result: 3M drives are easy on customers' equipment overhead.
3MIGRATlll Fiii 11Tl 11 MEGABYTES AID BEYllD.
The third benefit the 3M Compact Disk Drive family gives you is the migration needed to keep up with user demands. Migration that won't dead-end your customers, or cost them an arm and a leg to obtain.
The 3M 8431 drive offers a total unformatted capacity of 10 megabytes on a single disk, with 8649 BPI and an average track density of 219 TPI. The 3M 8432, with two disks, delivers 20 megabytes, with the same bit and track density. The 3M 8533 offers 60 megabytes on

three disks, with track density in· creased to 693 TPI. Modularly ex· pandable, tlle drives offer you and your customers cost-effective in-
creases in capacity from 10 to 240 megabytes.
4TIE ._,El·llUll" AIRSYSTEI.
Because reliability is so critical to the operation of a sealedenvironment disk drive, the drives have a specially.:engineered superclean air system (patent pending). A cast aluminum deck, for example, separates the heads and media from the motors: a feature that helps make 3M's super-clean air system distinct from ordinary systems. Air is cleaned to 10 particles per cubic foot/minute or less.
5AllD OTHER IUTSTllllll FEATllES.
Like microprocessor-controlled rotary actuators (patent pending), drive modularity, data separation and direct track addressing, and low power consumption. Right now, these new drives are the only ones that give you all of these features in one 8" Winchester package. It's time to evaluate them against the competition. For com-
plete information write to: Compact Disk Drives Marketing, Data Recording Products Division/3M, 223-5N, 3M Cente~ St. Paul, MN 55144.

3M Hears You ...
CIRCLE 39 ON INQUIRY CARD

TECH REVIEW

once on most material. While the format control software in the previous system selected one of these text lines to track and recognize, the multiline format controller (MLFC) used in this version tracks and recognizes all text lines in view of the camera simultaneously, doubling or tripling basic scanning speed. Processing multiple lines simultaneously requires equivalently greater computer processing power.
Therefore, the MAX computer used is about four times faster than its predecessor, being able to process about 5.88M instructions/s (MIPS), versus 1.47M. Together, the MLFC and the processor provide a basic speed improvement of between 500Jo and 300%, depending on the type of material being scanned.
Operator speed has been addressed by making available a 40,000-word English dictionary lexicon. By using English spelling context, 800Jo to 900Jo

of potential operator interventions are eliminated. The enhanced data entry machine also incorporates a document feed and a redesigned workstation that eases paper handling. The unit is capable of storing 25 training sets online. Options include 9-track magnetic tape, document feeder, asynchronous or bisynchronous communication, a disc file management system, and a secondary editing terminal.
Circle 359 on Inquiry Card
Factory data collection system enhances productivity in small to large networks
System 7300 provides operational performance advantages over conventional data acquisition and management

{

RIGID DISK SOLUTIONS FROM THE EXPERTS.
Intelligent Rigid Disk Controllers for ANSI Winchester, Storage Module, Cartridge Disk and more. Bipolar Micro-Computer Controlled, ECC, Full Sector Buffering, Bad Track Mappin~, High Speed DMA, Macro Level Instructions, and Family Software Compatibility for starters. Call (214) 238-0971, or write 13667 Floyd Circle, Dallas, Texas 75243.
· !~~~~fnHASE

Multibus~ 1sa reoistered trademark lot \tie Intel Corporation.

We stay ahead of our competition so you can stay ahead of yours.

62

CIRCLE 40 ON INQUIRY CARD

systems, reducing clerical efforts on the factory floor by more than 500Jo and delivering input accuracies of better than 990Jo under ideal conditions and better than 85% in harsh environments. Overall, the system, announced by Identicon Corp, 1 Kenwood Cir, Franklin, MA 02038, improves manufacturing productivity by providing high system availability through rugged terminals that can be positioned between every two workers.
Using a fault tolerant architecture, the distributed processing system features an intelligent frontend processor and a variety of modular components such as concentrator modules, tape and disc storage devices, local multiplexers, and a range of data collection terminals. In addition, tightly coupled networking techniques provide complete formatting and communications functions, 2-way high speed data links, downline loading from host computers, data verification, editing, buffering, and error monitoring.
System modules are linked by the IdenticommR communications network which allows data to travel at 3000 bytes/s in both clockwise and counterclockwise directions over two independent data links or channels. By also providing for direct 2-way communications between the system and the host, this network permits extensive data formatting and communications protocol capabilities. Jumper selectable parity and data transmission rates up to 9600 baud are possible.
If a single module or data link fails, data acquisition devices attached to it are still available. Typically two modules are linked to the host. If a data link to the host fails, it is automatically detected by the second module and all data are transmitted via the remaining link to the host. If both links fail, data may be stored internally using optional disc and/or tape drives that accept information until communications links are restored.
The system uses bar code reading devices for data acquisition. Up to 2500 data input terminals may be added to a network configuration. Model 7321 data collection system control modules provide the direct physical link to host computers. Model 7322 data collection concentrator modules are linked directly to the control modules to form the basic system. Data entry stations are then organized into data acquisition nodes by the model 6035 data collection multiplexer.
Circle 360 on Inquiry Card
COMPUTER DESIGN ·JULY 1981

Remex I Jual Head
Floppy Disk ·ves.
No Extravagant Claims. just Performance.

r---------------------------

EX- CeII-0

CorPorat.10n

1733 East Alton Street Post Office Box Cl9533

REMEX DIVISION

Irvine, California 92713 (714) 957-0039
1WX: 910/595-1715

Remex RFD2000 Single Head Flexible Disk Drive
Write or Call for Specifications and Delivery.

For fast response information on Remex Flexible Disk Products attach business card or write: Name_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Title_ _ _ _ _ _ __ Company_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Address._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ City_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ State_ _ Zip_ _ _ __ Phone_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~

CIRCLE 41 ON INQUIRY CARD

63

TECH REVIEW

SOFTWARE

'.\faehim· indt.·pendent eompilt·rs run on 16/32-bit com uters
A field tested family of machine independent compilers share a common optimizer and allow a common code generator. All phases of the compilers, except the code generator, are machine independent. Introduced by Language Processors, Inc, 254 Trapelo Rd, Belmont, MA 02178, the seven compilers are ANSI-74 low-intermediate level COBOL, ANSI-74 high-intermediate level COBOL, Draft ANSI Pascal, ANSI-78 FORTRAN, ANSI full PL/I, ANSI subset o PL/I, and IBM System/3-compatible RPG 11. The language family will compile on a host machine that supports 16-bit or larger integers and provides 64k bytes or more of directly addressable memory to the compilers.
The entire family is written in ANSI subset o PL/I. Identical technology, data representation conventions, and a common intermediate language have been used in implementation.
Circle 361 on Inquiry Card ,
Sofh\art· lang1:1age rt"lea~e improH·~ t"' t·rution pt->t.·d. i\dd!ol in..,truction~
RPL-81 (Realtime Processor Language) has been improved through increased execution speed and additional instructions. The package from Systems Management Inc, 10400 W Higgins Rd, Rosemont, IL 60018, executes approximately 300/o to 400/o faster than its predecessor in programs having large arithmetic instructions. More efficient and structured programming is possible using the added IF .. THEN .. ELSE, FOR..NEXT, and square root function.
Speed improvement has been achieved in two ways. All data stored in the input buffer (O/o buffer) are not stored sequentially as in previous releases. Instead, a pointer approach allows direct reference to data. In addition, all other buffers have a last used pointer that keeps track of the last attribute referenced. Subsequent references to attributes ahead of the last used attribute start the data scan

at that point, rather than at the beginning of the buffer. This reduces data reference time considerably, especially on large file items. The OJo buffer has an absolute limit of 250 attributes whether referenced directly or indir~ctly. An execution time fatal error message will be generated if this limit is exceeded.
Num~ric data are st~lred in binary, rather than in string format in the OJo buffer attributes. In addition; the compiler stores numbers in binary format in the object code for instructions such as the IFN where numeric data are expected. Decoding of the object code is done via the machine's DECODE instruction rather than via a software routine as on previous releases.
Circle 362 on Inquiry Card
32-hit APL operates under OV to minimize
user programming
The high level programming language and development tool APL (A Programming Language) has been added to 32-bit software available for the Eclipse
MV1soooTM. Offered by Data General
Corp, Information Systems Div, 4400 Computer Dr, Westboro, MA 01581, the language operates under AOS/VS (advanced operating system/virtual storage) to minimize user programming and increase programmer productivity.
Workspaces may have up to 512M bytes of storage. This lets users organize a large file as a single array and manipulate the entire array as opposed to manipulation of array segments. Nearly all of the interpreter is shared code. The language may be used interactively for program development and execution or may be run in a batch mode where user intervention is not required. Up to 25 interactive APL terminals can be supported simultaneously.
The software combines the virtues of a compiler and an interpreter. APLdefined functions and lines entered for immediate execution are compiled into pseudocode for interpretation on an abstract, array oriented APL machine. Pseudocode is decompiled to make the source code available for function editing or error reports; compilation/

decompilation is totally transparent to the user. A typical application can be developed 5 to 10 times faster in APL than in FORTRAN or COBOL.
A system formatting function formats a single array or list of arrays for quick generation of complex reports. An exception handling feature allows errors and other exceptional conditions to be intercepted and dealt with under program control, eliminating the need for user intervention.
The language has a high degree of compatibility with IBM's APL.SY and VSAPL, as well as with products from I. P. Sharp Associates and Scientific Timesharing Corp.
Circle 363 on Inquiry Card
Software tool"' rut time and cost of generating doeumentation
Increasing costs of technical documentation and a pending shortage of skilled programmers motivated development of a series of software tools, each designed to produce a specific section of a technical reference manual. The main goal for Applied Business Systems, 4350 Upper Soda Rd, Dunsmuir, CA 96025, in developing the packages was to simplify and accelerate preparation of technical manuals to save time and decrease costs.
DOC-MASTER support packages . simplify the documentation burden of programming organizations. Individual packages and functions performed are REPORT-DEF, report layouts; SCREENDEF, screen layouts; FILE-DEF, file definitions; ENTRY-DEF, screen data entry specifications; SPEC-DEF, technical program data and information; SYMBOLDEF, program symbol tables; and FJ.,OWDEF, flow charts. SCRIPT-MASTER is a word processing system for freeform text development and maintenance.
Although defined as documentation tools, the packages can be used in preparation of reports and screen layouts, as well as in the system definition phase of a project. A major benefit is that reference materials are maintained on magnetic media for subsequent recall, modification, and reuse.
Circle 364 on Inquiry Card

64

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

When you're down to the wire:

Nobody can

support you with

mass termination products

like Spectra-Strip can.

We make more varia-

tions of flat cable than any

one: laminated, extruded and

bonded, grey and color cod

Jacketed cable for inter-

cabinet runs. Ground

plane cable to reduce er

. Even a twisted-

pair flat cable that can be mass-terminated, so

you get the performance you want and the

lower costs you need.

Our connectors are more of the same: high

quality, high performance and low prices.

Choose from a range of pin headers and recep-

tacles, DIP plugs and sockets, PCB transitions,

and card edge connectors built to the relevant

portions of MIL-C-83503 and MIL-C-21097.

And the only IDC D-Subminiature connectors

with metal shells (fully intermateable and inter-

mountable with any of the other real D-Sub's).

We can also lower your capital investment,

inventory and labor overhead. Let us prepare

your jumpers for up to 203 less than you're

paying now. C.all your nearest Spectra-Strip value-added distributor for economical, fully-tested flat cable and JDC connector
assemblies. Or call Garden Grove for custom assemblies that combine at cable with the other-inds of interconnectS-¥ou eed. Whatever your applications, if y re down to the wire on price, perfor- . mance or delivery, there's one simple solution: Spectra-Strip, 7100 Lampson Ave., Garden Grove, CA 92642, telephone (714) 892-3361 and 720 Sherman Ave., Hamden, CT 06514, telephone (203) 281-3200. In Europe, Spectra-Strip Ltd., Romsey, Hampshire, England, telephone (0794) 517575. For the name of our nearest distributor, call .(800) 228-3900 now.
An OLIED Company

CIRCLE 42 ON INQUIRY CARD

65

TECH REVIEW

SOFTWARE

Process control software increases configuration possibilities

MAXPAC, a software system that sup-

ports monitoring and control of in-

·dustrial processes, provides data acquisi-

tion and system alarm capabilities that

allow operators to control a process by

exception, utilizing stations enhanced by

color graphic and trend displays. The

system, offered by Modular Computer

Systems, Inc, 1650 W McNab Rd, Fort

Lauderdale, FL 33310, uses an interac-

tive fill in the blanks definition of the

process data base. Data are acquired

from the MODACS III process interface in

a distributed environment, or from dis-

tributed systems offered by various in-

strumentation companies.

The system executes as tasks under the MAX IV multitasking realtime operating system and provides easy to use interfaces to the data base for user coded FORTRAN programs. MAXNET distributed

YOUR COMPLETE PLASTIC COMPONENTS SOURCE-

resource sharing extensions of MAX IV are used to achieve distributed data acquisition, as well as interconnection with other in-plant computers.

We're keeping pace with the rapidly expanding use of structural foam molded products and components, with a major expansion of our capability in this highly specialized field.

System designers can interactively

At your service now is our new plant, DeKalb Molded Plastics, Division

build process diagrams using MIRAGE,

of Michigan Plastic Products-80,000 sq. ft. of manufacturing space

the color CRT screen management por-

totally dedicated to structural foam molding and finishing technologies,

tion of the software system. Pictures are

including RFI shielding. We're equipped to mold structural foam

drawn using shapes, bars, lines, and

products in a wide range of thermoplastic materials. We are a recognized

characters placed anywhere on the

Underwriters Laboratories molder.

screen. Realtime displays are composed of these static pictures plus dynamic elements obtained from the process data base.
The executive portion of the software system provides the operator interface by supporting a system of keyboards and semigraphic color displays. Each keyboard can control up to four color displays. Keyboards include function keys that can be assigned any command

With our considerable experience in custom molding and finishing thermoplastic products, our structural foam finishing and decorating approaches artistry. The many services we offer, coupled with a strong quality control system, assures you of consistent, high quality products at reasonable prices.
One source responsibility, including design assistance, molding, finishing, and assembly where needed, for structural foam and conventional plastic components. Your resourceful source. Let us show you.

or set of commands at the time the

system is configured. A comprehensive reporting capability

With all the

permits historical data to be requested for any point or group of points. These

vital resources

data may then be output in tabular form

or as trend displays, functionally replac-

ing stripchart recorders. Alarms are

reported and logged as they occur on

any designated logical device. Point reviews may be requested for any point

MICHIGAN PLASTIC PRODUCTS

or group of points that have bad sen-

A JSJ Corporation Company

sors, are off scan, have alarm sup-

pressed, or are in alarm.

J

Circle 365 on Inquiry Card

1500 BEECHTREE / GRAND HAVEN, MICHIGAN 49417 TEL (616) 842 - 6500

CIRCLE 44 ON INQUIRY CARD

67

Nothing succeeds like

cost-effectiveness.

Your most cost-effective product solu- The economy of custom production. Once

tion is the one that delivers most for the you have the right approach, we use the

least. And the most cost-effective

industry's most sophisticated design

solutions in integrated circuits are

systems to further reduce costs and get

usually custom.

you into production quickly.

Because compared to standard logic, AMI also adds cost-effectiveness to

custom solutions offer superior per-

production with a large selection of

formance. Reduced component count. processes. In fact, AMI fabricates in 25

Less power consumption. Proprietary variations of NMOS, CMOS, PMOS-

protection. And lower costs in produc- including those for digital and analog

tion. And AMI makes custom cost-

on the same chip. This unique degree

effective for you at almost any volume of flexibility assures you get the most

level.
Cost·effecI.1ve at aImost any vo1ume level. The same custom solution that's

cost-effective process for your circuit reqWueirecmanendtesl.iver product any way you like, too. Prototypes, wafers, untested

right for very large volume runs may or fully tested assemblies. And we can

not be right for small ones. That's why AMI offers a full-spectrum

d 0

· it

· kl quic y.

of custom solutions. Semicustom logic Custom solutions. Not iust custom

arrays. Full custom-

circuits. AMI has delivered

including computer-drawn

more custom solutions

standard cells, computer-

than any other company.

aided designs and hand-

And no one offers more

drawn designs. We can

capability all in one place.

even teach you to design

If you'd like to know

your own circuits. And

more about how we can

provide custom fabrication

put all this experience

of circuits from your

to work making cost-

own tooling.

effective solutions for

And no one has greater

you, call Custom Marketing

experience than AMI in

at (408) 246-0330 ext. 436.

A M I helping you pick the right
solution. The one that gets you to market at the lowest possible cost, in the

Or return the coupon below.
Because in this business, a little cost-effectiveness

shortest possible time.

® goes a long way.

American Microsystems, Inc.

The most natural solutions in MOS.
r------------------------1 I agree. Tell me more about your cost-effective custom solutions.

Name --~------------~ Title - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Company _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Phone _ _ _ __
Address _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

City

State

Zip _ __

Send to: AMI Cost-effectiveness, 3800 Homestead Road
L---S-an-ta-Cl-ara-, C-A-95-051-. ---------oEPT. --co-1s1®1981 American Micros ystem s. Inc.

DICilTAL CONTROL AND AUTOMATION SYSTEMS

3-Level Data Acquisition System Monitors Sewage Treatment

order to avoid adverse chemical effects upon marine life when the effluent is discharged into the bay. The system monitors this plant as well as a sampling station where a tributary system, under the jurisdiction of the Livermore-Amador Valley Waste Management Association (LAVWMA), empties into the super sewer.

It is often the case that distributed systems are assembled by user organizations through interfacing subsystems obtained from various sources. For example, an existing onsite mainframe might be utilized as the host to a subsystem of distributed processors acquired from an outside supplier. The advantage of this kind of system synthesis lies in the flexibility offered to the user to implement existing equipment. However, the user is faced with the problems of interfacing the diverse equipment. Alternately, a multilevel distributed system can be obtained in its entirety, all the way from a central host to remote sensors and actuators. The advantage here lies in the complete, integrated design of the system, with interfaces and communications built in from the outset.
Dealing with a supplier prepared to fulfill either of these approaches, the East Bay Discharge Authority (EBDA), 2651 Grant Ave, San Lorenzo, CA 94580, chose the latter approach and acquired a 3-level multilayered system from Process Control Equipment Co (PROCO), 14494 Wicks Blvd, San Leandro, CA 94577. EBDA is a consortium that oversees the treatment of sewage at five northern California plants and the discharge of the effluent, via a single "super sewer" system, into San Francisco Bay. The 3-level data acquisition system is used to monitor various parameters of the effluent in order to establish whether it is within acceptable limits with regard to pollution, toxicity, and overall environmental impact.
System Overview
The EBDA system, mapped in Fig I, shows four sewage treatment facilities, located in San Leandro, Oro Loma, Hayward, and Alvarado, and remote elements of the control network positioned in pump stations at or near each of these plants. All of these plants empty their effluents into a single central conduit 12 ' (3. 7 m) in diameter. In San Leandro, a dechlorination plant reduces the chlorine content introduced into the effluent in the treatment plants, in

N ~
Fig 1 Super sewer network. Local treatment centers discharge into common pipeline. California State requirements on effluent levels in San Francisco Bay require realtime monitoring
Four parameters must be maintained within specified limits in order to meet State of California requirements. The qualities being tested are chlorine residual, acidity (pH level), turbidity, and biological oxygen demand (BOD)-an indirect measure of microbe contamination based on oxygen levels in the water. The principal purposes of EBDA are to monitor these critical parameters and to measure flow rates out of the various stations in order to determine billing rates to be assessed from participating agencies. Secondary functions relate to monitoring -the status of the sewer system by such factors as pump operation, sump levels, and line pressure.
A 3-Level System
Figs 2, 3, and 4 show the elements of the data acquisition system. High level supervision and human interface are provided at the single, level III central station (Fig 2). Computer Automation, Naked Mini Div,
(continued on page 72)

71

DIGITAL CONTROL

no Other
SLeWaIuTCeHsoLOLClnHlSe
to Chance
Every component and feature in this line is designed to deliver top performance. Example: solderable faston type terminals made of silver plated copper alloy, rotary slide and wafer design switches and die cast "Zamak 3" zinc alloy bodies. Small wonder more and more manufacturers of computer terminals, data storage systems, test and measurement instruments and medical electronic equipment are specifying LECTRO-QUIP.
From The Makers of

Write or Call Today
Illinois lock Company
A Division of The Eastern Co. 301 West Hintz Road· Wheeling, Illinois 60090
Phone 312-537-1800

72

CIRCLE 47 ON INQUIRY CARD

HIGH CAPACITY
DISC CONTROLLER

MINICOMPUTER

128k · BYTE RAM
MAXI BUS

B·CHANNEL
1/ 0 DISTRIBUTOR

FLOPPY CONTROLLER

32M-BYTE CARTRIDGE
DISC MODULE

MODEM

CRT INTERFACE

PRINTER INTERFACE

512k·BYTE FLOPPY DISCS

19" COLOR CRT

PRINTER

RADIO

KEYBOARD

TO MULTIDROP INTRACOM (DDCMP) (FIG 3)
Fig 2 Level Ill cent ral stations. Hum~n interface and supervisory control are maintained from this site

18651 Von Karman, Irvine, CA 92713, is the supplier of several elements of this station, including a 16-bit 4/30 minicomputer, 128k bytes of random access memory (RAM), a disc drive controller, a floppy disc controller, and an 8-channel input/output (110) distributor, all interfaced to the Maxibus 16-bit bus. The 110 distributor interfaces to peripherals by means of various specialized versions of ''intelligent cables," also from Naked Mini, each of which incorporates a microprogrammed picoprocessorTM.
Peripherals utilized in the level III station include a 32M-byte cartridge disc module, model 9448 from Control Data Corp, Box 0, Minneapolis, MN 55440, two 256k-byte floppy disc drives, model SASOi from Shugart Assoc, 435 Oakmead Pkwy, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, a 19" (48-cm) color cathode ray tube (CRT) terminal with all printed circuit boards (PCBs) and microprocessors built into the keyboard, from Aydin Controls, 414 Commerce Dr, Fort Washington, PA 19034, and a 703 impact matrix printer having a 180-char/s max speed from Centronics Data Computer Corp, Wall St, Hudson, NH 03051.
(continued on page 74)
COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

Dependable Switchers..

The PM2497
5V@IOOA/5"x8"x II"

In 1973 Pioneer Magnetics started building a 5VDC

@ lOOA switching power supply for applications

requiring compact and efficient DC power. At the time,

commercial switchers were considered state-of-the-art.

We solved reliability and delivery problems for our

customers that our contemporaries couldn't. As a

result, our customers referred to the power supplies

as the DEPENDABLES. In fact we're still delivering that

same power supply to those same valued customers.

We're proud to say that they've depended on us and

we've responded by shipping over 100,000 high power

switchers. After 8 years our supplies are still out there

and running. A continuation of a tradition started

in 1958.

STANDARD DC OUTPUT RATINGS.

MODEL 2V 3V 5V 12V 15V 18V 24V 28V 48V 60V

CASE SIZE

PM2496A lOOA 60A SOA 30A 25A 22A 16A 13A SA 6A S11X811Xl1 11

PM2497A

200A lOOA lOOA 60A SOA 4SA 33A 27A 16A 120A lSOA

12A S11X8 X 11 l1 11

PM2500A

200A 200A SSA 70A 60A 4SA 40A 24A 19A S11X811Xl1 11

PM2498B 400A 300A 200A 120A lOOA 90A 66A 54A 32A 25A S11Xl611Xll" 300A

PM2501 400A 300A 300A 120A lOOA 90A 66A 54A :32A 25A S"XS''Xll"

PM2502 SOOA 4SOA 450A 180A lSOA 125A 90A BOA 47A 35A 5"X16"Xll"

NOTES: 92-138VAC or 184-250VAC single phase, 47 co 63Hz. DC input available.

The New PM2501
5V@300A/5"x8"x II"
Since 1973, we've been accepting new challenges. Within the same outline as the PM2497, we've developed output ratings of 5V @ 120A, 150A, 200A and now a new 5V@ 300, with full delivered power at 50°C.
The new PM2501 exhibits excellent dynamic response. Proven design concepts enable close control over those parameters that insure reliability. For instance, our unique heat transfer technology results in low component thermal stress, even lower than the PM2497. At three times the power level the PM2501 features an exceptionally high power density package.
Our product line includes switchers that deliver up to 2250 watts in single output and from 375 to 1500 watts in dual through quad output channels. AC or DC input.
Over 100,000 PMI switchers are in the field providing dependable, service free operation. After all, that's why customers have continuously come back to us since 1958.

. Pioneer Magnetics

THE SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY PEOPLE SINCE 1958
1745 Berkeley Avenue, Santa Monica, CA 90404 (213) 829-6751

CIRCLE 48 ON INQUIRY CARD

73

DIGITAL CONTROL

SAN LEANDRO CONTROL ROOM ONLY
MINICOMPUTER BUS

TYPICAL ALL LEVEL ll s

20-A POWER
SUPPLY
W/8-HR BBU*

MINI · COMPUTER

8k·BYTE RAM

32k·BYTE P/ROM

PROCESS VARIABLES ALL TYPES

CONTACTS, SWITCHES, AND RELAYS

PROCESS VARIABLES

RADIO AND ANTENNA

* BBU = BAITERY BACKUP (ENTIRE SYSTEM)

MULTIDROP ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION

Fig 3 Levels I and II. One of seven level II sites (San Leandro control room) has expanded capabilities for personnel to utilize CRT terminal and printer

ONE LEVEL I AT EACH OF 14 LIFT STATIONS
MULTIDROP INTRACOM (DDCMP) FROM CENTRAL LEVEL Ill
_ L (FIG 2)

LEVEL ll LAVWMA
SAMPLING STATION

PROCESS VARIABLES OF All TYPES
- EXPANDABLE TO A MAXIMUM OF 255 LEVEL lls - EACH LEVEL II IS EXPANDABLE TO A TOTAL OF 255
16-BIT 1/ 0 CHANNELS IN ANY COMBINATION OF LOCAL 1/ 0 AND MULTIPLEXED LEVEL I 1/ 0 CHANNELS - AN 1/ 0 CHANNEL MAY BE COMPOSED OF:
- IS-BIT 2's COMPLEMENT NUMBER LEFT JUSTIFIED AND NORMALIZED - 16 DIGITAL / CONTACT INPUTS OR OUTPUTS - TWO ASCII CHARACTERS

Immediately below this central station in the system hierarchy are the level II remote installations (Fig 3). Four of these are located at pump stations in or near the sewage treatment plants; one is located at the dechlorination facility, one at the LAVWMA sampling station, and one at the San Leandro control room. Each of these is based on the 16-bit Naked Mini 4/04 (Scout) minicomputer from Computer Automation. As shown in Fig 3, every level II in-

stallation includes 8k bytes of RAM, 32k bytes of programmable read only memory (P/ROM), and digital, analog, and serial 110 cards, all connected to the Scout bus. In the specific case of the San Leandro control room, provision is made for personnel to interact with the system by means of a CRT terminal and printer identical to those at level III.
(continued on page 78)

74

CIRCLE 60 ON INQUIRY CARD ·

Develop more programs
without developing more programmers
withSTARPLEX II:M ,

Introducing STARPLEX II, the fast and easy development system that makes more efficient use of your
development time.
The fastest development cycles yet are taking place on STARPLEX II with ISETM (In-System-Emulator), the maximum support development system.
With its increased memory space and high level language support, STARPLEX II is the logical choice for programmable devices, such as the NSC800, Z-80~ 8080 and 8085. Like STARPLEX;TM it supports our INS8048, INS8049, INS8050, INS8070, COPSTM Family of microcontrollers, PROMs, PALs and our entire BLC SuperChipTM board level computers.
STARPLEX II also supports our BLMX-80 real-time multi-tasking operating system.
ISE puts programmers out front with fast development cycles. The ISE module allows you to see exactly whars happening in the target system during emulation, either step-by-step or in real time.
With ISE, you can start, break, test, edit, debug and continue your program at any point in the development cycle.
STARPLEX II is perfect for high level languages. Now you can develop programs in high level languages such as Pascal and PL/M. FORTRAN and BASIC are standard.
STARPLEX II was designed for maximum ease of use. Its highly interactive

software provides on-screen menus for function selection and makes each task as easy as possible to learn and use. User definable function keys allow most frequentty used programs to be loaded with a single key stroke.
And because STARPLEX II offers the industry standard CP/M® operating system as an option, it provides an extremely flexible program base to work from. In fact, with CP /M, STARPLEX II can also be used for other engineering tasks such as project proposals, test engineering and financial analysis.
Simple upgrades ' for STARPLEX TM users.
Since STARPLEX II support packages are compatible with those of STARPLEX, irs a

simple matter to upgrade. The upgrade kit includes all of the
enhanced features of STARPLEX 11, such as additional user memory and user definable keyboard.
STARPLEX II. The newest and hottest development in development systems · from the Practical Wizards of Silicon Valley.
To find out just how fast and easy developments can happen, send in the coupon below or call us toll free at
(800) 538-1867. In California call (800) 672-1811.
STARPLEX, STARPLEX II, ISE and COPS are trademarks of National Semiconductor Corporation. Z-80 is a registered trademark of Zilog Corporotion. CP/M is a registered trademark of Digital Research, Inc. PAL is a trademark of Monolithic . Memories.

I I ~~~ARPLEX . .se send me complete information on: II Development System

D STARPLEX Upgrade kit

..

O Have a Representative Arrange a

I Demonstration

NAME_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ National Semiconductor Corporation

2900 Semiconductor Drive

I TITLE

PHONE_ _ Mall Stop 16250

I Santa Clara, CA 95051

coMPANY

~ National

I ADDRESS

D Semiconductor

I I CITY

The Practical Wizards

. ; _..:;..;. _ ;;.va~o~ 7181

Now you can get your hands on Intel's 2764 EPROM for just $16.
That's also the price we'll guarantee you for deliveries of 10,000 or more in first quarter, 1982.
And it's good for one today. Which means you can start to design 64K non-volatile programmable memory into your system rig ht now. And know by the time your system goes into production, the volume price for 64K will be $16. We can make that guarantee

because Intel's 2764 is already in high volume production. And it has the same size die as our 2716-thanks to our high density HMOS*-E process.
That's why our 2764 is already on its way down a super fast price curve that other 64K EPROMs haven't even started.
Of course, the 2764 comes with all the innovations that have made our 2716, 2732 and 2732A EPROMs industry standards.
Access times down to 200

nanoseconds to increase your system throughput time.
Two-line control that eliminates bus contention to maximize data reliability.
And along with that, there's our EPROM reliability that comes from 5 million hours of accelerated HMOS-E life tests.
Plus a JEDEC-standard pinout for byte-wide memories.
So you can switch from 16K to 64K in no time-with a minimum of change.

To put your hands on a 2764 (450ns) EPROM, just fill out this coupon. Take it to your authorized Intel distributor or Intel sales representative, along with any

1,--------------------
This coupon good for one 450ns 2764 EPROM at $16 when accom- I
I panied by any $100 Intel order. Limit one per customer. Offer expires I August31,1981 .

I Name

Company

I I I

$100 Intel order and $16.

I Address

I Then reach for the sky
For information on our EPROM

I

State

family, contact Intel Corporation,

Phone

Zip

City

I

Europe Intel International . Brussels . Belgium . Japan . Intel Japan.Tokyo . United States and Canadian

I

distributors Alliance. Almac/Stroum Arrow Electronics Avnet Electronics. Component Specialties, Hamilton/Avnet

I

Hamilton/Electro Sales , Harvey, Industrial Components

3065 Bowers Avenue, Santa Clara, CA 95051. Or call (408) 987-8080.

I
I My application I Estimated 64K usage

Pioneer l A Varah, Wyle D1strobut1on Group . Zentronocs

1·nt.... IC:telivers

1
I

I~ solutions I

*HMOS is a patented Intel process. L--------------------------------~~

CIRCLE 51 ON INQUIRY CARD

DIGITAL CONTROL .

- - - - - TYPICAL OF ALL LEVEL Is SHOWN IN FIG 3 COMM LINK TO OTHER LEVEL Is AND TO SAN LEANDRO LEVEL II

RADIO AND ANTENNA

r - - - - - -MICRoTELJ03j

I

I

I

I

MICROCOMPUTER

I

CONFIG CONTROL

I

1/ 0 BUS

I
I STATUS I DISPLAY

DIGITAL 1/ 0 AND
BUFFERS

ANALOG 1/ 0
I AND
BUFFERS

L --------~

CONTACTS, SWITCHES,
ETC

PROCESS VARIABLES

Fig 4 Detail of typical level I site. Control loop can pass through all levels

.
Level II installations carry out data collection from local sensors at their ·various stations, carry out calculations based on these inputs, and pass data up to level III. All level IIs communicate with one another and with the level III central station over a multidrop network that utilizes the DDCMP protocol originated by Digital Equipment Corp (DEC), 146 Main St, Maynard, MA 01754. This asynchronous communications link uses radio transmission and has a half-duplex transmission rate from 100 to 19.2k bits/s. The architecture enables all stations to monitor all activities concurrently.
Each level II is expandable to 255 16-bit 1/0 channels in any combination of local 1/0 and multiplexed level I 1/0 channels (Fig 4). However, at this time, only the expanded level II installation at the San Leandro control room is being configured to utilize level I inputs. The 14 level I elements reporting to the control room will not be monitoring the EBDA system, but will perform an independent task, monitoring the San Leandro City local sewage system. Nevertheless, these data, too, will be processed by the system as a whole.
The level I remote units, containing sensors , digitizers, and hardwired multiplexers, collect data,
(continued on page 80)

COMPATIBILITY
Shugart 1403D interface, dimension ahd connector compatible.
Direct connection for two Shugart SA1000 or Quantum 2000 series 8" Winchester drives.
Direct connections for two Shugart SA800/SA850 floppy drives.
Supports IBM 3740 single density and IBM 2/2D double density floppy formats.
RELIABILITY AND DATA INTEGRITY
40% fewer IC's than Shugart 1403D. Patented PLL circuitry requires no field
adjustment. On-board controller and drive self test. 6 bit burst error correction on Winchester
and 1 bit error correction on floppy. Automatic error retry recovers soft errors.

PERFORMANCE

AFFORDABILITY

Shugart SA1403D compatible buffered

Requires only 5 volts input power.

data transfer with optional fast hand- El iminates costly external data separator

shake mode.

and special cables.

Direct multi-sector disk transfer of up to Minimizes host microprocessor interface

543K bytes/sec.

logic with easy to use byte parallel

Programmable track/head offset and

interface.

sector interleave formatting.

Only $800 at quantity 100.

=11= Scientific Micro Systems

Regional Offices WEST: (602) 978·6621

777 East Middlefield Road · Mountain View, CA 94043 (415) 964-5700 TWX: 910-379-6577

MIDWEST: (312) 966·2711 EAST: (617) 246-2540

78

CIRCLE 49 ON INQUIRY CARD

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

fiber optic modem for local data distribution

multiplexes Fiber optic modems are
ideally suited for many local

synchronous rates of 50 or 56 kbps and asynchronous

data distribution applications since they offer several inherent advantages over conventional hard-

control rates up to 14 kbps; with an operating range of 1 kilometer. Intrusion Alarm - The receive circuit-

s i g n a l s wired systems. These include immunity
from rf and magnetic signals, increased bandwidth, and a significant improve-

ry continuously monitors the receive data for the presence of the multiplexer
sync signal generated by the remote

ment in the security of the data link. Versitron's FOM-5 fiber optic modem
(one of a family of fiber optic modems)

a l o n g unit. Loss of this signal will cause an audible alarm condition and block further data transmission at both local and the

not only provides the basic advantage of fiber optics, but also offers several unique system operating features that makes it

with

remote modems. After verifying that the link is still secure, the system may be reset from either the local or remote unit.

ideal for local data distribution applications. Multiplexes Control Signals - Three
separate control signals in each direction are

the

Plug-In Compatibility - The FOM-5 has DSU/V35 or RS-232/MlL-188 interfaces. Precut and terminated fiber optic cables are also

data multiplexed with the data over the fiber optic
link. This provides a fully interactive handshaking sequence with the FOM-5 function-

available from Versitron. Versitron, Inc. installed its first fiber
optic link utilizing a multiplexed data tech-

ing as a truly transparent device at both ends

nique in the early 1960's. Since that time

of the link.

we have sold over 19,000 fiber optic links

Increased Throughput and Range - The FOM-5

covering a wide variety of requirements for mili-

operates full duplex over a fiber optic cable pair at

tary and commercial applications.

~
VERSITROM
Versitron, Inc. 6310 ChillumiPlace N.W. Washington, D.C. 20011 (202) 882-8464

CIRCLE 52 ON INQUIRY CARD

79

DIGITAL CONTROL

Fig 5 Data base is organized as 3-dimensional array, containing data elements in each cell of cube. Dimensions are time or scan interval, parameter type, and analog or digital 1/0 point
digitize those data, and transmit them, via a multidrop line, to the higher processing node. Message packets utilize a packed ASCII format with 8-bit cyclic redundancy check (CRC).
This distributed architecture is a customized version of the Microtel system developed by the system supplier, utilizing a software package designated as Procon. In the EBDA configuration, the system is presently operating in an open loop mode, with data acquisition as its primary function, although it also provides supervisory outputs to initiate such actions as local area alarm enunciators. However, it could readily be assigned closed loop functions to control system operating parameters, such as flow rates from pumping stations or chlorination rates, as a functioq of the sensor inputs. 110 capabilities include analogf digital, contact/digital input, relay output, singleloop non-indicating and indicating proportional integral derivation (PID) controllers, differential gap controllers, relay logic boards, RS-232-C compatible peripherals, and local operator interfaces and process display panels.
Additional Features
The system's data base is organized as a 3-dimensional array, with time interval, parameter type, and 110 points as the dimensions (Fig 5). This data base is protected from loss due to power failure because it is maintained at both level II and level III.
Each level II has the capability for expansion to include a CRT terminal and a printer, as at the San Leandro facility described above. Furthermore, the system as a whole can be expanded to include additional level ·II units. (The inherent capability of the

Microtel system, as described by its developer, allows up to 255 level ns, for a total of more than 65,000 110 channels.)
The Scout minicomputers monitor all points 24 hours a day and are polled by the central computer. A control loop, rather than being restricted to level I or II, can optionally be passed through all levels or closed anywhere in the system. Built-in diagnostics allow immediate isolation of any malfunctioning device. As an additional diagnostic capability, the Scouts contain a self-test routine (lsoliteTM) resident on circuit boards, resulting in a red light switching on to indicate a defective board.
Summary
The distributed data acquisition system utilized by EBDA achieves flexibility of operation through its multilayered architecture, redundant data base, and integration into a communications network. These capabilities are resulting in an efficient, automated data gathering operation in which the sewage treatment functions of a widespread suburban complex are monitored and anaylzed. Furthermore, the modularity of the system provides easy expansion in scope and in functions handled, with ready adaptability to closed loop operation should requirements arise.
EBDA would not be feasible without an automatic monitoring system. The widely separated sites would require either an employee and office at each site or a few field service personnel traveling between sites, and neither of these options would be economically feasible. Nor would the sewage system be able to meet its requirements with a single site at the outfall, since responsibility for problems could not be identified with particular facilities. Given these strictures, and given that the project could not operate without going into violation, were data not available, a distributed system becomes a necessary approach.

Please rate the value of this article to you by circling the appropriate number in the ''Editorial Score Card" box on the Inquiry Card.

High 710

Average 711

Low712

·so

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULV 1981

Introducing quality print at matrix speed.
For only $1295:

Until now, you could pay thousands for a slow, letter-quality character printer. Or hundreds for a dot matrix printer, giving up print quality for speed and price.
But that was before Paper TigerTM 460 offered you a better choice.
The new Paper Tiger 460 is the first matrix printer with high-density dot matrix characters plus high speed. At a low price.
The secret? A unique nine-wire, staggered matrix head provides overlapping dots in both horizontal and vertical planes. The result is dense, high-quality characters you'll be proud to show off.
What's more, Paper Tiger 460 gives you a combination of features simply not available on any ·other printer, at any price. Like bi-directional, logic-seeking printing at speeds in excess of . 150 cps. Microprocessor electronics, with field-installable character sets. Proportional spacing. Automatic text justifica-
Integral D& ta Systems stands re performance printers ideally · printer, the IDS 460, offers feat
Automatic proportional spacing processing systems, plus the ca resolution of 84 by 84 dots per
Paper Tiger 460 Print Sample
tion . DotPlotTM high resolution graphics option. RS232 and parallel interfaces. And more.
But its most important feature is high reliability.The Paper Tiger 460 is designed to be tough and dependable. It has rugged, stepper-motor head and paper drives. A new rugged ballistic-type print head.

And its simple, chassis-mounted cartridge ribbon lasts up to four times longer than cassette or spool ribbons. All this means that Paper Tiger 460 is perfect for word processing, data processing, or electronic mail. It's also perfect for anyone who requires the flexibility of a matrix printer but wants superior
quality printing. Without trading off speed or price.
Get your paws on the Paper Tiger 460, and join the tens of thousands of
satisfied Integral Data Systems users. Call us toll-free: 800-2581386. (In New Hampshire, Alaska,
and Hawaii, call (603) 6739100.) Or, write for complete specifications. Integral Data Sys-
tems Inc., Milford, New Hampshire 03055.
Tiger
t ) Integral Data Systems, Inc.
*Suggested single-unit, US price. Generous OEM discounts available .
CIRCLE 53 ON INQUIRY CARD

You've really worked long and hard to make sure your new system has the highest throughput possible.
Don't blow it with a bum ticker.
Get AMD's Aml9U.
The new Am2925 will boost the throughput of Am2900 and all high-performance systems up to 30%.
What's our secret? Microcode control of the cycle length.
Your system no longer has to run at the cycle of the slowest instruction. You can get down to as low as lOOns microcycles.
And, there are four different clock waveforms to choose from.

for slower peripheral functions. Both the AmZ8127 and the Am2925
include an oscillator, single-step, run-halt and wait controls. Both replace a dozen MSI chips.
Bipolar LSI: The Simple Solution.
The Am2925 and AmZ8127 are two of the newest members of AMD's Bipolar LSI family. The family that makes designing any system easier, faster, simpler, cheaper.
Like all of AMD's parts, both our clocks meet or exceed INT·STD·l23. We guarantee it.

We even have a clock
for the AmZ8000.

· The AmZ8127 provides CPU clock drive to Vcc-.4 for the AmZ8000 and all MOS CPUs.
But that's not all. The oscillator output is terrific for synchronizing dynamic RAM timing. And the AmZ8127 has synchronized slower clocks
Advanced Micro Devices ~ 901 Thompson Place, Sunnyvale, CA 94086 · (408) 732-2400

CIRCLE 6 4 ON INQUIRY CARD

Management lnfonnation Display

Ultrasonic heart sector scan

Process Control

Get the professional color display that has
BASIC/FORTRAN simplicity

LOW-PRICED, TOO
Here's a color display that has everything: professional-level resolution, enormous color range, easy software, NTSC conformance, and low price.
Basically, this new Cromemco Model SDI* is a two-board interface that plugs into any Cromemco computer.
The SDI then maps computer display memory content onto a convenient color monitor to give high-quality, highresolution displays (756 H x 482 V pixels).
When we say the SDI results in a high-
quality professional display, we mean you can't get higher resolution than this system offers in an NTSC-conforming
display. The resolution surpasses that of a color
TV picture.
BASIC/FORTRAN programming
Besides its high resolution and low price, the new SDI lets you control with optional Cromemco software packages that use simple BASIC- and FORTRANlike commands.
Pick any of 16 colors (from a 4096-color palette) with instructions like DEFCLR (c, R, G, B). Or obtain a circle of specified size, location, and color with XCIRC (x, y, r, c).
*U.S. Pat. No. 4121283

Model SDI High-Resolution Color Graphics Interface
HIGH RESOLUTION The SOi's high resolution gives a professional-quality display that strictly meets NTSC requirements. You get 756 pixels on every visible line of the NTSC standard display of 482 image lines. Vertical line spacing is 1 pixel. To achieve the high-quality display, a separate output signal is produced for each of the three component colors (red, green, blue). This yields a sharper image than is possible using an NTSC-composite video signal and color TV set. Full image quality is readily realized with our highquality RGB Monitor or any conventional red/green/blue monitor common in TV work.

Model SDI plugs into Z-2H 11-megabyte hard disk computer or any Cromemco
computer
DISPLAY MEMORY
Along with the SDI we also offer an
optional fast and novel two-port memory
that gives independent high-speed access to the computer memory. The two-port memory stores one full display, permitting fast computer operation even during display.
CONTACT YOUR REP NOW The Model SDI has been used in scientific work, engineering, business, TV, color graphics, and other areas. It's a good example of how Cromemco keeps computers in the field up to date, since it turns any Cromemco computer into an up-to-date color display computer. The SDI has still more features that you should be informed about. So contact your Cromemco representative now and see all that the SDI will do for you.

~':'!~~~~.~
280 BERNARDO AVE., MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 94040 · (415) 964-7400
Tomorrow's computers today
CIRCLE 56 ON INQUIRY CARD

A PENNWELL PUBLICATION
SPE

E

~ULY 1981

THE MAGAZINE OF COMPUTER BASED SYSTEMS

WITH TRILOG PRINTERS:
THE EXTRAS ARE FREE!

. ·=-=..z::i:= ·
: -s---=--~-~~-::.~~=iS: · : ===~--~~..r.=-.=: · · ===-~.e=.-=======-=-
. ·_-_--i.,··--.. · ·' -_- -_- ,-..~ ~__-~ 
. ····--u.a ·· ·------..-. ·ll"tltlll"- ·n·._._ ··~-(-

__ ____ __ .----_.--1--·----· =--=---.=...=...-..-=-.-~-===--===.....::.::'

--==-=----M=·-=··_-~,_=,:-7·--:-:--.....=.--~-:

- ·--··- - -·---·-- ___ ···- . ,_. .. .......... tw>n..,..·-··-,..,.,.,.,_,___ -···· · .,.,,....

-"""

,_ .,...

.... "' , .._..........

ONLY the TRILOG COLORPLOTTM line printer has all the EXTRAS - at no additional cost!!! EXTRAS such as near letter quality printing at 150 LPM, and either matrix quality printing at 250 LPM, or text quality 150 LPM compressed print at 16 213 CPI for printing full 132 character lines on 8 1/2 inch paper. PLUS, high resolution black and white graphics plot-
\

ted on plain paper at only 112 cent per copy. But, that's not all ...the most exciting and unique EXTRA of them all is the ability to plot high resolution FULL COLOR graphics for applications such as: CAD/CAM, Scientific, 3-d Cartography, Computer Art, and Business Charts.
COLORPLOTTM is sold and serviced through the worldwide network of TRILOG distributors. For futher information contact your local TRILOG distributor, or request the "COLORPLOT Packet" by writing or calling: TRILOG, Inc., 17391 Murphy Avenue, Irvine, CA 92714 ·· (714)549-4079. TWX(910)595-2798.
(TRI LOG)

86

CIRCLE 58 ON INQUIRY CARD

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

INTRODUCTION

89

RASTER GRAPHICS: EXPANDING ITS FRONTIERS

91

by Ralph Llnsalata and Robert Scalea

Advances in integrated circuit technology make the potential of raster graphics economically feasible for a broad range of applications

TRENDS IN CAD/CAM GRAPHICS TECHNOLOGY

99

by Hiram French

The need for high resolution graphics aids in CAD/CAM provides the driving force for tomorrow's designs

POWERFUL GRAPHICS TOOL COMBINES

REFRESH AND STORAGE CAPABILITIES

105

by Terence M. Davis

Combining refresh and storage display technologies presents the designer with some interesting problems and design choices

GRAPHICS AND IMAGING SYSTEM

OFFLOADS HOST COMPUTER

111

by Dan Jones and John Fletcher

Bit slice and PLA technology provide a powerful graphics processing system with the characteristics of a general purpose computer

MEMORY ORGANIZATION AND HIGH SPEED PROCESSOR

FACILITATE UNIQUE IMAGE DISPLAY CAPABILITIES

115

by Kendall Dinwiddie

Multiple memory organization technique provides image overlay functions and multichannel display drive

GRAPHICS PRODt.JCTS

118

SIGGRAPH/81

132

You're looking at a raster graphic* generated by the best family of highspeed, high-resolution processors, monitors, and peripherals available. Dollar-for-dollar, they'll outperform any systems you can buy.
Our System 3400 display processor, for example, updates at 2 µSec/ pixel, draws vectors at 3 µSec/pixel, and generates 9 nSec pixels at 60 Hz
· Photo of actual CRT display.

refresh, for extremely fast, flickerfree displays at peak 1280x1024 ras-
ter resolutions. Versatile Lexidata systems let you
configure and program for your particular application ... complex CAD/ CAM or simple business graphics. Unique look-up tables give you the power to display 4096 colors (from 16.7 million hues) simultaneously! You'll create and manipulate graphics to the limits of your demands.

For details on a Lexidata raster display system, call (617) 663-8550 or write to us at 755 Middlesex Turnpike, Billerica, MA 01865.
LEXI DATA CORPORATION

RASTER DISPLAYS...
FOR THOSE WHO DEMAND PERFORMANCE.

CIRCLE 5 7 ON INQUIRY CARD

INTRODUCTION
This year seems to have produced a bumper crop of graphics display terminals, and the floor of NCC was "atwinkle" with many of the new offerings from domestic as well as off-shore suppliers. The number of graphics units on display was somewhat reminiscent of the days when VDU prices finally intersected those of the all but forgotten KSR33. With the advent of Star Wars, CAT Scanners, and Landsat derived topological maps, it's clear that the upper ends of graphics technology know no absolute bounds. The trend exhibited at NCC, however, was without question on lower cost units with higher resolution and color capability.
There were also signs of an emerging marketplace for personal computing products aimed at the business professional. The concept of the executive's terminal is coming on strong. Using graphics to condense and conceptually present what used to take mountains of reports and perhaps even a staff statistician to digest into a non-ulcerous display for the executive is an exciting idea. Freestanding graphics systems with impressive computing storage and communications capabilities are arriving on the scene with increasing frequency. Would that there were only half the number of software products arriving at the same time.
Looking ahead for a moment, perhaps the movement that originally started as the "computer in every home" syndrome will finally focus on a truly viable objective-the personal professional computer. Think of it: the executive drooling over his executive terminal as he curve fits the year's sales to date and extends it for the next five years without remembering what a curve fit is; the programmer in virtual insulin shock at a software bench as the boundaries of complex nested procedures in a bug-ridden program are highlighted in color without the construction of a trap patch or insertion of a breakpoint; the electrical engineer spaced out over a hardware bench as the component values in a complex circuit design automatically converge on the nearest standard values of best fit to all worst case conditions without the need for a soldering iron.
This year's "Special Report on Computer Graphics" leads the way with more than ample evidence of the coming sophistication of graphics hardware and of the beginnings of what could be creative utopia for executive and technocrat alike.
Saul B. Dinman Editor
89

The advantage of Raytheon's
penetration color CRT is
perfectly
clear

Readability. Legibility. Clarity. However you describe it, the extraordinary high resolution of the Raytheon BeamPenetration Color CRT is really what puts things into focus. Especially in computer colorgraphic systems that combine graphic and alphanumeric

display data. The 15 mil spot size
of Raytheon Color CRTs lets you present almost four times as much legible data per unit area as a high resolution shadow mask CRT with its 30 mil spot size. In addition, the unique Raytheon split-anode design allows faster

switching and constant focus voltage for all colors.
Make everything perfectly clear. Specify Raytheon Beam-Penetration Color CRTs. Available in 6" to 25" diagonal rectangular and lO" to 23" diameter round sizes. For complete information, contact the Marketing

CIRCLE 58 ON INQUIRY CARO

Manager, Raytheon Company, Industrial Components Operation, 465 Centre St., Quincy, MA 02169. (617)479-5300.

LSI memory and processor elements now facilitate the full potential of raster graphics techniques
Raster graphics: expanding its frontiers

Computer graphics had its true commercial beginnings in the small X-Y plotters of the early 1960s. Plotter technology soon extended to line drawing displays based on cathode ray tubes and refresh vector hardware. Later, vendors introduced random scan storage tubes, which made computer graphics more affordable. Using these displays, it was necessary to store only the endpoint coordinates of picture line segments, holding memory requirements to a minimum and eliminating the need to refresh the display continuously.
Simultaneously, an image processing technology developed along its own evolutionary path. Instead of dealing with lines, image processing was based on arrays of individual picture elements, or pixels. Digital information defining the intensity or color of each pixel was stored in a random access memory and used to generate a television type, raster scan display.
Image data generally originated at a camera or an array of sensors. Computers sometimes processed the data before initial viewing. After viewing, data processing techniques were used to alter the contrast or color, or
Ralph Linsalata Robert Scalea Lexidata Corporation 755 Middlesex Tpke, Billerica, MA 01865

perform more sophisticated procedures such as correlation, convolution, and digital filtering, in order to derive new information from the image data or gain additional insight. Unfortunately, raster displays required considerable memory, which was relatively expensive until recently.
Today, low cost semiconductor memories and advanced large scale integrated circuitry have made raster displays economically feasible. High resolution displays and the use of gray scale and color essentially eliminate the objectionable staircase effect that appears when low resolution raster systems display line vectors. Microprocessor based architectures can alternate selected display elements at full video rates. Current generation systems combine the full-color, pixel by pixel control of image processing technology with the line drawing capabilities of vector graphics technology in a single display system.
Raster configurations
Raster graphics system configurations vary between two extremes. At one end of the spectrum, a remote central host computer performs all graphics computation and modeling functions, as well as display formatting and viewing algorithm computations. A dedicated, standalone system performs all graphics processing at the other extreme. However, most configurations fall between these extremes and distribute the graphics processing load between a host computer and either an in-
91

telligent terminal or a graphics display processor, thereby offloading the host significantly.
The intelligent graphics terminal concept is generally limited to alphanumeric graphics and the rudimentary vector graphics capabilities needed for business applications, process control, low level computer aided design or manufacturing, and educational applications. The more flexible and powerful alternative uses a separate graphics display processor, such as the Lexidata System 3400. In this kind of system, the raster scan display is refreshed continuously by reading a digital memory that contains a representation or map of the desired image, including the intensity or color of each pixel in the display.
The electron beam pattern of the cathode ray tube (CRT) is a major distinguishing feature of the raster scan display device. The beam begins at the upper left corner of the screen and sweeps across to the right, forming one scan line. It then moves rapidly back to the left and slightly downward to start the next scan line. This process repeats until the entire screen is swept, at which time the beam returns to the upper left corner to begin a new scan. An image forms on the screen when the intensity of the beam varies during the scan. Intensity variations are timed so that the beam is at the fullest intensity level when it passes over a spot intended to be bright, and at the lowest intensity level when it passes over a dark spot.
Initially, the timing for raster scan displays corresponded to broadcast television standards set by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), which required a visible vertical resolution of 480 lines and a horizontal scan line of approximately 512 pixels, with an additional timing limitation such that the color could not change more than about 200 times on a scan line. FCC standards also required scanning the entire screen 30 times each second. However, a display scanned at this rate would appear to flicker objectionably. To reduce flicker, the scan is interlaced. Each frame is generated in·two passes, called fields. The first pass generates all even-numbered scan lines. The second field generates the odd-numbered lines. Each field takes 1/60 s, giving the effect of a 60-Hz refresh rate, which is fast enough for the eye to perceive a steady image.
At the low resolution of commercial television, interlacing is a suitable process only because the broadcast images to be displayed do not differ markedly from one scan line to the next. This is rarely the case with computer graphics, however. For example, if an application calls for a picture with many horizontal lines spaced a uniform number of lines apart, the even- and oddnumbered fields can have markedly different intensities and flicker will become easily perceptible. Instead of following the FCC standard, most successful computer aided design/computer aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM) installations use noninterlaced scans with a 60-Hz refresh rate or higher resolution displays with long persistence phosphors.
A typical raster graphics displ~y system includes a minicomputer, a graphics display processor, and a CRT monitor. Basic elements of the graphics processor include the display controller, the bit map memory, the lookup table, and the video circuits with their digital to
92

analog converters (DACS). Modulation or intensity values determine the electron beam intensity required to produce an image as the beam scans the display area to refresh the picture. These intensity values are stored in the bit map memory, which is sometimes called the image memory, display memory, or frame buffer. The display controller reads the intensity value for each pixel. Video output circuitry converts these intensity values to analog voltages that are transmitted to the beam intensity amplifier where they drive the monitor display.
Video lookup tables
Lookup tables specify colors or levels of gray scale under program control. When the display controller reads the intensity (Z-axis) values stored in the frame buffer, it does not convert these directly into analog values, but instead uses them as offsets into a lookup table. The value stored at a referenced address in the lookup table contains three or four fields, interpreted as voltages to drive the red, green, and blue guns of a color monitor and, sometimes, an optional monochrome monitor. The maximum number of entries in the lookup table equals the number of different intensity levels that can appear in the bit map entry for each pixel, usually from 8 to 4096.
In bit map memory, every pixel with the same binary intensity value has the same color definition. The lookup table word referenced by this intensity value is a set of weighted quantities, in binary format, each directly proportional to the intensity Of a CRT beam directed toward the phosphor dot or triad at the pixel coordinates. If lookup table quantities are 8-bit values, either the red, green, or blue color gun can have any of 256 intensities, for a total of 224 or about 16M different colors, each defined by a lookup table value. The number of colors that can be displayed simultaneously from this vast palette depends on the number of lookup table entries, which in turn depends on the number of bits assigned to each pixel in the bit map. With n bits/ pixel, a bit map entry can address any of 2n lookup table entries, each defining one color. For example, with 12 bits/pixel, lookup table data can designate up to 4096 of the 16M colors.
Since the lookup table is considerably smaller than the frame buffer, it can be altered much faster, usually at the refresh rate of the display. Lookup table speed and versatility are critical performance features. For example, changes to a high speed lookup table can create animation or motion effects even when the image in the bit map remains constant. To place a foreground object into motion relative to its background, a composite image is formed that consists of superimposed frames, each showing the object in one position of the animation sequence, and each designating a different "color" for the object. The lookup table maps one of the many foreground object colors to the true display color, and maps all other foreground objects to the background color. Then, changing only two lookup table entries merges a visible foreground object into the background, where it cannot be seen, and exposes the hidden object in the next frame of the animation sequence.
COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

Future Trends for Graphics Displays and Systems

1981 1982
1983
1984 1985

Business graphics applications- mostly low resolution color raster- begin to increase
CAD/CAM systems begin almost total conversion to raster; only exceptions are high end systems involving rotation
Noticeable improvements in graphics monitors result from faster and more reliable electronics, new phosphors, higher bandwidths, and easier convergence
Low cost CAD/CAM systems using black and white and color raster displays begin to proliferate
Application software becomes a critical element for the success of turnkey graphics system vendors
Satellite processors connected to large mainframes become more common in
CAD/CAM
Business graphics using high resolution displays begin to grow rapidly. Users become accustomed to graphics software and new input/output (110) devices
Graphic arts applications implement high resolution ·raster, first in black and white and then in color
Intelligence of local graphics terminals increases, offloading graphics functions. Graphics processing tasks are divided in new and innovative ways
Advanced raster systems develop sophisticated rotation capabilities
Large computer mainframe companies begin to threaten the position of turnkey companies that lack software and customer support
A new generation of CAD/CAM systems involving substantial computational processing and higher resolution is introduced
Spatial and relational concepts in graphics data bases appear in commercial products
Initial graphics exchange standard (IGES) interfaces and database structures become accepted
New generation of high resolution monitors (2k x 2°k) is introduced
Very large scale integration applied to raster displays lowers costs
New high resolution international television standards are introduced Low resolution graphics terminal market decreases rapidly
110 devices providing natural interaction with graphics displays become common
High resolution digital technologies compete with raster display systems
Facsimile, electronic mail, graphics processing, and data processing are combined into integrated systems

Bit map memory
Each location in bit map memory holds the intensity value that corresponds to one pixel on the display. A minicomputer can access the bit map memory to read or write this pixel map, thereby altering the displayed image. Frequently, the display controller includes a zoom option that can replicate pixels to give the effect of enlarging a region within an image. If an image consists of a sequence of frames and the zoom feature is used to enlarge each frame to fill the display, viewing each of the enlarged frames in quick succession produces an animation effect. If bit map locations exceed the number of pixels on the display, scroll and pan options can provide a movable window by reading only a user selectable segment of the bit map.
To preserve a direct correspondence between pixels on the display and bits in the bit map, the bit map is viewed as a set of memory planes, each containing one bit for every pixel. Using this terminology, a system that displays 4096 colors simultaneously will need 12 memory planes, each containing as many bits as there are pixels in a display. Each memory plane contributes one bit to form the lookup table offset associated with a pixel.
Bit plane extraction and density slicing
The process 0f building a lookup table offset by taking one bit from each memory plane in the bit map is called bit plane extraction. Density slicing is a 3-dimensional variation on this theme. With density slicing, the image stored in the bit map is considered to be a monochrome image in three dimensions; the color values are interpreted as Z-axis data. In a sense, the normal X- and Y-axis coordinates form a plane parallel to the CRT screen, and the CRT display shows a cross-section of the image, an arbitrary slice whose depth and thickness depend only on the number of memory planes. Using prioritized memory planes, hardware rearranges 2-dimensional slices stored on different memory planes to construct a 3-dimensional image.
Transparency and pseudo-color mixing
Two related techniques called transparency and pseudocolor mixing are especially useful for computer aided design applications in integrated circuit and printed circuit board layout work. Using transparency, different images stored on separate memory planes seem to exist on translucent sheets of colored cellophane. Wherever the two images overlap, their separate colors combine to create a blended hue. Pseudo-color mixing replaces t.he spectral combination of two colors with a distinctive, arbitrary hue that emphasizes the overlap region.
Lookup tables are also used to load gradations in gray scale value, called ramps. A predetermined algorithm can vary color or gray scale as a function of pixel position for each level of intensity. Then, 3-dimensional images can include reflections and shadows that simulate lighting effects. For example, a ramp that varies the gray scale from very dark through an intermediate intensity to a very light shade can be used to simulate
93

highlights on a 3-dimensional object whose surfaces vary in distance from a light source.
Additional raster features
Although lookup table performance enhancements are among the most powerful features of raster graphics systems, expanded bit map capacity is becoming an equally attractive option and can be used in several ways. If the bit map contains a larger image than will fit on the display screen, information can be scrolled vertically or panned horizontally with no need to rewrite bit map data. A double-buffered bit map can be used to assemble one complete frame of information while another frame is being displayed. Then, switching from one section of the bit map to another achieves high speed changing of displayed data. Sequential pictures can be stored and reviewed rapidly in cinematic sequence, or alternative solutions to a design problem can be toggled onto the display for quick comparison.
Other raster graphics features include selective blinking by pixel, by memory plane, or by intensity (color). Some systems allow graphics or text overlays that can be added, removed, or changed without affecting the underlying information. Character generators produce text at high speed to increase performance, and multiple-image sources use auxiliary high speed input ports. Multiple-input systems have the significant potential to combine photographic data with tentative design data, or to combine new data with previously recorded data. For example, business charts from past financial reporting periods can be recorded on videotape and later combined on the display screen with current period charts generated by the computer. It has also been suggested that background patterns or images might serve as a visual analog of background music, relieving tedium and helping to maintain the operator's attention. Many possible applications involve a combination of graphics and image processing techniques, a dual approach that is becoming more and more popular.
Conclusion
Technological advancements in both the computer industry and large scale integration of electronic circuits

are converging to make raster graphics the dominant display technique of the 1980s. Large scale integration has c~used the price of digital memories to decline sharply. Hardware function generators are now available to perform the highly repetitive tasks that characterize most visual display programs. Control and timing functions can be accomplished by versatile and inexpensive microprocessors. The full potential of raster graphics is now within the reach of computer system designers. All of the major benefits offered by the raster scan technique, including photographic detail, selective updating, unlimited range of colors, and cinematic animation, are now economically feasible.
The basic display device for raster graphics is the CRT monitor-a non-broadcast version of the standard television receiver. Decades of mass production experience have refined the receiver, CRT, and raster scan circuits to a high level of reliability and cost effectiveness. Most important, CRTs and monitors are still evolving as commercial products and significant developments can be expected during the next few years. Higher resolutions and increased color capabilities are mandating faster scanning monitors and more precise convergence systems. Self-converging inline CRTs are the subject of substantial research and development, and may become the next generation of high resolution monitors. Ultimately, the availability of 2048- and 4096line raster scan monitors will eliminate all reasonable concern about resolution and staircase effect.
Questions of technology aside, the human factor remains perhaps the most important variable in every graphics display system design. The two practical purposes of a graphics system are to communicate information to a human operator and to facilitate the operator's response to the displayed information. Features available in raster graphics systems can best achieve these goals.
Bibliography
James F. Blinn, "Raster Graphics," Proceedings of COMPCON Spring '79, 1979, pp 150-156
Carl Machover, "Graphics Displays: Factors in Systems Design,'' IEEE Spectrum, October 1977, pp 22-27
The Raster Graphics Handbook, Conrac Division, Conrac Corporation, 1980

About the Authors:
Ralph T. Linsalata is president of Lexidata Corporation. Previously, he had been vice president of finance/personnel and director of App/icon Incorporated. In addition, he spent five years with Business Development Services Incorporated, a subsidiary of General Electric Company, where he held the position of vice president. He holds a BSEE degree from Case Institute of Technology and an MBA from the Harvard Business School.
Robert S. Sea/ea is the marketing communications supervisor at Lexidata Corporation. His current areas ofresponsibility include marketing strategy and systems configuration. He previously served as an imaging applications specialist for Lexidata. Mr Sea/ea earned his BS degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
94

Please rate the value of this article to you by circling the appropriate number in the ''Editorial Score Card'' box on the Inquiry Card.

High 728

Average 729

Low730

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

Want high performance raster graphics? Sanders Associates' new Graphic 8 offers you up to 256 simulta-
neous colors. High resolution. Dynamic operation with doublebuffered refresh memory...
Plus upward-instruction compatibility with the Sanders stroke refresh Graphic 7 and its color and 3D options.
But there's more.
Both display systems- Graphic 7 and Graphic 8-bring you builtin test, FORTRAN support, remote or local operation, interfaces to most computers, and other important user-oriented features.
Sanders' stroke refresh Graphic 7 and new raster Graphic 8 display systems: they put the best of both worlds at your fingertips. For more information, write or phone Sanders Associates, Inc.,
SANDERS Information Products Division, The Graphics People
Daniel Webster Highway South, Nashua, NH 03061. 603-885-5280.

CIRCLE 69 ON INQUIRY CARD

See Us at Slggraph, Booth No. 551

NEC Microcomputers,
introduces sophisticated computer graphics
control in a single IC.
Now you can control complex color graphics with a single chip, NEC's µPD7220 Graphics Display Controller (GDC).
The µPD7220 is so powerful and technically advanced it can actually reduce your chip count from hundreds to just a few. This remarkable chip will save you thousands of dollars, dramatically reduce design time and hardware costs, and help you get your product to market faster.
The GDC generates timing for the raster scan display and manages display memory. It provides full color at 1024 by 1024 pixels per frame and allows you to perform both graphic figure drawings and place graphics and characters on the screen simultaneously.
NEC's µPD7220 also gives you these powerful capabilities:

Graphics Display Capabilities:
· Bit mapped display memory is supported up to 256K 16 bit words (2048 by 2048 pixels maximum).
· Hardware figure drawings including lines, arcs, circles, rectangles and bit mapped graphics characters, all performed faster than 800ns per pixel.
· Two partitioned display areas are independently pannable.
· Display up to 1024 lines.
Character Display Capabilities:
· Display memory up to 64K characters is controlled and provides 16 bits for each character code and its attributes.
· Auto-advance cursor can be programmed to blink.
· Four partitioned display areas can be independently scrolled.
· Display up to 256 characters per row, or 100 rows per screen.

Additional Capabilities:

· RMW display memory operations include set, clear, complement, and replace.
·Display zoom factors up to 16X are
program selectable. · Multiple GDC's can be synchronized
for expansion flexibility. · Light pen input. · 8-bit interface to popular microcom-
puters includes 16 byte FIFO command buffering, plus interfacing to popular DMA contollers. · You get all this in a 40 pin DIP.

If you design computer graphics, find

out more about the NEC Microcompu-

ters Graphics Display Controller. It makes

your design work graphically easier.

For more information, contact NEC

..._I:tIJ:"'r' Microcomputers, Inc., 173 Worcester

Street, Wellesley, MA 02181,

(617) 237-1910.

,,

NEC Microcomputers, Inc. We're taking on the future.TM

g¥te~rs at

get their drawings

t. Plot time for an E-size

drawing is 34 seconds. For typical plots, .

t6tal turnaround time is one-fourth that of a pen plotte .

Engineers at Boeing get mqre drawings. One Versatec plott

has delivered up to fifty plots in ninety minutes. Tliey get more throughp

with Versatec's Vector-to-Raster Converter.

Engineers at Computervision build interactive design systems. Their minicomputer must ,

anve multiple terminals and a plotter. Versatec gives them fast plots with low computer overhead.

\b<>Ut What

your,drawing~? Can y,ou use your plotter in an interactive mode? Is your plotter keeping up with the

demano tor drawings? Ate you worried about overloading your computer? Versatec has some fast, cost-effective answers.

Vetsatec plottei;s draw up to aA sq!IJlre,feet per minute. In paper widths t six feet. On opaque or translucent paper. And they keep plotting. No pen plotter made is as reliable as a ~rsatec electrostatic.
And wnether driven by a'<big IBM 870~ a mid-sized PDP or a small Nova, Versatec plotter_s make cost-effective use of

computer time. Vector proce15sing hardware and pen plotter-compatible software keep computer costs down.

u In fact, Versatecipk)tter~ tostless fo oui less to operate than pen plotters: Paper is comparably priced. But most

Un.Port~ yersatec petfonnance cuts total design time and cot1t. lt could be the be$t inv~sti;nent you evet1maq,~ in AQ.

SO~'@ ~~ ~ opr mmtber'for li

plot saraples and the application report-~'Plotting

en~,

~~vernwc."'1oucant>totfnte£ Vei:suee.

,

·..l,l.V- E,~xREfSi:Ai~TyEC

CIRCLE 61 ON INQUIRY CARD

Shaped by increased demands for high resolution and sophisticated processing capabilities,. future systems extend graphics frontiers

Trends in CAD ICAM
graphics technology

I tis no secret that the graphics segment of the computer marketplace is the fastest growing portion of the industry. With independent suppliers scrambling as fast as some of the computer companies to enter the graphics field, it is no wonder that a compounded annual growth rate of more than 350/o is predicted over the five-year period from 1979 to 1984. In dollars, this amounts to an increase from the $1 billion in shipments of 1979 to at least $4.5 billion by 1984. In units, this is an increase from 69,000 to 454,000 graphics terminals.
In the 1980s computer graphics is likely to expand in three primary areas: the high-end systems required for sophisticated computer aided design and computer aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM) and multifunction applications; the emerging intermediate or mid-level systems used for broad, general purpose needs; and the new low-end systems, which will provide basic but unsophisticated graphics functions for business and management information applications. Although the low-end business graphics area of the marketplace is receiving much of the current publicity, the market segment comprising CAD/CAM applications is by far the
Hiram French Megatek Corporation 3931 Sorrento Valley Blvd, San Diego , CA 92121

largest part of the graphics industry in terms of dollar volume. Thus, it is in the CAD/CAM area that most of the major technological advances are likely to occur.
The CAD/ CAM market probably will benefit most from advances in technology because it is here that the quickest and most cost-effective productivity gains can be made. The reason is that CAD/CAM systems generally are used for automating design, drafting, engineering, and manufacturing tasks. Large savings in time and improvements in productivity are the benefits of using such systems. More lead time becomes available for new product development. Savings result from engineering analysis performed in simulation rather than in trial and error manufacturing, and better quality designs result from greater dimensional accuracy. A more efficient use of materials and a relief in the shortage of skilled manpower also become possible.
From storage tube to dynamic line drawing
A trend toward ever-increasing levels of sophistication characterizes the development of graphics in CAD/ CAM applications. In the past, the storage tube was the most commonly used graphics display in CAD/ CAM systems because it was low in cost and provided high resolution and high display density. Eventually, however, a tradeoff for that low cost became necessary because storage tube terminals did not offer multiple colors, were slow
99

in drawing screen images, and, perhaps most important, limited dynamic interaction between the operator and the terminal for online design and analysis tasks. The nature of the storage tube requires that once a drawing has been made on the screen the entire picture be redrawn if any part of it is to be changed. Although engineers can draw high resolution designs, their inability to interact dynamically with the screen image and to change it easily for design analysis greatly slows down the design process.
High performance stroke refresh and color raster refresh graphics systems provide interaction and dynamics but usually cost more than storage tube terminals-from $25,000 to more than $100,000. This situation is changing dramatically, however. Of all the terminals shipped in 1979, one-third were high performance displays and two-thirds were medium or low cost storage tube or raster scan displays. Over the next few years, there could be subtle changes in this ratio. Onethird of the total could still be high performance, high cost displays, but there will be a noticeable difference in the volume of work that can be done with the new types of terminals. These will gradually replace today's midrange units to provide new levels of capability for a broad range of engineering needs.
Sophisticated high-end systems costing $25,000 to $40,000 or more will always be required. These systems provide 3-dimensional graphics capabilities with color display, dynamic transformation, and support for a wide variety of sophisticated peripheral devices. They will offer distributed intelligence at the user level and

programmability using standard high level computer languages, as well as workstations capabilities employing high speed communications links with the host computer. Users who pay the top price will obtain the fastest and most dynamic systems with the highest resolution available to create the superior quality output required.
The mid-range graphics systems that are emerging now will find ever-increasing acceptance during the 1980s. These will be limited versions of the high-end systems, providing perhaps 75% of their functionality for users who do not need extreme sophistication but want some of their important features. Mid-range systems will offer high quality graphics capabilities but will be priced in the $10,000 to $25 ,000 range. The key to their acceptance is that they will provide excellent interactive and dynamic features with some local intelligence at this lower price. They may well serve as introductory or beginning systems for first-time users of graphics who want to add this capability to their existing computer systems.
The newest field for graphics is the low-end market, where a large variety of graphics terminals will eventually become available. These units will offer fewer colors with less resolution-perhaps 512 x 512 pixels or less- and comparatively slow picture update rates. Intended for business graphics, management information, process control and monitoring, and applications requiring less sophistication, they will have the advantage of low cost-under $10,000 within the coming year and as low as $5,000 or slightly less by 1983. Such systems will be limited in functionality and will usually consist of just a display tube and keyboard.

REMOTE
CONSOLE PORT

OUTPUT DEVICES

DIGITAL VECTOR GENERATOR

DOUBLE BUFFERED
RASTER MEMORY PLANES

ANALOG
VECTOR GENERATOR

LOCAL VECTOR TO
RASTER CONVERSION

ELECTROSTATIC / 1 - - - - - - - - IMPACT DOT
MATRIX PLOTIER

JOYSTICK DATA TABLET I KEYBOARD FSCD DIGITIZER
FSCD - FUNCTION SWITCHES AND CONTROL DIALS HCRST - HARDWARE CLIP ROTATE SCALE TRANSLATE

LIGHT PEN

Fig 1 Graphics workstation block diagram. Optional plug-in modules augment graphics processor, host computer interface, and vector memory in CAD oriented "graphics engine" that can drive either raster displays or stroke refresh displays

100

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

USER DATA BASE

INTELLIGENT PERIPHERAL CONTROLLERS

JOYSTICK

TABLETI KEY"'BOARD

FSCD

DIGITIZER
~

~

LIGHT PEN

u.....
~

.u....
ct:
§

~

~

~
.a...:.

~
::>

~
0

Q..
::e ,u0_

(/)

(/)

0

:I:

GRAPHICS DATA BUS

DISPLAY LIST
MEMORY

GRAPHICS PROCESSOR

HCRST

MONITOR
VECTOR GENERATOR
RASTER GENERATOR

~----------------~ HARDCOPY

Fig 2 Customizable hardware/software interface. Adaptable operating system and extensible application programs outperform highly specialized,

dedicated systems because engineers can tailor their design aids to particular project requirements

Hardware development
Advances in the semiconductor industry make developments in computer graphics systems possible. Now that 64k and higher density random access memories are available, more memory can be placed in the system. The results are the capacity for larger displays, a reduced computing load on the host, more colors, and better screen resolution. The availability of 16- and 32-bit microcomputers will promote the development of highly sophisticated graphics workstations. Special purpose graphics chip sets will provide more power for less money as well. High production volumes and the resulting economies of scale will only lower prices further, making graphics available to even more users.
An example of this trend is the Graphics EngineTM, which consists of a host interface, a display list memory, and a graphics processsor, all capable of driving both raster and stroke refresh displays. To this basic engine may be added various options, in terms of processing power and choice of input and output peripheral devices (Fig 1).
Software development
In parallel with hardware developments, graphics suppliers will be providing better operating and application

software systems in larger quantities (Fig 2). This will tend to encourage the users themselves-not just original equipment manufacturers-to acquire and implement their own graphics systems. Packaged systems will still be sold for specific applications, such as printed circuit board design, but as the user community becomes more familiar with and competent in graphics system implementation, more people will tend to select and configure their own hardware systems and either buy and modify or write their own application software.
Software will also be compatible across the board, thanks to the growing acceptance of the CORE (computer-oriented reporting efficiency) guidelines established by SIGGRAPH. A few hardware manufacturers currently follow these guidelines and make their software usable on all hardware offered. More will follow this trend in the future because it will cease to be merely a nice thing to do-it will become a market requirement. In addition, so-called "universal" software systems which are computer and device independent, such as Megatek's TemplateTM package, will offer graphics programming capability both to users who have never written applications programs for graphics systems and to those who want sophisticated graphics with minimal software development. These software systems will tend to advance the use of graphics as well because of their portability and device independence.
101

Conclusion
Combining the hardware and software trends, the graphics industry will tend to more closely parallel the minicomputer industry of five to eight years ago. The emphasis is likely to be less on hardware and user application software provided by original equipment manufacturers, and more on the addition of greater value by the suppliers of graphics systems-particularly in the form of software, customer service, and support. More of the major computer manufacturers will make new entries into the graphics marketplace, and more graphics software will be sold as standard packages for end user applications. This could cause a shakeout in the graphics industry over the next two to three years as the exclusive suppliers of hardware are forced to leave the business or to concentrate on narrow segments of the market. The remaining suppliers may provide more across-the-board solutions for the end user, just as computer manufacturers now do within the computing industry itself.
Just as the more successful computer companies are those who have stayed ahead of market demands by anticipating needs, the truly successful computer graphics companies will be those that offer broad capabilities. They will be the ones able to adapt quickly to advancing
technological developments and offer new products that make use of custom large scale integration to offer more

graphics capabilities at lower costs. And they will be the ones who develop new and more extensive graphics software systems for broad use by large numbers of users.

About the Author:
As director of marketing at Megatek Corporation, Hiram French is responsible for strategy planning, applications engineering, and corporate communications. Prior to joining Megatek, he was vice president of sales and marketing at Control Logic, Inc, of Natick, Mass. He is an active member of the Association for Computing Machinery, belongs to .the Sales and Marketing Executives of Greater Boston, and has written many papers on computer graphics systems. He studied engineering management at Northeastern University in Boston and holds a BS degree in aeronautical engineering from Texas A&M University.

Please rate the value of this article to you by circling the appropriate number in the "Editorial Score Card" box on the Inquiry Card.

High 731

Average 732

Low 733

102

CIRCLE 62 ON INQUIRY CARD

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

.. --

,.

'

)

1

"

Ji

J

.o.

,

·

,_

·

...

;

.

·

'.

'

'

i

f

· ··

'

N

W

"1

- . t~

....

"' 1"'~""... . ..~.......~,..

. -.

.
·

,..
.
·

· ·
.

1;..';..~'
rrr

Retro-Graphics is quite literally changing the face of the display terminal marketplace. Because the line of graphic enhancement products that carries the Retro-Graphics name transforms some of today's most popular alphanumerics terminals-the DEC® VTlOO® terminal, for instance, and Lear Siegler's ADM-3A and 3A+ Dumb Terminal®products-into terminals that feature full graphics capabilities.
These enhanced terminals feature complete emulation of their Tektronix®counterparts, the 4010 Series graphics terminals. Additionally, they boast vector drawing and point plotting capabilities, selective erase, alphanumerics overlay, raster scan technology and, of course, complete compatibility with industry standard software, including Tektronix Plot 10® and ISSCO's®DISSPLA® and TELLAGRAF®And Retro-Graphics delivers all of this while retaining the original alphanumerics features of the enhanced terminals.
Thousands of users who have put Retro-Graphics enhancements into action can attest not only to the performance benefits but, importantly, to the often dramatic cost savings over comparable terminals. Savings that have amounted to upwards of 50% and more . 1bgether, high quality and low cost make Retro-Graphics one of the brightest ideas to come along in some time. The idea you can check out for yourself by calling your Digital Engineering distributor. Or contact us direct.

~- DIGITAL
_..._ ENGINEERING
630 Bercut Drive, Sacramento, CA 95814 (916) 447-7600 TWX 910-367-2009

Re tro-Graphics·· is a trademark of Digital Engineering, Inc. Dumb Terminal® is a registered trademark of Lear Siegler, Inc. Tektronix® and Plot 10® are trademarks of Tektronix, Inc. ISSCO~ DISSPLA® and TELLAGRAF® are r e gistered trademarks of Integrated Software Systems Corp orauon. DEC ·· and VT!OO ··are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation.

CIRCLE 66 ON INQUIRY CARD

See Us at Harvard Computer Graphics Week and Siggraph (Booth #660)

Aydin 5216 high-resolution multiprocessor-based color graphic systems lead the industry in fulfilling the needs of
intricate process control CAD/CAM, simulation, C3I, image processing and many other sophisticated applications.
Versatility is the result of the Aydin growing family of hardware and 2D, 3D, imaging and CORE software
modules. The 5216 gives you both the flexibility and programmability to design and implement your ideas effi-
ciently and economically; a true man-machine interface. For example, AYGRAF instruction sets provide both
standalone and distributed processing capabilities to support 2D graphics in a standardized manner. The 3D system, which supports standalone and host-driven applications, is designed to give the user the full benefit of sophisticated
graphics, all with interactive control that doesn't burden the host computer.
Aydin modular design also means that you can customize the 5216 to your strictest requirements, easily expand
memories, add storage and utilize various user-programmable lookup tables. In addition, a host of interactive devices are available, including joysticks, trackballs,
graphic tablets, touch panels and lighted or non-lighted function keys.
It all adds up to a user-oriented 5216 color system that is a reliable, flexible and economical solution to your graphics
and image processing needs. Quicken your draw with Aydin, the industry leader in high-resolution, intelligent color graphics. For more information, contact Aydin Con-
trols, 414 Commerce Drive, Fort Washington, PA 19034. Tel.: 215-542-7800. (TWX: 510-661-0518.)
Leadership Features:
· High-performance multiprocessor bus architecture · Pixel or graphic OMA block mode data transfer (800 nanoseconds per 16bit pixel) · Multiple pixels per word · Wide selection of display formats up to 1024x1024x16 · Video processing through lookup table RAM at bit rates to over 40mHz · High-speed hardware vector and character generation · Four sizes of alpha characters · Highspeed hardware math · Both parallel and serial peripheral interfaces available · User programmable · 16-Bit microprocessor.
AYDIN ~ CONTROLS
CIRCLE 64 ON INQUIRY CARD
Visit Us at Slggraph, Booth #715

Multimicroprocessors facilitate the use of both storage display and raster scan technology in a graphics display that offers 4096 x 4096 resolution
without increased memory requirements

Powerful graphics tool combines refresh and storage capabilities

ere are two main display technologies in widespread use: direct view storage displays and aster scan displays. Direct view storage tubes are a special type of cathode ray tube that was first used in laboratory storage oscilloscopes. Electrons impinging on their bistable phosphor excite the phosphor to the background, unwritten state. The phosphor emits very little light in this condition. To write on a direct view storage tube screen, a focused beam of electrons is directed to the desired screen point. The written points, excited by these accelerated electrons, continue to glow and emit light after the beam stops writing. The image remains visible until the entire screen is erased by rapidly placing it in a totally positive state, then discharging it back to the background state. Raster scan displays, on the other hand, are essentially like a black and white television cathode ray tube (CRT). The beam constantly scans the face of the CRT, usually in horizontal lines; it is this horizontal line spacing that defines much of the resolution of the display. The display is generated by turning the Z-axis beam on to illuminate the line points that make up the display image. Raster scan display resolution is generally acceptable for alphanumeric displays . In fact, raster displays offer distinct advantages for applications such . as word processing, because characters, lines, or blocks of text can be inserted or deleted without erasing the
Terence M. Davis Tektronix, Incorporated PO Box 500 Beaverton , OR 97077

display. But the resolution of a raster scan display becomes a limiting factor in applications that involve graphics. The typical raster display is limited to 512 x 512 displayable points, regardless of processor or data . resolution. This is especially critical for vectors that are angled across the screen, where the staircase effect is most visible. (See Fig 1.)
Another raster display characteristic is the rate at which the screen information is refreshed. The raster tube does not retain information written to it; it must be rewritten at least 30 times/s to maintain the display without flicker. This requires at least one bit of memory to support each point of the display, or over 250k bits of memory to refresh a 512 x 512 picture element display, and high speed logic to constantly rewrite the display.
Storage displays do not have to store
Direct view storage tubes (DVSTs) have some distinct advantages, especially in graphics applications, and a few disadvantages as well-tradeoffs that designers must evaluate as a part of the design cycle. The primary advantage is, of course, resolution; DVSTs offer the highest resolution available. All vectors are drawn from endpoint to endpoint, not approximated on a display matrix as in raster scan displays. A typical 11 "(28-cm) storage display can have 1024 x 1024 addressable.points and 1024 x 780 displayable points. A 19" (48-cm) display can have 16 times as many points available. But supporting a raster display with equivalent resolution would consume almost 17M bits, if such a display·device were available. The highest resolution currently

(a)
(b)
Fig 1 DVST versus raster display. When drawing vector between two endpoint addresses, DVST (a) deflects writing beam in a straight line, creating precise high resolution trace. Raster display (b) can only approximate line by activating predesignated pixels, leading to staircase effect
available is 1024 x 1024 picture elements (pixels), which requires more than lM bits of memory to support, in monochrome.
A storage display requires far less memory for display support. Once information is written to the display, it remains there without further attention, as long as power is applied to the CRT. While this has the advantage of reduced memory overhead and display control circuitry, there is a drawback. If one part of the picture needs to be changed, even a small part, the entire display must be erased and redrawn. Selective changes, possible on raster displays, are not possible on a stored display.
The 4054 graphics system is a standalone desktop computer with a 19" DVST display and standard resolution of 4096 x 4096 points. By adding the dynamic graphics option, refreshed, dynamic graphics become a part of the 4054, with the same high resolution. To create such capabilities, the interaction of the CRT phosphors with the writing electron beam must change. That interaction has been studied in detail, in order to achieve the high resolutions available today. Storage displays have improved as writing beam intensity and speed have become more tightly controllable. The questions of how fast to move the beam across the screen and how fast to accelerate the electrons can be looked at with new perspective. The question grows from ''How do we maintain 4096 x 4096 resolution?" to "How can we maintain the same resolution without storing, so that the display elements can be moved around the screen?''
In adding refresh capabilities to the display, some vector memory will be required, along with faster
106

display circuitry. But only the pixels that are not stored need be refreshed to remain in view. Once stored, the segments are dropped from the display memory, freeing memory and reducing the refresh load on the display processor.
Storage and refresh - best of both worlds
Storage is a function of charge, defined as the product of writing beam current density and dwell time, the length of time the beam stays on a position. So, in order to write without storing, there are two possible avenues: the time or the beam current can be reduced. And a further choice occurs if the designer chooses dwell time reduction to achieve non-stored displays. Dwell time can be dropped by increasing the rate of change of charge current to the beam deflection amplifiers, thereby moving the beam across the target faster. Or, pulse width modulation techniques can be used to chop the beam current, turning the beam on and off rapidly.
The best choice combines two of these elements to create a bright but non-storing graphic display. One factor is reduced beam current to reduce the energy directed at the CRT target phosphor. The other element is faster beam deflection. In storage mode, the 4054 writing beam moves at 15k cm/s. When operating in refresh mode, however, the deflection speed is increased to 45k cm/s. This increased speed also limits the energy directed to the phosphor by reducing the time in the charge equation but has an added benefit: the faster deflection allows more refreshed vectors to be displayed

CRT

REFRESHED VECTORS
r - - - -TO - - , DISPLAY

I

I

1/ 0

MAIN

I

REFRESH

PROCESSOR - o---~-----<I PROCESSOR

I I

-----~
READ/WRITE MEMORY

I

I

I

I

I

I

I ~~s~~~ I

I

I

U~!!!!f~Aft!!.C..LJ

Fig 2 Combined system block diagram. With dynamic graphics, main processor is bypassed by refresh processor to repeatedly draw refreshed vectors on display

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

(a)

(b)

Fig 3 DVST display capabilities. (a) Program and/or symbol menu can appear and disappear without affecting display under construction; (b) user defined graphic objects, basic elements of design solution, can easily be selected and moved on display; (c) design solution is collection of stored images on screen, and menus no longer required have disappeared

(c)

without flicker. And vectors can be moved, added, or deleted individually, without erasing and redrawing the display.
In light of the increased vector processing, another factor is important to consider: the 4054 is a desktop computer first, with a high resolution graphic display included. So it is likely that the refreshed display will be in response to calculations from a BASIC programanalyzing the flex and stresses on beams, for instance, or routing an etched circuit board run in its ideal loca.tion. Therefore, it is imperative that the display, which requires continual vector rewrite for refresh, do so with a minimum of impact on the system processor.
For the dynamic graphics option, a second dedicated microprocessor was chosen as the solution (Fig 2). This processor is activated when dynamic graphics are needed. Vectors to be refreshed are captured by the high speed display processor and placed in display memory.

The system processor no longer needs to handle those vectors; the microprocessor reads them from the display list and rewrites them to the display. At the same time, a signal to the display board tells it to reduce writing beam current and increase deflection speed. Adding the dedicated microprocessor means that the 4054's main bit slice processor is only slightly involved in refreshing the display. The system processor is then free to run its BASIC program performing calculations and adding to or subtracting from the refresh display list as the program dictates .
Conclusion
Adding the flexibility of refreshed, or non-stored, dynamic displays to a DVST provides a powerful and versatile tool. Added capability of dynamic graphics overcomes the reservation that the whole screen must be
107

redrawn if even a small part changes. This is no longer a consideration. The high resolution of the storage tube is there, along with the ability to move vectors or picture segments on the screen without storing them. The possible applications for such high resolution dynamic display capabilities are numerous. Almost any application that benefits from the high resolution of a storage display can reap added benefits from dynamic graphics. The combination of display capabilities is especially important, for instance, in areas that rely on output that is identical to the screen display. From etched circuit boards to aerospace, from architectural design to floor plan layouts, the design task is simplified through movable graphics segments. (See Fig 3.)
A schematic drafter, for example, might use the system to lay out a circuit schematic. A menu of schematic symbols, appearing along the edge of the screen, shows potential choices for the drafter to use on the schematic; the drafter picks the symbol and moves it to any screen position. When positioned as desired, the symbol can be fixed, or stored. Lines are created by placing one end, then "stretching" the line to fix the other end. If line placement is acceptable, the line is stored, and deleted from the refresh list.
The same procedure will work effortlessly in any application where the display is built up from standard

symbols or components, reducing the graphic process from days to hours. By extending storage technology to include refresh capabilities, DVST designers can create tools for other designers-tools that work quickly, accurately, and productively-thus enabling design to aid design.
About the Author:
Terence M. Davis is the editor of TEKniques, the applications library newsletter serving users of Tektronix 4050 series graphic computing systems. A technical writer at Tektronix, Mr Davis holds a BA in English from Portland State University.

Please rate the value of this article to you by circling the appropriate number in the ''Editorial Score Card" box on the Inquiry Card.

High 734

Average 735

Low736

Want to cutyour PC design costby50%?

You are looking at the heart of one of Nicolet's computer-aided drafting systems. All of them give you the capability of producing camera ready art with computerized speed and precision, at half the cost of doing it by hand.
No other line of CAD systems can increase your productivity so dramatically or give you more accurate results. Ask us about Systems 50, 52 and 54, or Color System 81. They'repricedfrom $32,900.
NICOLET CAD CORPORATION
2450 Whitman Road · Concord, CA 94518 · (415) 827-1020

108

CIRCLE 65 ON INQUIRY CARD

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

CALCOMP
ASondersGraplticaCompony
m SANDERS
Palma Avenue, Anaheim, CA 92801(714)821-2011 TWX910-591-1154

Bit slice and PLA technology provide a powerful graphics processing system with the characteristics
of a general purpose computer

Graphics and imaging system offloads host computer

T o be viable in today's market, a high performance graphics and imaging system must remove some of the load from the host computer, which is already overburdened with the complexity of systems tasks. At the same time, the graphics system must provide a high level of interaction between the user and the display to meet the rising demands of current applications. The graphics system itself must contain the hardware required for ultrafast processing, as well as programs for interaction; in other words, it must be an advanced design, special purpose computer with the characteristics of a general purpose processor.
One such computer, called an advanced display computer {ADC), has been designed as the central processor for the G-6000 raster graphics display series. Although the initial series offering is described as an ideal computer aided design/computer aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM) configuration, the ADC promises even more important implications for the industry.
As a bit mapped raster scan system, the G-6000 retains the inherent benefits of raster including moderate cost, a wide range of selectable color hues, continuous shading capability, and the ability to display a large number of vectors. At the same time, the raster system is, by definition, memory intensive. The location of each picture element (pixel) must be written into
Dan Jones John Fletcher Genisco Computers Corporation 3545 Cadillac Ave, Costa Mesa , CA 92626

memory individually. In a 1024 by 1280 system, this

means 1,310,720 memory locations/plane. Obviously,

increasing the number of functions and the speed with

which such functions are performed is a formidable task

in raster graphics.

-

ADC architecture enables instruction execution times

as low as 160 ns with byte transfer rates to 3 MHz-

believed to be more than twice the speed of the nearest

raster competitor and comparing favorably with more

expensive strokewriter systems. In addition, the ADC

provides for more than 140 mnemonic instructions

through the central processor and a 39-mnemonic in-

struction set in the graphics controller. It attains speed

and flexibility in a single graphics processor that can ex-

ceed the performance which, until now, has required

three separate processors to handle host interface, in-

teractive input/output (110), and graphics displays.

Principal elements of the ADC are a central processing

unit including program memory; a graphics controller;

the host computer interface; and a multi-active system

110 bus. Each subsystem was designed to meet the re-

quirements of high speed graphics application to com-

plete many jobs rapidly. In so doing, the ADC over-

comes the speed throughput limitations encountered

with single-chip, off-the-shelf microprocessors . (See the

Figure.)

Bit slice I PLA architecture

Architecture of the central processor combines a bipolar, bit slice arithmetic logic unit (ALU) with a

111

"direct decoding" programmable logic array (PLA) · . While other systems have used bit slice design for graphics generation, the ADC employs it for computational processes, which contributes significantly to the exceptional speed of the computer. Choice of bit slice over off-the-shelf 16-bit (or even 32-bit) microcomputers was an essential design decision. General purpose microcomputers necessarily provide a number of addressing modes that are not required for graphics applications and that slow processing speed. In a 16-bit integer division instruction, for example, a 68000 microprocessor might require 15.9 µs to perform the task, while the ADC processor, designed primarily for graphics computation, requires only 4.08 µs.
PLAs were selected for their high speed instruction decoding capability. Whereas the use of traditional microcode programmable read only memory (P/ROM) requires a first level of "code cracking" to shrink the number of bits per instruction to a manageable size (entry of a 16-bit instruction into P/ROM would require 65,535 memory locations for decoding), the wider 16-bit input word of the PLA eliminates the need for instruction parsing. The PLA can perform complete decoding in 25 ns, and makes possible the execution of many instructions in one cycle time (160 ns).
Resident data storage
To put more of the host computer characteristics into the graphics system also requires substantial program data storage. Graphics displays employ extensive data lists which describe, in encoded form, various graphic entities such as vectors, circles, areas, and characters. In the past, most raster graphics systems did not have the capacity to store large data lists and, hence, the host computer was required to take on this burden. The ADC provides for this by containing up to 128k bytes of data and program storage. Standard configuration offers 8k words of P/ROM and 16k words of random access memory (RAM), while optional 64k memory chips extend the RAM capacity to 56k words. Future options will extend capacity to as high as IM words. The large memory resident in the system further impacts its speed. Increased interactivity and modifications to data attributes such as scale, translate, and rotate are possible at high speed because there is no time delay while modifications are made in the host and then communicated to the display.
Powerful instruction set
To implement its speed and capacity, the ADC offers a set of more than 140 instructions. Among these is a powerful block transfer capability that allows the transfer of up to 64k words with a single command at speeds as high as 3 MHz. Routing of the block transfer may be between the external host and the ADC computer memory, between the computer memory and graphics refresh memory, or between the external host and the refresh memory. This flexibility makes it possible to

load an image into refresh memory at memory speed. For example, a 640 x 512 x 16-pixel image can take as little as 500 ms to load.
In addition, blocks of display list data can be stored on a graphics system peripheral and then paged into the ADC memory at high speed. In operation, it can have the effect of an even larger computer memory. Because of the system's .bus structure, the block transfer of data from an 110 device to any other 110 device, or between memory and a device, can be accomplished without any special 110 control logic. Among the system's other instructions are both multiply and divide commands that can be performed in under 4 µs; single- and doubleoperand; extended branches/calls/returns; programmed flags; multiple shifts; stack operation; programmable traps; and interrupt service.
The interrupt service includes 16 automatically vectored, priority selectable interrupts with masking capability. These have an automatic trap response that stores the current contents of the program counter and status register and replaces the information in these registers with predefined values. Interrupt speed is 1.4 µs. In addition to the interrupt lines, the ADC also has 16 external sense inputs that provide a lower level event flagging at a slower speed. This large number of event flagging lines is extremely useful and effective in large multistation interactive graphics and imaging systems.
Multi-active syste m I/O bus
One interesting design feature of the ADC is the 110 bus structure. As can be seen in the block diagram, the computer actually employs a separate host CPU bus and graphics bus, both of which access the system 110 bus independently. Much of the system's speed and flexibility can be attributed to this design. Otl:ter features of the controller are interrupt on a memory address error for dynamic window clipping and 39 instructions, including automatic X, Y update, repeat operation mode, block transfers, and automatic packing and unpacking of data words.
Host computer interface
The host computer interface separates the system 110 bus from the computer interface. It is cabled to an interface board at the host computer. The 16-bit 110 bus allows easy adaptation to the 110 structure of most major minicomputers, and supports block transfers at high speed when a standard direct memory access interface is present in the host computer. The computer interface has a 3-state buffered data path with bidirectional interrupts and simple handshaking signals. A built-in watchdog timer can reset the system if a function is not completed within a given time. To meet diversified requirements, the system 110 bus is designed to allow fast, simple interfacing to an array of 110 devices such as discs, printers, array processors, and even additional hosts.

112

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

58 BITS

CENTRAL PROCESSOR

HOST COMPUTER INTERFACE

TIMING /CONTROL EXTERNAL SENSE
CONTROL
L

Block diagram of advanced display computer. Central processor and graphics controller interact with one another and host computer interface via system 1/0 bus
57 BITS

Software
Software currently available for the G-6000 includes a graphics operating system resident in the 8k P/ROM. This operating system consists of an executive monitor and a number of subrou,tines that provide the basic operations. The system performs 2-dimensional transformations, absolute and-relative addressing, and a full

range of primitive constructs including point, vector, circle, arc, and rectangle. Other instructions include polygon fill, alphanumerics, multiple raster writing modes, incremental vector, multicursor tracking, fast image write, and system control functions including color/monochrome lookup tables, hardware scroll and zoom, double-buffered refresh memory, overlays, and interactive peripheral device control.

About the Authors:
Dan Jones has managed the Applications Engineering Group at Genisco Computers for two years. An electrical engineering graduate of the University of California at Los Angeles where he specialized in radio communications and radar, Mr Jones later 'worked with missile guidance radar at Raytheon, and in Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) at Wescom before joining Genisco.
John Fletcher has been with Genisco Computers for three years. Coming to the company with over twelve years of experience in computer graphics products, Mr Fletcher was recently appointed Product Marketing Manager. He is responsible for marketing programs of computer graphics terminals and new product development.

Please rate the value of this article to you by circling the appropriate number in the "Editorial Score Card" box on the Inquiry Card.

High 737

Average 738

Low 739
113

IDT 2000. Out front in cost-effective color graphics.

No other supplier can match the performance of IDT terminals, monitors and video generators. The design objectives of every IDT unit, high quality, reliability and ease of maintenance, are earning IDT products a reputation for innovation and cost-effectiveness. Behind our new 2000 color terminal is the experience of IDT people in developing, marketing and servicing color graphic systems for a wide range of applications.
In the 2000, the result is a highly reliable, state-of-the-art terminal with the versatility in capabilities, packaging, interfacing and system options demanded by the expanding color graphics marketplace.

IDT 2000. In step with your needs.

D Can be configured to suit your present needs and easily

expanded later.

D Terminal's intelligence allows simplified programming using

high level ASCI commands, requiring no special handlers or

drivers, over a standard RS 232 serial interface.

D High speed, high resolution presentation. 512 X 512

individually addressable pixels. Also displays 85 characters on

each of 51 lines. D MACROGRAPHICST" and RAMPlcsn·, two of several
proprietary packages that enhance speed, enable animation

,,,,,, ,,,,,, ,,,,

and simplify programming.

/

D

Macr~progran:im. mg

t~at

r-:ctu-ces

~ost

overh~ad

and

.

.,,.,, For a copy of our Product Brochure,

terminal/"' with details on capability performance

han~hng, plac1~g the mtelhgence m the terminal.

.,,.,,"' and specifications, return the coupon today,

D Flexible packaging-rack mount. desk top or OEM .,,"' or, if your need is immediate, give us a call

configurations.

.,,,,,"'"'"'"' at (614) 882-3282

,,,,,, _N_am~e~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Industrial Data Terminals Corp.

,,,,,,,,,,"'"'r_.1_ ti_e~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
,,,.,,"'"' Company

173 Heatherdown Road/Westerville, Ohio 43081 (614) 882-3282

,,,,,,.,,.,,"'"' Address

,,,/ City

State

Zip

OCopyright Industrial Data Terminals Corporation 1980. All rights reserved .

,,,,,, / ..,"'

,,,"',,,,,,"'Industrial Data Terminals Corporation 173 Heatherdown Road/Westerville, Ohio 43081 CIRCLE 68 ON INQUIRY CARD

Memory organization and high speed processor facilitate unique image display capabilities ·

T he IP8500 image display and processing system is intended for remote sensing, nondestructive testing, 3-dimensional computer graphics, or any application calling for high resolution color, multiimage monochrome, or pseudocolor displays. Compatible with Digital Equipment Corp (DEC}* PDP-11 or
vAX systems, the IP8500 can be interfaced to most
popular minicomputers and features advanced concepts in pipeline processing and high speed data transfers from a host computer memory or directly from disc. Each of its up to 20 512 x 512 x 8-bit memories features integer zoom, pan, and independent intensity transformation tables. Optionally, the system can be equipped for distributed processing or standalone operation. A variety of interactive devices is available, including trackball, joystick, and lightpen. A single system can support 4 color or 12 monochrome users.
System features
Each image display and processing system (IDPS) may have up to 20 image memories with 16 assigned to display channel output and 4 used as scratch channels for arithmetic operations or temporary image storage. A full system can store a 1024 x 1024 x 32-bit image with graphics and alphanumerics and display a 512 x 512 image window. Each memory module consists of 256k
*DEC, PDP-11, LSI-11, VAX, and UNIBUS are registered trademarks of Digital Equipment Corp.
·Kendall Dinwiddie DeAnza Systems, Incorporated 118 Charcot Ave, San Jose, CA 95131

bytes of metal oxide semiconductor random access memory (MOS RAM), input and ouput (110) selection logic, zoom control, output address registers for X and Y pan (scroll) control, and a selectable intensity transformation table that can be loaded as a block of 256 bytes or altered on a byte by byte basis. A module stores 512 elements by 512 lines, with each pixel consisting of 8 bits of data, and has 5 control registers accessed by the host computer.
From 1 to 4 display channels of from 1 to 16 memories each can be supported, interfaced to a video control and video output capable of driving a red/ green/blue (RGB) color monitor with three composite video signals. In addition, each display channel can have an optional alphanumeric overlay generator for producing annotation over the image window as well as in the margins on either side of the image window, and a cursor generator with its associated joystick, trackball, or lightpen.
Each display channel can be configured as a single 512 x 512 x 8-bit monochrome or pseudocolor display, a 1024 x 1024 x 24-bit (8 bits for each primary color) display, a 2048 x 2048 x 8-bit display with a 512 x 512 image window or any subset of the above that is an integral combination of the 512 x 512 image memories. In addition, each display channel includes a set of logic to configure image memories into a display channel; select and control overlay memory, cursors, and alphanumerics; and provide video output for an RGB monitor. Any or all of the 16 image memories can be selected as inputs. Image data are then modified by a lookup table (LUT) of 256 x 8 bits with the table's 8-bit output transformed into an analog video signal by an 8-bit digital to analog converter (DAC). Each of the three outputs has four selectable 256 x 8-bit LUTs controlled by
115

register selection, split memory register, or overlay memory control.
All overlay functions (cursor, alphanumerics, and overlay memory) can be enabled or disabled in the video output control (voe), which also contains the logic to select the visual appearance of the overlay functions. When the voe selects a memory channel (512 x 512 x 8 bits) as overlay, the 8 bits of this memory plus the two cursor generators are summed as the 10-bit address, with the cursors being the two most significant bits, of a 1024 x 16-bit overlay function table (LUT).
These 16 bits are divided into three groups of 5 bits, each controlling an individual video output (red, green, and blue). The 16th bit is gated with a blink clock to achieve a blink (on/off) of the overlay, cursor, or alphanumeric function. (The other three groups of 5 bits each are identical.) The most significant bit is an on/off control and the least significant 4 bits form a 16 intensity level replacement of the selected image channel. Overlay and cursor priority can be controlled by loading the overlay LUT with the desired data; the relative priority of the alphanumeric overlay can be selected with a control bit in the voe.
System options
The IDPS can be optionally equipped with a separate alphanumeric overlay generator, as previously discussed, for each video output control to a maximum of four. Each alphanumeric generator includes a 2k-byte ASCII storage memory and 64-char (uppercase) read only memory (ROM) character generator. The characters, formed on the fly from the ASCII code stored in memory, are formatted on the screen as 80 chars/line by 25 lines. The characters have a 5-element by 14-line font in an 8-element by 20-line matrix. Two control bits included in the 8-bit byte defining a character specify the character color and reversed background. A control bit in the voe can inhibit the background matrix so that only the font data are visible on the screen.
Another option is the high speed pipeline digital video processor (DVP) that operates on a combination of 512 x 512 x 8-bit memories and allows realtime (one frame time) operations such as multiply, add, subtract, compare, and reciprocal divides. The DVP performs 16-bit fixed point arithmetic operations to facilitate such operations as convolution, correlation, edge detection, edge enhancement, image merge, and many other normally used image enhancement algorithms at speeds up to 7880k operations/s. The DVP contains four 8-bit realtime multipliers, a 36-bit arithmetic logic unit (ALU), a 32-bit shifter, and four 8-bit test ALUs structured in a

pipeline to provide realtime arithmetic functions on 512 x 512 x 8-bit arrays. This input to the DVP can come from any of the image memories, 3 possible 8-bit video digitizers, or 12 function table outputs from the voe. A 4096 x 16-bit programmable function table is also implemented in the DVP feedback loop to perform special 16-bit table functions on the data in real time. A comparator for testing the minimum and maximum values in one frame time is logically positioned between the arithmetic section and the shifters and function table to provide output clamping to selectable limits for 8- or 16-bit unsigned magnitude or 2's complement numbers. Input selection provides for 64 bits of simultaneous input variables (8 sets of 8 bits) and 32 bits of output. Output can be routed to four 512 x 512 x 8-bit image memories simultaneously.
Each display channel can also be equipped with a dual cursor generator with independent X and Y position register that can be altered by the interactive device connected to it (joystick, trackball, or lightpen) or by the host CPU. The visible cursors have eight I-dimensional forms consisting of full-screen horizontal and vertical (pixel) pairs and full-screen crosshairs. All I-dimensional modes can be solid or dashed (or dot where X and Y intersect); 2-dimensional modes consisting of outline or solid boxes defined by a cursor pair are selectable, and the two cursors may be programmed by the user to contain any special form that can be contained in the 64 x 64 programmable matrix. When used in the programmable matrix mode, position 32, 32 becomes the target element.
Data transfers
In the standard IDPS, data transfers to and from the display are accomplished either through a single data register or through a data window assigned in 512-word blocks as UNIBUS memory address with up to 256 blocks for a total of 128k words. A third, optional method interfaces the display system to most computers through a direct memory access (DMA) control board at a transfer rate of l.5M bytes/s.
The basic transfer mode is initialized on power-up and is used for data being transferred via the data register, located in user 110 space on a DEC PDP-I I UNIBUS. This mode is useful for single-word transfers of data or commands. The data window mode allocates up to 256 512-word pages of DEC UNIBUS memory to allow DMA to the image memory. The DMA mode of transfer is accomplished with an optional DMA interface card that contains the word count and address registers and allows block transfers up to 65k bytes of data.

About the Author:
Kendall Dinwiddie is product manager of Image Products at DeAnza Systems, Incorporated, in San Jose, California. He has been involved in minicomputer system design, most recently as manager of Software Development. He holds a BSME from California Institute of Technology and an MSME from Stanford University.
116

Please rate the value of this article to you by circling the appropriate number in the ''Editorial Score Card'' box on the Inquiry Card.

High 740

Average 741

Low 742

COMPUTER DESIGN ·JULY 1981

GRAPHICS SOFTWARE
HP 1000 adds graphics capability, supports graphics peripherals
GRAPHICS/1000-11 software is used by HP 1000 realtime computers to increase support for a range of graphics peripherals, and to add · interactive and 3dimensional design capabilities. The software, developed by HewlettPackard Co, 1507 Page Mill Rd, Palo Alto, CA 94304, initially includes a device independent graphics library (DGL) and an advanced graphics package-3D (AGP-3).
DGL is a 2-dimensional package that enables the use of different graphics peripherals by means of a common set of commands, without programming changes. It requires minimal memory space and system overhead. The package is made up of graphics subroutines that may be called from FORTRAN, Pascal, and Assembly language programs. A 3-dimensional package that builds on DGL to enable users to communicate interactively with graphics peripherals, AGP-3 is made up of a set of subroutines that are called from user programs and a workstation program that processes graphics commands concurrently with a user program.
Circle 401 on Inquiry Card
Graphics interface/software allow S-100 computers · to emulate 4010 terminals
A graphics interface and software package, available from Cambridge Development Laboratory, 36 Pleasant St, Watertown, MA 02172, enables s-100 microcomputers to emulate Tektronix 4010 series terminals. The raster scan Tektronix emulator provides 640 x 512 raster graphics in black and white, gray tones, or color. All hardware is s-100 bus compatible. CP/M compatible software offers an unlimited number of character sets, selective erase, and color selection. Compatible monitors, lightpen, and graphics BASIC are available as other hardware options.
Circle 402 on Inquiry Card

Graphics system ·provides 3-dimensional description of solid objects
I
System uses simple rules to automatically combine elementary geometric solids such as cones, cylinders, and spheres to design solid mechanical parts. GMSOLID software is being developed by Dr John W. Boyse of General Motors Corp Research Laboratories in Warren, Michigan, and a team of engineers from the manufacturing and engineering staff.
In a paper presented earlier this year to the Congress of the Society of Automotive Engineers, Dr Boyse said, "Our graphics system provides a complete 3-dimensional computer model of a mechanical part. This is a significant technical advance over the current system that represents surfaces with a network of lines like a wire mesh.
"GMSOLID provides for a complete 3dimensional description of the solid object to be stored in the computer memory," he said, "and is exactly what we need to significantly accelerate the design and manufacture of chassis, power train, and component parts. Because the object is stored as a solid, properties such as volume, weight, and moments of inertia can be calculated; and hidden line removal when displaying pictures of the part is automatic.''
Programming was designed for maximum ease of use by the design engineer, with particular attention paid to the human factors aspects of the software. Working with lightpen, the engineer chooses from a menu on the bottom portion of the screen showing primitive solids needed and the combining operation used to shape them. A key to the system's interactive capability is the speed of the display response. Pictures are built up in seconds compared to the minutes needed by other systems.

Graphics software adds blanking system, improved character generation
DISSPLAR software from Integrated Software Systems Corp, 4186 Sorrento Valley Blvd, G, San Diego, CA 92121, has been updated to include a blanking system that eliminates confusing and overlapping lines, curves, or annotation on high quality charts and graphs. This revision also provides improved character generation and type selection for annotation and other text portions of graphics presentations, a virtual storage system that reduces memory requirements, extended mapping capabilities, and other quality enhancing features.
Graphics elements such as horizontal and vertical bars, curve symbol markers, pie charts with exploded segments, shaded curve areas, and high resolution characters may be protected from intrusion by other figure elements through the blanking system. This system also allows the user to create blanked areas within perspective drawing projections with blanked areas automatically conforming to the perspective.
Text treatment features include improved spacing of characters in annotation, including compensation for optical illusions, Helvetica-like shaded type fonts, call-up of hardware characters to take advantage of built-in intelligence in the graphics output device, and European character sets. Similar to a virtual memory operating system, the virtual storage system records data on disc instead of in main memory; these data are then paged into real memory as required, reducing program size and optimizing memory resources.
Circle 403 on Inquiry Card
Color graphics software facilitates image development-
Slidemaster provides an added level of · user oriented convenience to the company's high resolution graphics system that can be used to display color or black and white images with up to 756 x 482-point resolution on a high quality RGB monitor. The package, from Cromemco Inc, 280 Bernardo Ave, Mountain View, CA 94043, facilitates development of graphics for business statistics, illustration, and for medical imaging, circuit design, or architectural drawings.
(continued on page 120)

118

COMPUTERDESIGN·JULV 1981

·ELL SVST-··-wa.
2159 Bering Drive, San Jose, California 95131 (408) 263-9920 TWX 910-338-2145
CIRCLE 70 ON INQUIRY CARD

With the software, a user at a workstation with graphics capability and a digitizing tablet and pen can create images interactively. Users can choose from more than 75 design functions listed on a menu on the digitizing tablet. Pictures being created appear on the monitor. Images may be stored on or retrieved from disc by pressing the pen to the tablet. Graphics and text being generated can be erased, changed, moved, enlarged, or manipulated in various ways. The menu provides pen and brush selections, color pallet, capability to generate circles, ellipses, lines, text, and zoom and pan functions.
Depending on the hardware configuration, users can build up to six full 48k images at once, moving parts of any one to another. Backup buffers reduce the possibility of unrecoverable errors, allowing users to have from one to six images in RAM for instant recall; hundreds more can be stored on disc.
Clrcle 404 on Inquiry Card
Package offers .full device independent graphics support for PDP-11 systems
A DI-3000 v~rsion tailored for DEC PDP-11 computer systems has been announced by Precision Visuals, Inc, 250 Arapahoe, Boulder, CO 80302. Running on any PDP-11 system with at least 128k words of main memory, the software is compatible with FORTRAN IV PLUS versions 2 and 3 under RSX-llM, RSX-llM-PLUS, and IAS operating systems. All graphics devices available with DI-3000 are supported through standard device drivers customized for the target operating system.
The system is implemented as a collection of intercommunicating tasks. This design, coupled with modular overlay structures, provides support for multiple, concurrent graphics devices and maximizes address space available to an application program. The software is an integrated package of FORTRAN callable subroutines that offers full-color, 3-D area fill and patterning, snapshot debugging, and picture library features.
Circle 405 on Inquiry Card

Software adds 2-D, 3-D graphics to Apple II computers·
Multidimensional graphics capability for Apple II computers is offered by AppleGraphics II from Apple Computer Inc, 10260 Bandley Dr, Cupertino, CA 95014. Designed to help software OEMS and private software developers prepare computer programs that require the generation of 2- and 3-dimensional graphics, the program enables computer users to see a multidimensional object from any angle.
In addition to its multidimensional capability, the package enables users to call up a full-screen view of any portion of a drawing, with no degradation of picture quality, for detailed study. For demanding applications requiring high resolution hard copy, the software supports device independent graphics protocol. Programs using the system can be written in UCSD Pascal and FORTRAN.
Clrcle 408 on Inquiry Card
Automated electrical control design system ·software produces accurate drawings
To aid designers in producing accurate, detailed ladder and zone electrical drawings, Electrical Control Design System (ECDS) software, provided by Autotrol Technology Corp, 12500 N Washington St, Denver, CO 80233, works with the AD/380 automated design and drafting system. Using the software, a user can automatically set and monitor the numbering of wires and jumpers, annotate the drawing with crossreferencing data, and generate wire lists as a post-process function to verify proper connections. The system also automates accounting for elements of split devices using an auto-interactive or post-processing mode. These functions are accomplished through implementation of exclusive associate function capabilities within the system that enable the user to develop a fully associative data base.
Static and dynamic refresh capabilities allow graphic entities to be visualized in context with their surroundings prior to making them a permanent part of the drawing. A designer can select, rotate, and reposition an electrical symbol until the proper placement is found.
Clrcle 407 on Inquiry Card

CAD/CAM
Multi-application turnkey CAD/CAM system ·supplies performance and function
The DesignerTM M offers high level performance of large scale systems at moderate price levels. The medium scale system is available from Computervision Corp, 201 Burlington Rd, Bedford, MA 01730, in packaged versions for automated design and manufacture in the areas of printed circuit design, cartography, and integrated circuit design.
All applications packages except the integrated circuit design package are subsets of the company's CADDS3 software and are supported by one common data base. The system consists of CGP-80 processor with fixed media disc and magnetic tape drive, two lnstaview M raster scan interactive workstations, graphics operating system, system console, and one application software package. A maximum of three tasks, two interactive and one batch, is supported simultaneously.
Clrcle 408 on Inquiry Card
CAD system ·offers 3 to 20 times more operator productivity
EasyDraf2, a low cost standalone computer aided drafting system, increases productivity in trained operators from 3 to 20 times. The system, according to AM International, Bruning Div, 1900 Avenue of the Stars, Los Angeles, CA 90067, is priced to provide an entry level system for small- or medium-sized firms.
The processing unit is a HP 984ST desktop computer that contains 318k
(continued on page 122)

120

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

bytes of memory, interactive keyboard, and monochromatic CRT display. A tape cartridge drive provides automatic program setup when the unit is turned on, and a built-in thermal printer prepares check prints. Two online flexible disc drives supply mass storage capabilities. Higher capacity Winchester drives are optional.
The companion graphics tablet serves for entering drawing information. A movable cursor on the CRT screen is manipulated by sliding a corresponding handheld puck across the graphics tablet. Four buttons on the puck allow command entry. Interactive questions and answers between computer and drafters provide a means of entering drawing information into the system.
A plotter prepares high quality, multicolor engineering and architectural drawings on standard materials. Plotting at f>O-cm/s max velocity with 4-G acceleration, the plotter uses as many as eight different colored pens, and interchanges them according to programmed instructions, without operator intervention.
Circle 409 on Inquiry Card
Standalone CAD system useful as starter system or graphics preprocessor
Interactive Grafics Digitizer (IGD), a low cost, standalone turnkey CAD system, announced by GTCO Corp, 1055 First St, Rockville, MD 20850, is suited to small- and medium-size graphics database applications. Used as a starter system or graphics preprocessor, the system is limited in speed, storage, and display resolution but offers the accuracy of larger systems.
Menu driven software allows graphics data entry, editing, storage, analysis, zooming, windowing, and overlaying of images. As a graphics input preprocessing system, it can be used in circuit analysis, mechanical design, and numerical control data verification applications.
The basic system consists of a standard 8080 based Micro Digi-Pad 11x17" (28 x 43-cm) tablet with 0.001 " (0.025-mm) resolution and 16-button cursor; two Z80 microprocessors; a multifunction tabletop console that includes 96k user addressable bytes of RAM; two minifloppies totaling 320k

bytes of storage; 9" (23-cm) CRT with 512 x 256 resolution and 24 lines of 80 char/line text; full 128-char ASCII keyboard with cursor control keys and 12-key pad for numeric data entry or function control; 4 RS-232-C ports (110 to 9600 baud); 4 parallel 110 ports; and video port for optional printer or monitor. Options include digitizer tablets up to 42 x 60" (107 x 152-cm) GPIB and DMA interfaces; additional RAM, Winchester disc; remote CRT monitor; plotter; modem; standard or video printer; and high resolution CRT.
P/ROM firmware provides interacting digitizing functions, including metric and other conversions; calculator; length, area, and volume accumulation and multiplier; normalizing, scaling, rotation, axis offset, chart shifting, event counter; and digitizing modes including point, line, vector distances, delta X-Y distance, and gridding.
The system's FORTRAN based GRAFIC software can create vector images from keyboard commands. The operator can perform realtime editing of images to window an area, zoom in, selectively erase elements, position text, overlay images, output images to a plotter, or output alphanumeric data to a printer. Message prompts and a help menu make the system easy to use.
Circle 410 on Inquiry Card
Microcomputer based analyzer offers· high speed animation
A desktop analyzer designed to meet demands of sophisticated requirements, the MicroModalTM was developed by GenRad, Vibration Analysis Div, 2855 Bowers Ave, Santa Oara, CA 95051, as a moderately priced microcomputer based analyzer for use in computer aided design and engineering. The system provides high speed animation on a 12 " (30-cm) screen and stores lM bytes of data on flexible media. Software is written in question and answer format for easy use.
The technique reduces development times and is helpful in locating and correcting structural _problems, such as

dynamic weaknesses or lightly damped modes, which are major causes of vibration, noise, and fatigue in mechanical equipment. The portable unit offers two channels for accurate frequency response measurements of baseband data to 25 kHz. Optional 4-channel capability allows faster data collection on single-axis surveys or while measuring responses along three axes. Data are sampled and collected simultaneously on all channels.
Selectable resolution allows discrimination between two closely spaced signals. Standard resolution is selectable up to 800 lines/frequency band. Optional resolutions range as high as 3200 lines.
Operator controls display size, animation rate, perspective, and viewing angle on the screen. Realtime rotation, expansion, and translation of structural mode shapes allow more complete understanding of complex structures.
The system is available with software for rotating machinery vibration analysis, structural simulation using software developed by Structural Dynamics Research Corp, or with special programs using the optional GenRad Time Series LanguageR.
Circle 411 on Inquiry Card
PC artwork production eased with CAD system ·features
PC 800 model 2 offers display and digitizing capabilities for efficient production of PC artwork. Following the PC 800, The Gerber Scientific Instrument Co, Inc, PO Box 305, Hartford, CT 06101, has incorporated a number of design changes which further increases PC design productivity.
The system is configured around the model 8100 console, which features a large screen video display that measures 8.75 x 17.5 "(22.23 x 44.5 cm)-doubling the viewing area previously available with equivalent resolution. The digitizer is designed with controls that have been human engineered for smoother operation. Also available for online operation are high resolution photoplotters with a wide range of specifications.
Circle 412 on Inquiry Card

122

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

Raster brilliance, contrast and erasability. Z-8001 intelligence plus programmability. All in a desk top, high resolution (1024 x 7·92), mono-
chrome, graphics tenninal ticketed at a low $10,000~
Genisco's G-1000 is the low cost graphics tenninal you've been holding your purchase order for. It is the first direct raster replacement for
the Tektronix 4014-1 ** tenninal -
plug to plug and software compatible. But, at the same time, the on-board Z-8001 microprocessor plus 16K words each of RAM and PROM let you develop your own programs at

your pace while your system is up and running on existing software Oike PLOT-10).
Because the G-1000 is a bit map raster scan device it can do things a storage tube can't approach - like provide easy viewing in normal room light, and allow erasure of any portion of the screen without altering or redrawing the rest of the display. Genisco has equipped the G-1000 with all the quality features 60Hz noninterlaced refresh for flicker free viewing, a large 19 inch display, a detachable keyboard with cursor joystick. And, an optional alphanumeric overlay eliminates the

need to use a second terminal. The unit supports a selection of 1/0 equipment including graph tablet and hard copy devices. With all that and the Z-8001 intelligence, the list of future capabilities is virtually open-ended.
Take a look at Genisco's new G-1000-the 4014-1 replacement and a whole lot more.
Call or write for more information to Genisco Computers Corporation, 3545 Cadillac Avenue, Costa Mesa, California 92626. (714) 556-4916.
·Price varies according to quantity. ··Trademark of Tektronix Graphics software from ISSCO Grapbica.
·

CAD/CAM
Microprocessor based system·reduces turnaround time for NC operations
Significant productivity increases in numerically controlled engraving of individual type and composed graphic designs, and in milling of molds and dies, are offered by the 8200 CAD/CAM system. ·The microprocessor based system, developed by Microtex, 80 Trowbridge St, Cambridge, MA 02138, · is priced 500fo lower than conventional equipment built around minicomputers.
Combining traditional job functions with a full-color computer graphics workstation, the turnkey system bypasses repetitive manual design tasks such as drafting, paste-up, typesetting, layout, and part replication. Designs made using the system are immediately translated into NC machine code for direct transmission to a milling machine, laser cutter, or similar tool.
A basic system consists of 16-bit microprocessor with up to 256k bytes of high speed memory, 40M bytes of online disc storage, and a high performance, high resolution color graphics station. Operating system and applications software are provided. Interactive system software allows users to tailor size, scale, and configuration of design elements. Minor redesigns, replications, or scaling of existing designs can be accomplished rapidly.
Circle 413 on Inquiry Card
CAD system·capabilities increased by software enhancements
Creation of detail drawings from either 3-dimensional models or 2-dimensional representations is simplified and requires less time on CAD/CAM systems offered by Applicon Inc, 32 Second Ave, Burlington, MA 01803, as a result of two software enhancements. Dimensional enhancements include dual dimensioning-performed by pushing a buttonautomatic conversion of dimensions from English standards to metric or fractional, and display of either or both standards on the drawing.
Steps in the transfer process have been automated through a concept comparable to a "snapshot." This feature

duplicates any view generated with the system and files it for future use. Associated text is automatically positioned so that it does not interfere with the geometry of the detail drawing. Other features include 1-step automatic updating of baseline dimensioning, bilateral tolerancing, and automatic generation of featured control blocks, architectural arrowheads, and an ISO/DIN standard diameter symbol. The system can perform chainline as well as baseline dimensioning.
Circle 414 on Inquiry Card
3250 emulating graphics display system supports 32 terminals
A graphics display system that emulates IBM 32.SO class equipment, the vo 82.so, developed by Vector General, 21300 Oxnard St, Woodland Hills, CA 91367, supports CADAM (Computer Graphics Augmented Design and Manufacturing), a CAD and CAM programming system developed by Lockheed Corp. Resident in a System/370 or compatible system, the program uses the IBM graphics access method (GAM) driver that is designed to support IBM 22.so and 32.SO class systems.
The system enables display stations to be deployed throughout a user's facility; as many as 12 remote display sites may be located up to 3 mi (5 km) from the host computer. Channel speed of up to 1.2M bytes/sand operation of selector, block multiplexer, or byte multiplexer in real mode produce a system that can effectively support 32 terminals. 3M-bit/s communication line allows eight terminals at a site to be supported without degradation in display station response at those sites.
Other features include a handheld tablet/digitizer, maintenance/data management supervisor, twice as much refresh memory, continuous rotation and scaling of characters, and an electrostatic plotter option.
Circle 41 & on Inquiry Card
GRAPHICS INPUT DEVICES
Table digitizer has readout speed of 200 points/s
Converting engineering drawings and other graphics into digital data, high accuracy HICOMSCAN accommodates input

formats from 11 x 11 11 (28 x 28 cm) up to 48 x 36" (122 x 91 cm) in size. The unit, developed by Hitachi America Ltd, 449 Alaska Ave, Torrance, CA 90503 , uses an electronic stylus pen and/or cursor to accurately scan drawings for instant conversion into digital data.
Digitized data are output directly to a host computer or can be held within system memory, with visual display, for later transmission. Inherent stability is provided by an electromagnetic induction technique that makes the unit insensitive to external disturbances such as temperature, humidity, vibration, and electrical interference. Resolution is 0.001 "(0.025 mm), accuracy is ± 0.005 11 (0.127 mm), and readout speed is 200 points/s. Interfaces include parallel, RS-232-C, and GPIB.
Circle 416 on Inquiry Card
Touch-sensitive X·Y controller replaces trackball
TouchGraphic operates using microproximity, high speed solid state sensing technology on both X and Y axes. Developed by TASA, Inc, 2346 Walsh Ave, Santa Clara, CA 95051, the unit can be used to replace trackball assemblies, as well as joysticks, lightpens, and field plotters.
A standard 2-dimensional positioning and tracking unit is 4 x 4 11 (10 x 10 cm) in size; larger sizes can be provided. The entire positioner is only 0.5" (1.27-cm) thick. Completely environmentally encapsulated, the units are rugged and chemically resistant.
To operate, the user simply moves a finger across the surface. Sensors embedded under the surface detect the presence, motion, and direction of the operator's hand. For slewing quickly to distant positions, the tablet can be wiped as fast as 60" (152 cm)/s or can be moved one step at a time, even in high resolution systems.
Circle 417 on Inquiry Card

124

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

displa,y speed lllld exceptional

There are three must-see pictures this year. All from Oonrac.

contrast that come With Com'llc's precision in-line lrUn CRT, Wide-blllld

fproicmturOeoYnroauc.get With the 2400 series

They are evelYthing you Would
expect from the authors of the

Video amplifier lllld selectable horizontal scan frequencies.

You ma,y love the book- but Wait till You see the picture.
Conrao D1vts1on

Ainnfdortmheantivseomteex.t on raster l5I'aphics.

See the 7200 series for all that plus the extra resolution lllld shlll'p-

Conrac Corporation 600 North Rimsdale Avenue

See the 7100 series for high performance color, accelerated

ness that comes With the 7200's high density shadow-mask CRT.
And for the ultimate in high.resolution black and White, see the

Covina, California 91722 Telephone (213) 966-35]1 Telex, 67-0437 Conrao Blettron, G.mbH Posttach 60, Industriestrasse 18 D 6992 Weikersheim

Federal Republic of Germany

See Us at Slggraph, Booth 741

Teleton o79 34170 71 Telex, 07 4231 elecon

CIRCLE 74 ON INQUIRY CARO

GRAPHICS PRINTERS
165-char/s printer handles complex printing and communications protocols
The 165-char/s IPS-5000-C provides increased programmable memory, graphics, international character sets, printstyle selection, and other features to handle complex printing applications. An open-ended DMA architecture, provided in the unit by Dataroyal Inc, 235 Main Dunstable Rd, Nashua, NH 03060, offers the potential for unlimited memory expansion for use either to add printing features or to handle complex · communications protocol.
Standard memory consists of up to 12k EPROM and 4k RAM. Print speeds are 165-chars/s at 10 chars/in (3.9/cm), and 285 chars/sat 17.2 chars/in (6.7/cm). A 500-char FIFO buffer is provided and selectable 6- or 8-line/in (2.4 or 3.1I cm) spacing is offered. Available in 80- and 136-col versions, the unit bidirectionally prints a 96-char USASCII set in a 9 x 9 dot matrix, with true descending characters and underlining, using a ribbon cartridge. MTBF is 1500 operating hours at lOOOJo duty cycles. The standard graphics package uses full-pin dots with full-dot definition.
Circle 418 on Inquiry Card
Printer produces pin addressable graphics with 74 x 72 dot/in resolution
Producing correspondence printing for text and data processing, plus graphics, the model 739 is designed to meet needs of small businesses. Standard features
126

provided in the unit by Centronics Data Computer Corp, Hudson, NH 03051, include pin addressable graphics with resolution of 74 dots/in (29/cm) horizontal by 72 dots/in (28/cm) vertical, monospaced print speed of 100 chars/s, and an acoustical top cover that improves single-sheet paper loading and minimizes average printer noise level.
The printer produces 7 x 8 dot matrix characters with true underline at 10 and 16.5 chars/in (3.9 and 6.5/cm) for standard data processing tasks and generates N x 9 dot matrix proportional characters with true descenders for text editing applications. Under manual or software control, the printer performs half-line steps, both forward and reverse to create super- and subscripts. Additional features include a software controlled top of form and self-test capacity. Right margin justification, expanded print, and proportional character spacing are also provided. It is available in Centronics parallel and serial models, with serial versions including a standard 2k buffer suitable for screen dump applications.
r
Circle 419 on Inquiry Card
GRAPHICS SYSTEMS
Color graphics system· offers ·high resolution on dual screens
A high resolution, flicker-free color graphics system, offered by Intergraph Corp, 1 Madison Industrial Pk, Hunts-

ville, AL 35807, includes a 16-bit microcomputer and features dual 19" (48-cm) raster screens, one color and one monochrome, which have 1280 x 1024pixel resolution. Each screen can display full 2- and 3-dimensional graphics, plus operator prompts and messages, with independent hardware pan, zoom, and drag for both screens.
Users can select 8 active colors for simultaneous display from a palette of 4096 colors. Color associations for elements being displayed are stored in the display system and are dynamically translated to actual colors at display time. This feature allows the user to rapidly change color associations as appropriate for each application.
A keyboard and choice of digitizing tablets, menus, and cursors are offered to complete a workstation configuration. Workstations can be directly linked at distances up to 6000' (1829 m) from the central site or operated at remote locations over telecommunications lines. A total system provides the ability to create, manipulate, display, and plot any form of graphics information and to simultaneously manage attribute data associated with the graphics.
Circle 420 on Inquiry Card
Multicolor graphics system· mixes character sizes on raster screen ·
TERRELATORTM improves legibility of displays by using a patented character generator that enables large and small characters and symbols to be mixed arbitrarily. Together with low profile keyboard and optional track ball for cursor control, the system, developed by ASEA, Electronics Div, S-721 83 Vasteras, Sweden, helps to ease the work of control room operators.
The unit display generator consists of computer and keyboard interfaces, character generator, trend curve generation, and VDU display channels. There are two interface ports: one for the primary computer and one for the backup computer. The computers are connected via high speed serial interfaces that enable the display generators to be connected in point to point or multipoint configurations. Data transfer between computer and display generator occurs at up to 250k bits/s, allowing display updates to be transmitted in less than 0.1 s.
Trend curve generation provides an effective means of displaying .up to 16
(continued on page 128)
COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

channels of trend data. Any curve or any part of the curve can be presented in any of 8 or 16 colors, depending on use of the color/blink attribute bits. Curves can also be filled with color down to the baseline.
The display generator can be equipped with up to three independent display channels. Data transfer into or out of the display generator or other functions internal to the display generator do not interrupt refresh of the display. A builtin zoom function permits an arbitrary quarter of the display to be enlarged to occupy the entire screen.
The video monitor is a 20 11 (51-cm) ROB high resolution shadow mask CRT that provides about four times as many dots as a standard resolution CRT. Displays are designed directly from the keyboard with the system checking the logic connection points of symbols. Each symbol, regardless of size, needs only one character code, reducing the amount of data to be transmitted. Up to three parallel VDUs and four keyboards can be connected to the system, and up to four online computers can be used.
Circle 421 on Inquiry Card
Plotting workstation offers ·remote graphics manipulation
Supporting remote job entry, electrostatic plotting/printing, and graphics manipulation, the 444 remote plotting workstation accepts unsorted vectors as well as sorted vector, compressed raster, raster, and print data formats. Emulat-

ing HASP multileave remote workstations, the system, developed by Versatec, 2805 Bowers Ave, Santa Clara, CA 95051, provides IBM software and system protocol compatibility without requiring modification of the operating system.
Workstation components include microprocessor with 64k bytes of memory, CRT display, 24M-byte disc, and bipolar algorithmic processor designed specifically to perform vector sorting and raster generation. The system will support any two of the company's printer/plotters in any mix of paper widths.
A console with CRT display and keyboard provides host command input and response, sign-on inquiry, cancel, and queue control. Menus enable users to define plot parameters, create canned sequences, and perform graphics manipulation. Data received in Versatec Random Format (VRF) can be scaled, translated, windowed, mirrored, and rotated in 1-degree increments. Multiple copies can be produced without re-sorting data. The system can generate up to 15 font styles and assign pen numbers to create different line styles and widths. Data are received over dial-up or leased lines at speeds of 2400 to 9600 bits/s.
Circle 422 on Inquiry Card
GRAPHICS TERMINALS
Color CRT terminal displays graphics data using 9 x 12 matrix
MVI-7 from Colorgraphic Communications Corp, Suite 105, 2379 John Glenn Dr, Atlanta, GA 30341, has a 13" (33-cm) preconverged high resolution color CRT. Colors include red, green, blue, white, yellow, turquoise, and pink. The display has 1920 alphanumeric characters in a 24-line by 80-col format with

720 by 288 graphic resolution. Graphics data can be displayed by using any portion or all of the 9- x 12-char matrix. In addition to the full ASCII character set, each unit has 1280 user-defined programmable symbols on a single plane.
The detached keyboard provides 87 keys. There are 8 for editing and special functions plus 24 programmable function keys. Standard video attributes include blink, highlight, foreground and background color, and underscore. Users can view two pages of data by horizontal or vertical scrolling with a scroll buffer of 80 chars x 48 lines, 160 x 24, or 140 x 32.
Standard emulation package includes DEC VT 100 and VT S2, IBM 3101, Hazeltine lSOO, Lear Siegler ADM3, and ADDS. Selectable baud rates are in the 110- to 19,200-baud range. Standard communications interfaces included with each unit are RS-232-C, RS-422, and current loop plus an auxiliary serial output port.
Circle 423 on Inquiry Card
High resolution graphics terminal features self-reliant architecture
Basic interface of the IM-1 intelligent terminal uses a full RS-232-C 110 port. The universally compatjble terminal, from Form & Substance, Inc, 875 Westlake Blvd, Suite 213, Westlake Village, CA 91361, interfaces to mini- and microcomputers including Alpha Micro, DEC LSI-11, Computer Automation NM/4, and s-100 computers. A complementary software package includes interactive X-Y plotting, 3-D contour plotting, and pie charts. In addition to producing high quality images, the unit is easy to operate.
The high resolution terminal is capable of drawing crisp character or graphic images at high speed on a 15 11 (38-cm) green phosphor screen. Its onboard microprocessor makes it completely independent, supporting its own RAM and P/ROM, interrupt structure, lightpen interface, and resident software.
Graphics primitive software, resident in P/ROM, offers standard terminal emulation and a basic package that includes draw and erase, complement and read, and point and plot character, as well as draw, erase, and complement line. Optional primitive software allows separate user definable regions for graphics and ASCII data such as draw circle and curve, and selection of terminal region and graphics region size.
(continued on page 130)

128

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

Resolution is 512 x 484; text is displayed on 39 lines of 85 characters. Lightpen interface, 20-MHz monitor, keyboard with IBM Selectric layout, and RS-232 serial interface to the host computer are standard.
Circle 424 on Inquiry Card
Color graphics terminal serves as VT 100 replacement

The eight displayable colors include red, blue, green, cyan, magenta, yellow, black, and white. These colors are displayed on a nonglare 12" (30-cm) screen in either an 80- or 132-col x 24-line format. The unit's detachable typewriter style keyboard has a separate numeric pad for operator convenience. Additional features include split screen, regional scrolling, smooth scrolling, and double-high/wide characters.
Circle 426 on Inquiry Card
GRAPHICS MONITORS
Color display monitors offer high resolution shadow mask tube

opcodes from the host computer to generate circles, ASCII characters, point to point draw, and rectangular fill.
Display opcodes are downloaded from the host to the generator and stored in its 2k RAM buffer. After loading, they are processed by the generator's internal processor to create graphics shapes that are stored in its refresh memory. Contents of refresh memory are formatted into a composite TV signal and output at a connector on the rear panel for connection to a 525-line TV monitor.
Data may be uploaded to the host or downloaded from the host in either binary or Intel hex format. A software monitor allows use from a keyboard when the generator is in manual mode.
Circle 428 on Inquiry Card

Modular raster scan monochrome display adapts to application

m-100, a low cost serial communicating, ASCII terminal, is able to portray 8-color, character and symbol graphic images. The video color character graphics terminal, offered by ID Systems Corp, PO Box 393, Dublin, OH 43017, can function as a high performance 80- or 132character/line replacement for the
DEC VT-100.
The high resolution (0.31-mm pitch) color monitor has a housing and keyboard that are the same as those of the VT-100. Communications are supported at up to 19.2k baud with optional instant picture or forms retrieval from internal memories. The unit is plug to plug and fully software compatible with the VT-100.
Circle 425 on Inquiry Card
Graphics terminal adds color with VT-100 compatibility
A 80/132-col, 8-color display terminal, ColorScan 10 is VT-too compatible with added high resolution color. Announced by Datamedia Corp, 7401 Central Hwy, Pennsauken, NJ 08109, the unit offers a high quality crisp display in 132-col format at an affordable price. It has a built-in line ruling set, and 8 colors for both foreground and background information.

CD-338 HIR and CD-SIB HIR monitors offer 13 and 19" (33- and 48-cm) PIL tubes that lower cost and eliminate the need for operator convergence adjustments. The units introduced by Elector, 5128 Calle del Sol, Santa Clara, CA 95050, are equipped with a high resolution 0.31-mm dot screen shadow mask inline gun picture tube that permits extremely sharp definition of characters and graphics. Picture bandwidth is 7 MHz with RGB input (looped through). The monitors can be rackmounted or used with attached tiltup stand that raises easily for desktop display.
Circle 427 on Inquiry Card
Standalone graphics generator uses TV monitor for display
Adding graphics capability to any computer via its RS-232 port, the RG-Bt is a smart standalone graphics generator that accepts .high level commands from a host computer and displays text and graphics on a standard 525-line TV monitor. Providing 512 H x 480 V resolution, the generator, designed by Raster Graphics, PO Box 23334, Tigard, OR 97223, accepts high level display

A high resolution raster scan mono-

chrome display, the 19" (48-cm) model

2400 is designed for applications such as

computer generated images, medical

diagnostics, military command/control,

CAD/CAM, and document viewing.

Modular design of the monitor, offered

by the Conrac Div of Conrac Corp, 600

N Rimsdale Ave, Covina, CA 91722,

permits selection of only those features

needed for an application.

Features include wideband video

amplifier, preset calibration controls,

dynamic focus, optional CRT phosphors,

and adjustable horizontal scan fre-

quency. Switchable horizontal scan fre-

quency allows the customer to set a fre-

quency. Video characteristics include

60-Hz to 35-MHz video signal band-

width, 15-ns rise time, and field distor-

tion of less than 1OJo line.

The unit is available in cabinet,

naked, or rack slide versions. Other op-

tions are dual-video input, inverted

video, external sync, separate horizontal

and vertical drive, differential input, and

optional CRT phosphors.

G

Circle 429 on Inquiry Card

130

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

When thPeerMfoarrmkeatnDceem· ands
Why compromise your requirements tQ the limit~ions of a
personal computer? Colunµ,ia Data delivers a full range of high performance microcomputer systems featuring unmatched capability, reliability, support and real economy.

Multi-User Multi-Tasking Multi-Processor System Affordable, upgradeable and expandable distributed processing is a reality with our new DC-1 000 system. By simply adding satellite processor boards, our modular architec.ture allows for servicing up to 16 users, while creating a compJete CP/M environment for each user; allowing full and fast execution of standard, unmodified CP/M programs. A master processor manages interaction of resources such as printers, floppy and Winchester disks, and data communication lines, at such speeds that a user is unaware others are sharing these peripherals.
Standalone Computer System With Graphics With a Model 900 Commander Microcomputer, you don't need a separate graphics terminal . . . it's buift in. You can display bar charts, histograms and complex point-to-poinfplots. And, because this Commander has an independent processor controlling the display, graphics can be handled without interrupting primary computing tasks. So . .. don't buy a graphics terminal ... select a Columbia Data Products' Model 900 with the fullest 1/0 complement today, including RS-232 , parallel, OMA and IEEE Bus controllers.
Floppy and Winchester Disk Based Computer Systems Commander Series f!X and MX compu!er systems let you connect your dumb terminal into a powerful distributed processing system. With these floppy disk based Z80A computers, you can perform a vast array of computer tasks using 11igh-level language programs (such as BASIC, PASCAL, COBOL, and FORTRAN). Expandable versions are also available offering high performance Winchester disk storage and multi-user capability with up to 5 users sharing a 256K ZBOA processor system running under CP/M and MP/M.
Intelligent RS-232 Storage Systems These microprocessor-controlled data storage products offer cost effective storage with trade offs between cap~city and access speed. In addition to the standard storage capabilities, these highspeed tape units, mini-floppy disks and data buffer units provide intelligent data handling, improved file management and editing as well as ease of operation .. . locally or remotely. Each data storage product Is fully compatible with RS-232C/CCIIT V.24 bus standards for data rates up to 19,200 baud.

Home Office:

West Coast:

Europe:

Columbia Data Products, Inc. Columbia Deta Products, Inc. Columbia Data Products (Europe)

8990 Route 108

101 Scholz Plaza (Versailles) P.O. Box 1118

Columbia, MD 21045

P.H. 21

4050 Moenchengladbach 1

Telephone: 301-992-3400

Newport Beach, CA 92663 West Germany

- - - - - - - - - - - TWX: 710·862·1891

TELEX: 692310

Telephone: 021-61-33159 Telex: 852 452

CIRCLE 77 ON INQUIRY CARD

SC£~PH/8

Dallas Convention Center Dallas, Texas, August 3 to 7

Most of the diverse technological phases as well as applications of computer graphics-interactive systems, raster graphics, image synthesis, modeling, user/computer interface, software, and standards-will be subjects of courses and technical program sessions at the eighth annual conference on computer graphics and interactive techniques. Additionally, SIGGRAPH/81, sponsored by the Association for Computing Machinery, will include a wide range of product presentations: graphics input devices, interactive vector and raster displays, hardcopy output devices, and software support packages for turnkey applications such as computer aided design/computer aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM) and image processing.
Doug Green of Texas A&M University and Tony Lucido of Intercomp Resource Development and Engineering are cochairmen of SIGGRAPH/81. Henry Fuchs of the University of North Carolina is technical program chairman and Ingrid Carlbom of Schlumberger-Doll Research organized the series of courses. For full details on registering for SIGGRAPH/81, write to SIGGRAPH/81, Conference Office, 1 Illinois Center, 111 E Wacker Dr, Chicago, IL 60601.
Courses
Eighteen courses-both introductory level tutorials with emphasis on fundamentals and principles, and advanced level, special topic seminars-will be conducted. The degree of technical content varies; some courses are overviews of broad subjects, others are intended only for engineers and computer scientists with technical backgrounds. The following is a partial listing and description of those courses.
2-day coursesI August 3 and 4
Introduction to computer graphics
This tutorial will provide managers and technical people with a conceptual introduction to graphics hardware and software. Although it is not a course in graphics programming, mathematical and programming backgrounds will be helpful to attendees. Included in the discussion are. vector and raster display systems, graphics input hardware, interaction techniques, human factors, organization and content of graphics packages, and visible surface processing, as well as current trends

in computer graphics. In addition to this, the discussion will provide an overview of the technical sessions at the conference.
Chairman: J. C. Beatty, Prof of Computer Science, Univ of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario
Lecturers: K. C. Booth, Prof of Computer Science, Univ of Waterloo; L. Matthies, Dept of Computer Science, Univ of Waterloo; and M. Wein, Div of Electrical Engineering, National Research Council of Canada
Introduction to computer aided design
Intended for decision makers, managers, and potential users in a number of application fields, this seminar will deal with commercially available CAD systems. Introducing general principles and key topics, the lecturers will cover general structure and uses of CAD systems, interconnection of different CAD systems, engineering analysis that can be performed on parts defined by CAD systems, numerically controlled machining, how to buy a CAD system, solid modeling, and a discussion of what the near-term future holds for CAD users.
Chairman: B. Herzog, President, Herzog Associates, Inc, Boulder, Colo
Lecturers: S. H. Chasen, Lockheed Georgia Co, Marietta, Ga; R. Heilman, Battelle, Columbus, Ohio; and H. Voelker, Dir, Production Automation Project, Univ of Rochester, Rochester, NY
Low cost graphics
This course will cover the application of low cost interactive computer graphics hardware ranging in price from less than $1000 to $3000. In addition, graphics input devices and methods for producing graphics hard copy will be discussed. The seminar is appropriate for engineers, scientists, managers, and analysts in industry, government, and education with no previous graphics experience.
Chairman: R. L. Phillips, Prof of Computer, Information, and Control Engineering, Univ of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich
Lecturers: T. DeFanti, Prof of Information Engineering, Univ of Illinois at Chicago Circle, Chicago, Ill; H. L. Loats, Jr, Vice President of ECO Systems International, Inc, Gamgrills, Md; and P. Roper, Dir of Software Development, Eyring Research Institute, Provo, Utah

132

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

Conference at a Glance

Monday August 3

am

~m

8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Courses

Tuesday August 4
Wednesday August 5
Thursday August 6
Friday August 7

234 56 789
Technical Program
=--...;;..._2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Technical Program
56 789

133

SCb~PH/8

Computer graphics hardware
Engineers and computer scientists concerned with the establishment or extension of interactive computer graphics systems, particularly for CAD/CAM applications, will find this seminar of value. Emphasis will be on principles and current developments in computer graphics products, particularly cathode ray tubes (CRTs), input devices, and recording systems. Further attention will be paid to operating principles and the limitations hardware imposes on system performance. Chairman: 1. Staudhammer, Prof of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, Univ of Florida, Gainesville, Fla Lecturers: N. Johnson, Vector General Corp, Woodland Hills, Calif; J.E. Grimaldi, Dir of Engineering, Dicomed, Minneapolis, Minn; T. Milligan, Mgr of Applications Development, Polaroid Corp, Cambridge, Mass; D. Cole, Mgr of Educational Services, Floating Point Systems, Inc, Portland, Ore; R. M. Dunn, Vice President of Development and Engineering, Summagraphics, Inc, Fairfield, Conn; G. Foster, Eigen, Inc, Grass Valley, Calif; and R. Keithley, PrintaColor Corp, Norcross, Ga
Introduction to raster graphics
Both hardware and software are included in this tutorial. The basic principles of image creation, display, and storage will be discussed along with examples of existing raster graphics systems. Professionals with little or no experience in computer graphics will find this tutorial helpful in explaining the capabilities, constraints, and difficulties inherent in raster graphics software and hardware. The session should also provide information valuable to the novice in selecting and evaluating graphics display systems. Chairman: D. P. Greenberg, Dir, Program of Computer Graphics, Cornell Univ, Ithaca, NY Lecturers: V. Woolf, Program of Computer Graphics, Cornell Univ, Ithaca, NY; J. Friedberg, Program of Computer Graphics, Cornell Univ, Ithaca, NY; R. Cook, Program of Computer Graphics, Cornell Univ, Ithaca, NY; and G. Meyer, Program of Computer Graphics, Cornell Univ, Ithaca, NY
1-day courses I August 3
Solid modeling
Graduate engineers and computer scientists who are active in CAD/CAM research and system development, as well as CAD/CAM users who require a better foundation in principles, will find this seminar of interest. It will summarize the current state of knowledge in the
134

geometric modeling of rigid solids and its application to mechanical CAD/CAM. Focused mainly on ''unsculptured" objects, ie, solids bounded by complex collections of simple faces, the seminar will deal with representational principles and schemes appropriate for mechanical solids (~me-fourth), and functions and algorithms t~at are \~mportant in applicati~ns .<onefourth); the fmal half will address system design issues through case studies of modelers that are being readied for production use in industry.
Chairman: H.B. Voelker, Dir, Production Automation Project, Univ of Rochester, Rochester, NY
Lecturers: R. C. Hillyard, Manufacturing Data Systems, Inc, Ann Arbor, Mich; A. A. G. Requicha, Assoc Dir, Production Automation Project, Univ of Rochester, Rochester, NY; and R. F. Sarraga, General Motors Research Laboratories, Warren, Mich
Advanced image synthesis
This course, intended for programmers and researchers in the field, will provide in-depth examinations of shaded picture generation: display of curved surfaces, including both parametric and algebraic surfaces; causes of aliasing in computer generated images and some approaches to anti-aliasing; and computational aspects of texture mapping and shading. A limited scope will allow each topic to be followed from theory to the details of implementation. Some familiarity with raster graphics and 3-dimensional geometry is a requisite for full understanding.
Chairman: T. Whitted, Bell Laboratories, Holmdel, NJ
Lecturers: J. F. Blinn, Lucasfilm, Ltd, San Anselmo, Calif; E. Feibush, Cornell Univ, Ithaca, NY; and L. Williams, New York Inst of Technology, Old Westbury, NY

1-day coursesI August 4

How to design userI computer interfaces

Systems designers and programmers with knowledge of

basic graphics and interactive computing but without

substantial experience in designing userI computer inter-

faces will find this tutorial valuable. It will provide a

background for designers with a top-down design

mofetuhsoedrIocloogmypufotelrloiwnteedrfabcyes~

discussion of the interaction devices and interaction

techniques that can be part of an interface. Discussions

will cover considerations in the visual presentation of in-

formation, such as coding, searching, and structure, as

well as design criteria that can be used to evaluate ex-

isting or proposed user interfaces. Available software

(continued on page 136)

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

VISACOM/23
GRAPHIC/IMAGE SYSTEM. SUPER CAPABILITIES, SUPER FAST, SUPER PRICE.

DeAnza's VISACOM/23 now offers you features and capabilities previously only found in large-scale systems. Features like proven and superior image and graphic display software, advanced computing capabilities and proven operating systems software.
All at a very reasonable price. The VISACOM/23 and the DeAnza Library of Image Processing Software (LIPS) allows you to perform work you only thought possible on the large, expensive systems. Graphic and display efforts like convolutions, rotations, classification , amplifications, addition, subtraction, image and graphic zoom and scroll as well as much more. And , the VISACOM/23 incorporates the powerful LSl-11/23 computer so you perform graphic and

image processing more easily and much faster.
It allows you to do more work in less time. VISACOM/23 has a full 512K byte memory for dedicated computer operation or image display as well as 128K bytes of dedicated memory outside of the image memory, four independent graphic overlay channels, alphanumeric character generators, color and monochrome transformation units and cursor overlays. If your graphic and imaging application calls for a system that provides quality, flexibility and added capabilities all in an economical package, find out more about the VISACOM/23 today. Cal I or write:
Del\nza Systems Incorporated
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS: 118 Charcot Avenue, San Jose, CA 95131 , (408) 263-7155, TWX: (910) 338-7656 REGIONAL OFFICES: 100 First Ave. , N.E. , Suite 114G, Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 , (319) 364-1366 · 3918 Prosperity Ave., Suite 204, Fairfax, VA 22031 , (703) 698-0600 · 500K Middle Country Road , Middle Island , New York 11953, (516) 736-3440
GIVE YOURSELF A BETTER IMAGE

CIRCLE 78 ON INQUIRY CARD

SC£~PH/8

tools for implementing userI computer interfaces will also be described. Chairman and Lecturer: J. D. Foley, Prof of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, George Washington Univ, Washington, DC
State of the art in image synthesis
This seminar will consist of several short informal talks describing recent developments in complex image synthesis. The talks will concentrate on aspects of the process that do not ordinarily appear in published papers. Exact content will be flexible until the time of the conference to allow last minute developments to be included. The seminar will appeal mostly to researchers in the field, but some of the presentations could be appreciated by a general audience.
Chairman: J. F. Blinn, Lucasfilm, Ltd, San Anselmo, Calif
Lecturers: T. Whitted, Bell Laboratories, Holmdel, NJ; D. Em, independent artist, Los Angeles, Calif; D. Lundin, New York Inst of Technology, Old Westbury, NY; and R. Schumacker, Evans and Sutherland Computer Corp, Salt Lake City, Utah

Technical program
A total of 15 sessions will be presented as part of the SIGGRAPH/81 technical program, starting with the official conference opening on Wednesday, August 5, at 9 am. Most of the remaining sessions of interest to Computer Design readers are summarized below.

Wednesday, August 5

Theory and algorithms I 10:45 am-12:00 noon
Chairman: J. Warnock, Xerox Palo Alto Research Center
"Filtering Edges for Gray Scale Displays," R. Sproull and S. Gupta, Carnegie-Mellon Univ ''Filtering High Quality Text for Display on Raster Scan Devices," J. T. Kajiya and M. Ullner, California Inst of Technology
"A Visible Polygon Reconstruction Algorithm," S. Sechrest and D. Greenberg, Cornell Univ

Theory and algorithms II

1:30-2:30 pm

Chairman: K. Booth, Univ of Waterloo
"Contour Filling in Raster Graphics," T. Pavlidis, Bell Laboratories
"Shading of Regions of Vector Display Devices," D. T. Lee, Northwestern Univ

136

''Frame to Frame Coherence and the Hidden Surface Computation: Constraints for a Convex World," H. Hubschman and S. W. Zucker, McGill Univ

Graphics hardware

2:45-3:45 pm

Chairman: M. Wozny, Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst

''Parallel Processing Image Synthesis and AntiAliasing," R. Weinberg, Cray Research Inc

''A Frame Buffer System with Enhanced Functionality," F. C. Crow, and M. W. Howard, Ohio State Univ

"VLSI Parallel Processing for Raster Scan Displays," S. Gupta, Carnegie-Mellon Univ

Custom VLSI chips for graphics

4:00-5:15 pm

Panel discussion of new VLSI oriented designs for high performance graphic processors

Panelists: J. Clark, Stanford Univ; H. Fuchs, Univ of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; and T. Whitted, Bell Laboratories

Thursday, August 6

Interaction techniques

9:00-10:30 am

Chairman: R. Haecker, Univ of Toronto and Human Computing Resources Corp
"Effective Use of Color in Computer Graphics," J. R. Truckenbrod, Northern Illinois Univ
"Tablet Based Valuators that Provide One, Two, or Three Degrees of Freedom," K. B. Evans, P. P. Tanner, and M. Wein, National Research Council
''A Methodology for the Specification of Graphical User Interfaces," M. Green, Univ of Toronto
"Gaze Orchestrated Dynamic Windows," R. A. Bolt, Massachusetts Inst of Technology

Video panel session on interactive systems

10:45 am-12:00 noon

Chairman: R. Haecker, Univ of Toronto and Human Computing Resources Corp
Panelists will show videotapes illustrating user interfaces of interactive systems and comment on techniques used.

Graphics software and languages 1:30-2:30 pm
Chairman: R. Puk, Megatek Corp
"The George Washington University Core System Implementation," J. D. Foley and P.A. Wenner, George Washington Univ
'' GRAMPS-A Graphics Language Interpreter for Realtime Interactive 3-Dimensional Picture Editing and Animation," T. J. O'Donnell and A. J. Olson, Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory
(continued on page 138)

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

SC£~PH/8

"An Attribute Binding Model," M. T. Garrett, Applied Graphics, Inc

CAD/CAM

2:45-3:45 pm

Chairman: R. Riesenfeld, University of Utah

''An Application of Color Graphics to the Display of

Surface Curvature," J. C. Dill, General Motors

Research Laboratory

"SAMMIE-A Computer Aid for Man/Machine Model-

ing," N. Schofield and E. C. Kingsley, Compeda Ltd;

and K. Case, Univ of Nottingham, England

''Variational Geometry in Computer Aided Design,''

V. C. Lin, D. C. Gossard, and R. A. Light,

Massachusetts Inst of Technology

Presidents' forum

4:00-5:15 pm

Chairman: L. N. Johnson, Vector General

The presidents of key computer graphics companies will discuss contemporay business and technical issues.

Panelists: D. C. Evans, President and Chairman of the Board, Evans & Sutherland Computer Corp; W. Huelskoetter, President, Dicomed Corp; and R. Zaphiropoulos, President, Versatec Corp, Xerox, Inc

TWICE the 1/0 (and more)
on a single STD BUS card.
From simple input/output to automatic pulse generation or unattended event counting, this new programmable 1/0 I timer I counter board will save you time, money and space in almost any application. The VI0-8 board features:
· Eight programmable 1/0 ports
· Four 16-bit self reloading timers
· Four 16-bit event counters · Four programmable shift
registers · Programmable interrupts ·Switch selectable ad-
dressing · Easy-to-use output con-
nectors · 65/6800 STD BUS compat-
ibility ·Single 5V supply operation
With its on-board timers, counters, and twice the 1/0 of other STD BUS programmable 1/0 boards, it's hard
l ORETHOUGHT to believe the $199 price. Try one in your next project. PRODUCTS
87070 Dukhobar Rd., Eugene, Oregon 97402 (503) 485-8575

138

CIRCLE 80 ON INQUIRY CARD

Friday, August 7

Applications (concurrent session)

8:30-10:30 am

Chairman: C. Machover, Machover Associates

''An Integrated System for Creating and Presenting Complex Computer Based Documents," S. Feiner, Brown Univ; S. Nagy, Hungarian Academy of Science; and A. van Dam, Brown Univ

''Towards a Laboratory Instrument for Motion Analysis," R. Baecker, Univ of Toronto; W. Reeves, Lucasfilm, Ltd; and D. Miller, Micom, Ltd

"DATAPLOT-An Interactive High Level Language for Graphics, Non-Linear Fitting, Data Analysis, and Mathematics," J . J. Filliben, National Bureau of Standards

"Creating Repeating Hyperbolic Patterns," D. Dunham and J. Lingren, Univ of Minnesota; and D. Witte, Univ of Chicago

"Austere ~3 Graphics," P. De Shaxo and R. Todd, the MITRE Corp

"Two Aspects of Domain Designing: C 00 Curve Rendering and Blended Map Projections,'' A. P. Rockwood and T . W. Jensen, Evans and Sutherland Computer Corp

Panel on standards (concurrent session)

8:30-10:30 am

Chairman: P. Bono, Naval Underwater Systems Center Members of ANSI Committee X3H3 will present current issues of the standardization effort and describe avenues of attack and proposed solutions. Topics include graphics functionality, programmers' minimal interface, virtual device interface, and Metafile.

Panelists: R. Puk, Megatek Corp; T. Reed, Los Alamos Laboratory; M. Skall, National Bureau of Standards; and T. Wright, ISSCO

Raster graphics I

1:30-2:30 pm

Chairman: J. Beatty, Univ of Waterloo

"A Software Test Bed for the Development of 3-D Raster Graphics," T. Whitted and D. Weimer, Bell Laboratories

"A Method of Interactively Analyzing 3-D CAD Surface Models on a Color Video Display," P. R. Atherton, General Electric Co

"3-D Graphics and the Wave Theory," H.P. Moravec, Carnegie-Mellon Univ

Raster graphics II

2:45-3:45 pm

Chairman: T. Whitted, Bell Laboratories

"A Lens and Aperture Camera Model for Synthetic Image Generation," M. Potmesel and I. Chakravarty, Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst

''Reflectance Models for Computer Graphics,'' R. L. Cook and K. Torrance, Cornell Univ

"Water Waves and Islands in the Sunset," N. Max,

Lawrence Livermore Laboratory

D

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

HP presents graphic im.provem

nts in engineering productivity.

Whether it's computer-aided engineering, image processing, simulation or management presentations, Hewlett-Packard graphics can give you a fast, easy way to focus on the facts. From initial system set-up to final hard copy output.
Peripheral vision.
All our plug-in graphics peripherals are designed to work together, so you can build a complete workstation with the products that make the most sense for your applications.
Start with our easy-to-use input devices. Digitizers, data tablets and light pens let you convert line drawings, schematics, flow charts and
other graphic information into coordinate data for processing and storage.
Then you can display and manipulate your data on any of our high-performance graphics terminals or integrated graphics systems. All use HP's powerful graphics language extensions, giving you extraordinary flexibility to shape the way your information is presented. And for hard copy output, our graphics printers and eight-color plotters put the equivalent of an entire art department right at your fingertips.
The picture of productive systems.
HP offers a full range of technical computer systems to support our graphics products~Which means that the compatibility is designed right in.
If you'd like to see an eye-opening demonstration of our graphics workstations, call your local HP sales office listed in the White Pages. You can also write for more information to: HewlettPackard, Attn: Pete Hamilton, Dept. 12104, 3404 E. Harmony Road, Ft. Collins, CO 80525.
F//09 HEWLETT
~~PACKARD

CIRCLE 82 ON INQUIRY CARD

40105 HPDC17

STR® technology for high
data integrity. Three major tape formats for design flexibility.

---
k. .. .

--
>LA.

We don't forget the OEM's needs.

The STR-810 digital recorder is designed for data logging, data acquisition and as a system loader. Using either the 3M DC-300A or DC-300XL cartridges, packing density is 1600 bpi, for respective data capacities of 2.3M bytes and 3.4M bytes per cartridge, using four tracks. Features include microprocessorcontrolled tape movement and read/ write electronics. For maximum versatility, interfaces include RS-232 and IEEE-488. Or, using control and status lines available, you can interface to specific microcomputers such as LSI-11 and 8080. EPI's optional ANSI X3.56 formatter, with NRZI or phase-encoded personality cards, turns the 810 into a plug-in component for industrial instrumentation and mini/microcomputer-interfaced peripheral markets. Price: $756 in quantities of 100. STR-STREAM is a highspeed, high-capacity version of the 810 designed for Winchester disc backup. Density is 6400 bpi for 17M bytes capacity per cartridge. Features include advanced head design, MFM formatting and compatibility with 8" or 14" discs.
CIRCLE 83 ON INQUIRY CARD

EPI's STR-610 is a compact, low cost
digital recorder that's ideal for use with POS terminals, smart CRT terminals and as a general peripheral for mini/microcomputer-based systems. The 610's recording density is 800 bpi for a capacity of 168K bytes/track, using a two-track 3M DC-100 mini-cartridge. Formatting is ANSI Standard and interfacing is parallel, with a variety of options. Price: $280 in quantities of 1,000. The STRUNK Ill is a high-speed (9600 baud), portable program loader that uses the STR-610's drive system and shares the same specifications. It is used as a field service tool for diagnostic work or as a peripheral in a mini/microcomputer system. STR-LINK III uses a serial RS-232 interface for data communications or data terminal applications, and it can be controlled through RS-232, ASCII control codes, or manually. Price: $1,615 in single quantity.
CIRCLE 84 ON INQUIRY CARD

STR-LINK II is EPI's proven mediumspeed (1200 baud) universal portable program loader for programmable controllers and process control systems. Using a standard cassette, it features switchselectable transmission modes for maximum flexibility. Price: $1,889 in single quantity.
For maximum design freedom, proven reliability and high data integrity through Speed Tolerant Recording technology, remember EPI-the company that doesn't forget the OEM's needs. For more information, contact Electronic Processors Inc., P.O. Box 569, Englewood, Colorado 80110. Phone (303) 761-8540.
Let EPI rememberfor you.
I:111 ELEITRODI[ PROCESSORS
1 IDCORPORATED
CIRCLE 85 ON INQUIRY CARD

FEATURE
Adding horizontal parity bit and vertical parity
words to discrete blocks of memory provides a lower cost, higher
speed alternative to Hamming codes
Low cost alternative to Hamming codes corrects memory errors

A s technology advances, computer memories become more dense and more affordable for small, low cost systemsA Many freestanding terminals today have more memory capacity than entire systems that were considered large a few years ago. With this increased memory capacity and the inherent soft failure rate of high density memory chips, memory error correction is crucial, even in low cost products.
Memory error correction usually leads to adiscussion
of Hamming error correction codes. Hamming codes, however, add considerable overhead to the memory system cost, and degrade the memory cycle time significantly. For instance, to protect an 8-bit data word, 5 Hamming bits are required; 6 bits protect a 16-bit data word, and so on-adding 1 error correction bit for each power of 2 that the data word increases. This process accomplishes double-error detection with single-error correction, but errors involving more than 2 bits per word may not be detected. Codes must be generated and stored on each write cycle, and regenerated and checked on each read cycle. Hamming error correction codes represent 20% to 60% of the memory component cost and can degrade memory efficiency by as much as 25 OJo. In low cost systems where memory is a large part of the product cost, or where throughput is critical, the addition of Hamming error correction can make a product
Lee Edwards NCR Corporation 1200 Greenville Rd, Easley, SC 29640

noncompetitive in its market. This article describes an economical alternative to Hamming codes that is both efficient and effective in detecting and correcting soft failures in computer memories.
Horizontal and Vertical Parity
For double-bit error detection and single-bit correction, Hamming codes may be superior; but for smaller systems, the horizontal and vertical parity method is more practical and economical. This method of detecting and correcting errors is less expensive than Hamming codes and more efficient in terms of memory cycle degradation; it uses a combination of software/ firmware and hardware logic. For error detection, at least one parity bit per memory word is required. Since this horizontal parity is either standard or an option on most memory systems, the only additional hardware requirement is logic for vertical parity words.
Errors are detected by the horizontal parity, which identifies the failed word by trapping the central processing unit (CPU) to a firmware routine that uses the vertical parity word to identify failed bits. The vertical odd parity word is the cumulative exclusive OR of blocks of words in memory; every memory write operation updates one vertical parity word. When the horizontal parity detects an error on a read operation, the firmware must save the pertinent vertical parity word, then recalculate the cumulative exclusive OR of all memory
143

CPU MEMORY

;~ERTICAL MEMORY BLOCK l

PARITY MEMORY

L WORDl

]

MEMORY BLOCK 2 - - - [

i.,

~ ~

I L

WORD 2

r ]

}~ MEMORY BLOCK n

WORD n

(a)

BIT NUMBER

r7 6 5 4 3 2 l 0

ro 1 0 1 l 0 1 0 l 0""

l l l 101000 l

2 000 00 l 00 0

3

NU~~~~ (

4 5

6

l l 0 0 1 1 11 1 00 0

10 010 00 111 l 1111 0 0 000

l

0 l

WORD ) PARITY
BIT

l

7 11 10 1000 l

8 00 0 11010 0

'-9 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0

,1 l 0 0..,....0 0 1 0

VERTICAL PARITY BIT

(b)

Fig 1 CPU memory. Memory is partitioned into blocks so that each vertical parity memory word represents exclusive OR of one block (a). Word parity detects errors and indicates word in error. Software or firmware uses vertical parity word for block in errqr to calculate correction data (b)

words in that block except that of the failed word. This result, exclusive ORed with the pertinent vertical parity word, produces the correct data to be stored in the failed location.
Fig 1 shows a memory block with 8 bits/word. For simplicity, the block in this example has only 10 words, although the actual number of words in a memory block is unimportant. Assume that on a read operation, word 3 changed from 11010010 to 11010110 (bit 2 in error). The CPU will trap to the firmware error correction routine that will: read the current vertical parity word 11000010 from the vertical parity memory; calculate the exclusive OR of all words except word 3; exclusive OR the result, 00010000, with 11000010, to produce 11010010, which is the original content of word 3; correct the content of word 3; and restore the vertical parity word.
Fig 2 shows the logical flow for the firmware correction routine. More than one horizontal parity bit per word would improve the error detection capability. All errors detectable by horizontal parity are correctable. While the primary target for this method is the single-bit soft failure, all single- and multiple-bit errors are correctable in a single memory word. If two or more words are simultaneously in error in a single block, correction cannot be accomplished; however, since the firmware error correction routine accesses all memory words, multiple words in error would be detected.
144

The possibility of multiple-word errors should be considered. Most memory error correction schemes only address single-bit errors. Hamming codes are generally designed for single-error correction with double-error detection. This means that any number of simultaneous errors in memory is correctable as long as no two bits in the same word are in error.
In 16k-bit memory chips, the worst case for soft (or correctable) errors should not exceed 10 failures/106 hours per chip. In a 128k-byte memory, the mean time between failures would be 65 .10 days (assuming 24 hours/day, 7 days/week). But even at twice this rate, or one failure per month, the danger of two simultaneous errors is negligible. The software system can prevent memory failures from accumulating by periodically executing a low priority routine that reads from each memory location, thus detecting and allowing

INITIALIZATION FLpW ACCESS CPU ADDRESS
3FFFF TO ENABLE ADDRESS DETECTOR
WRITE Os AT NEXT ADDRESS
INCREMENT ADDRESS BY 128
CHECK FOR END OF VERTICAL PARITY MEMORY
ACCESS CPU ADDRESS 3FFFE TO
DISABLE ADDRESS DETECTOR
READ DATA FROM NEXT ADDRESS
IN CPU
WRITE DATA BACK TO SAME ADDRESS

CORRECTION FLOW
GET FAILURE ADDRESS FROM WORD PARITY CIRCUIT
ACCESS CPU ADDRESS 3FFFF TO
ENABLE ADDRESS DETECTOR
READ APPROPRIATE VERTICAL PARITY WORD
ACCESS CPU ADDRESS 3FFFE TO
DISABLE ADDRESS DETECTOR
FORM CUMULATIVE EXCLUSIVE OR
WITH EVERY WORD EXCEPT THE FAILED WORD
IN THE FAILED BLOCK
EXCLUSIVE OR RESULTS WITH APPROPRIATE
VERTICAL PARITY WORD
STORE RESULTS IN FAILED LOCATION

DONE (a)

ABORT ATTEMPTS TO CORRECT
(bl

Fig 2 Initialization and correction. Flowcharts represent logical sequence followed by software or firmware to initialize vertical parity memory (a) and correct errors (b). Vertical parity memory is separate from CPU memory and is completely accessible by CPU. Write flow shows the effect of CPU write on vertical parity circuitry

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

CPU MEMORY

VERTICAL PARITY MEMORY AND CIRCUITRY

Fig 3 Vertical parity circuitry. Address and data from CPU are received by vertical parity circuitry, as well as "old data" from CPU memory locations being addressed. All additional hardware logic is contained in vertical parity memory and circuitry block
correction of errors during noncritical times. Recalculating and checking the vertical parity in a low priority routine would enhance this method. Then, errors that normal parity and Hamming codes would not find can be detected, although these failures could not be corrected since the failed word could not be identified.

example, adding a second 2k-byte chip to the vertical parity memory would reduce the memory block sizes to 64 bytes each. For small memories, such as in freestanding terminals, a CPU memory of 64k bytes and a vertical parity memory of one 2k-byte chip would provide block sizes of 32 bytes each. These short blocks would be desirable where the data to be protected are critical or where there is no convenient reload device.
Initialization of the Vertical Parity
The initialization operation is a firmware or software routine that sets the vertical parity words to the cumulative exclusive OR of all data blocks in memory. Initialization should be performed anytime the validity of the vertical parity is in question, such as at power-up, after power interrupts, at load time, and after processor hardware failures. Initialization can be accomplished in two ways. One is to zero the vertical parity words, then store 0 (or any fixed value) in every memory location. This could be done prior to loading the system. The second initialization method can be used when the memory contains valid data. It simply consists of zeroing the vertical parity memory, then performing a read/ write on every memory location.
Vertical Parity Memory Logic
Fig 4 shows a block diagram of a vertical parity memory and associated logic. This example assumes an 8-bit

Vertical parity implementation
Fig 3 shows the vertical parity circuit relationship to the CPU and the CPU memory. The vertical parity circuit contains a memory that is the same width (in bits) as the CPU memory word without its parity bits, and should be static random access memory (RAM) for reliability unless it, too, is protected by parity. CPU memory is partitioned into blocks so that each word of the vertical parity memory represents the cumulative exclusive OR of one block of CPU memory. Then the length of the CPU memory block is determined by dividing the CPU memory length by the vertical parity memory length. Long blocks increase the possibility of multiple errors occurring simultaneously in a single block. Cost and safety of critical data must be considered to determine the optimum block size. Memory failure rate and the value of the data to be protected are the most important factors affecting this tradeoff.
In a byte-wide 256k-byte CPU memory and a bytewide 2k-byte vertical parity memory, the CPU blocks are 128 bytes each. There would be a vertical parity word for every 128 bytes of CPU memory. During a write operation, the 11 most significant bits (MSB.5) of the address are used to select the proper vertical parity word to be updated. In this example, the hardware cost overhead consists of the vertical parity logic, in addition to a single 16k memory chip.
The vertical parity circuitry must be implemented so that each write operation updates one word of the vertical parity memory to reflect the new vertical parity of the CPU memory block that was addressed. In the same

TO RAMDX DETECTOR ENABLE
VPMX

WRITE STROBE
DETECTOR ENABLE

RAM DX

WRITE STROBE

WRITDX A7 TO A17

Fig 4 Vertical parity memory components. Vertical parity memory is accessed by every CPU write operation. Output of address detector determines whether access is to write initialization data or update vertical parity data. Read operations access vertical parity memory only if previous CPU instruction enabled address detector by sending address 3FFFF. Detector is disabled by sending address 3FFFE

145

WRITDB - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 \ WRITD7 - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - ' - \ \

Fig 5 Vertical parity memory logic. Checkword generator (a) is two successive exclusive ORs using RAMDX, WRITDX, and VPMX as input to produce updates to vertical parity memory. Vertical parity memory array (b) is 2k by 8-bit static RAM. Address detector (cl is latched on when it detects all address bits equal to 1; it is latched off when it detects all address bits except Ao equal to 1 . Data multiplexer (d) is enabled by write strobe, and gates either write data from CPU or vertical parity from checkword generator. 3 -state driver (e) gates VPMX to CPU data bus when address detector is on
-Logic design by Walter Smith . NCR Corporate Engineering

RAM OB RAM07 RAM06 RAMOS RAM04 RAM03 RAM02 RAMO!
WRITE STROBE

CHECKWORO GENERATOR (a)

WRITE STROBE
A17 A1 5 A1s A14 A1 3 A1 2 A1 1 A10 Ag Ag A7

19 22 23
18

17

VPM8

16

VPM7

15

VPM6

14

VPM5

13

VPM4

11

VPM3

10

VPM2

9

VPM!

VERTICAL PARITY MEMORY ARRAY (b)

146

word in a 256k-word memory with 18 address lines, and a vertical parity memory of 2k words. When the CPU memory is addressed, the 11 MSB.s are presented to the vertical parity memory. These, along with the write strobe, select 1 of the 2k vertical parity words and make the data (vrMX) available to the checkword generator and the 3-state driver. At the same time, the CPU data at the location to be written into (RAMDx) become available. Since this is a write operation, the write data (WRITDx) are already available at the checkword generator.
On some systems, it may be necessary to delay the write strobe to the CPU memory long enough for the new vertical parity word to be generated, but since the vertical parity memory is separate from the CPU memory, the two write operations can occur simultaneously. This delay (if necessary) is the only time penalty caused by the circuit. Use of Hamming codes would require a similar delay but of much longer duration because the codes take longer to generate and would reside in the CPU memory. In addition to the write delay, Hamming codes also cause a delay on each read operation, since the codes must be generated for each read to detect errors. The read delay is shorter than the write delay because the data would not necessarily need to be written back to memory.
The vertical parity memory array, checkword generator, address detector, data multiplexer, and 3-state
COMPUTERDESIGN·JULY 1981

Ao

A1

2

12

A2

13

A3 A4 As
As A1 As
Ag 12
A10 A11 13

A12 A13 A14

A15 Al6

10

11

A17

12 Ao
10 11
Ao
ADDRESS DETECTOR (c)

s

Q

ON

OFF

DETECTOR ENABLE CWG8 WRITD8 CWG7 WRITD7 CWG6
WRITE STROBE
DETECTOR ENABLE

15 15
12

VPM8 VPM7 VPM6 VPM5
VPM4 VPM3 VPM2 VPMl

DATA MULTIPLEXER (d)

driver, all shown in Fig 4, are illustrated in Fig 5 with implementation in standard low power Schottky logic chips. The checkword generator is a 3-way exclusive OR, triggered by the write strobe. [See Fig 5(a).] RAMDX, exclusive ORed with WRITDX, is exclusive ORed with VPMX to generate CWGX, which goes to the data multiplexer.
cwox is the updated vertical parity word to be stored.
For initialization it is necessary to write known data (ie, zeroes) to the vertical parity memory [Fig 5(b)]; and for error correction it is necessary to read the contents of specific words. This is the function of the address detector, data multiplexer, and 3-state driver. The address detector [Fig 5(c)] is activated and generates a signal when it detects address 256k minus I (3FFFF)*. It is deactivated when it detects address 256k minus 2 (3FFFE). Thus, under software or firmware control, the vertical parity memory can be read and written without disturbing the CPU memory.
The address detector prevents the use of the last two words of the CPU memory. The data multiplexer
receives cwox, WRITDX, and the output of the address
·detector. During a write operation when the address
detector is disabled, cwox is gated and a vertical parity
word is updated. When the detector is enabled, WRITDX is gated and a vertical parity word is initialized. [See Fig 5(d).] The 3-state driver receives VPMX and the output
·Addresses are expressed in hexadecimal

VPM8

17

VPM7 15

VPM6 13

VPM5 11

VPM4

8

VPM3

6

VPM2

VPMl

RAMS RAM7 RAM6 RAMS 12 RAM4 14 RAM3 16 RAM2 18 RAM!

DETECTOR ENABLE

3-STATE DRIVER (e)

of the address detector [Fig 5(e)]. During a read, the VPMX is gated to RAMDX if the detector is enabled. When the detector is disabled, read operations in the CPU are undisturbed by the vertical parity circuitry. Output of the address detector must be input to the CPU memory to inhibit CPU data when the 3-state driver is gating vertical parity memory data. The preceding examples.are shown using low power Schottky logic chips, but the entire logic for a byte-wide memory could be implemented in a single 40-pin large scale integration (LSI) custom chip. Additional chips could be combined to accommodate memories with larger words.
When directly addressing the vertical parity memory, the firmware should access the first word by using an
147

Detection Capability
Correction Capability
Performance Degradation
Correction Method
Component Cost
Ease of Implementation
Hard Failures

Memory Error Correction Vertical Parity Same as parity

Hamming Codes Detects all single- and double-bit errors

Corrects all errors detectable by parity, including multiple errors in a single word. Cannot correct multiple word errors in a single block
Slows memory speed 0% to 2 %

Corrects all single-bit errors in any memory word
Slows memory speed 9% to 20%

Correction is done by software or firmware

Correction is done immediately by hardware

Using low power Schottky: 14 chips, approximate total $35. Using LSI logic: 2 chips, approximate total $ 20
Could be an add-on to most memory systems
Cannot correct hard failures

Using low power Schottky: 66 chips, approximate total $532 . Using LSI logic : 66 chips, approximate total $382 To add-on requires redesign of memory
Can correct single-bit hard failures

address between 00000 and 0007F. An address between 00040 and OOOFF would address the second word, and so on, in increments of 128. This addressing could be simplified by adding an address multiplexer in which the vertical parity circuit receives the CPU memory address. Then after activating the address detector, the 2k bytes could be addressed 00000 through 00007F, which is normal for software.
Summary
The frequency of soft memory failures increases with the density of the memory chips. When compared with the Hamming code method, vertical parity offers a low cost, easy to implement solution to correcting soft failures on most memory systems. Even though it is

time-consuming to correct errors with this method, a I-second interrupt is preferable to a reload or loss of critical data. The Table, "Memory Error Correction," compares the two methods and shows advantages and disadvantages of each. For the purpose of this comparison, a byte-wide 256k-byte CPU memory and a bytewide 2k-byte vertical parity memory are assumed; the CPU memory in the example uses 16k-bit memory chips and has 1 bit/byte of word parity. The component cost for the Hamming method could be greatly reduced by multiplexing the memory into 32-bit words. While this would further degrade the memory performance by causing a read before each write to memory, it would reduce the number of additional memory chips that store the codes by 81 OJo. The cost would then be approximately $256 for low power Schottky and $95 for LSI logic.

About the Author:
Lee Edwards, a computer systems engineer for NCR Corporation, is currently project leader for the Total Reporting Accounting and Communications System (NCR TRACS). He discovered the error correction method discussed in this article while researching cost-effective methods of error correction in point of sales terminals. Mr Edwards holds a BS/BA degree in mathematics from the University of Texas at Austin.
148

Please rate the value of this article to you by circling the appropriate number in the "Editorial Score Card" box on the Inquiry Card.

High 701

Average 702

Low703

COMPUTER DESIGN ·JULY 1981

·

If you're searching for an economical, efficient way to look at data, focus in on Esprit TM from Hazeltine. Esprit gives you editing performance at a very conversational price, plus three switch selectable operating modes that emulate terminals costing hundreds of dollars more.
There's just no point in looking beyond your nearest authorized Hazeltine distributor.
Hazeltine Corporation, Computer Terminal Equipment, Greenlawn, NY 11740, National Sales: (516) 549-8800 Telex: 96-1435 Hazeltine and the Pursuit of Excellence
New York (212) 752-3377 San Francisco (415) 570-7081 Orlando (305) 628-0132 Los Angeles (213) 553-1811 England 01-568-1851 Telex: (851) 928572
For additional sales office locations, please call our toll-free number: (800) 645-5300.
Esprit by Hazeltine
An editing terminal at a conversational price.
CIRCLE 88 ON INQUIRY CARD

A betterpoint
of view.

j

-

Does off.-the--shelfpower supply delivery
always mean 6 to 8 weeks?
Not with Sierracin power systems.
Like you, we build to customer or, ders. And, like you, we adjust produc, tion schedules to make customers happy. But we also build extra so we can ship to customers who need them now. We call it "inventory buffer." Industry calls it "off,the,shelf."
Sierracin's off,the,shelf means selection, too . We've got the widest line of 40,500 watt switchers starting at $45. And our linears cross,index with everyone else's. They start at $19 and include OVP at no extra cost.
But fast delivery from us is not enough. We also think fast out,your, door is equally important. That means having power supplies that work the first time- every time- you put them in your system.
Our switchers have a wide AC input range with tightly regulated out, puts. This means no line transient prob, lems, brownouts, cross,regulation, or unexplained system crashes.
In short1 we ship power supplies fast, affordably, and reliably. It's what you can expect from Sierracin/Power Systems. A young, dynamic company that's already a recognized industry leader after six short years.
See for yourself. Write for our 1981 catalog. Or dial our toll free number.

For technical information or application assistance, call :
800-423-5569
In California, call (213) 998-6811 collect.

Sierracin/Power Systems

20500 Plummer Street, Chatsworth , California 91311

Telephone (213) 998-9873

TWX 910-494-4830

CIRCLE 87 ON INQUIRY CARD

FEATURE

I Memory management add-on maps limited address space

~~~~~c:::::J

into larger virtual range,

detects and corrects errors, and gives memory

protection without changing CPU architecture

irtu Im
an XI·

1· 0

r

r

emand for higher performance minicomputers has increased exponentially over the past decade as their prices have declined. Increases in "raw" processor speed, however, are not the complete answer to this challenge. To meet user needs effectively, designers must consider memory and software characteristics as well as applications requirements. Faster memories and increased use of direct memory access controllers have begun to use up the available bandwidth on the typical minicomputer memory bus. In ad·dition, the logical memory space that the program can address directly and the physical amount of memory that can be attached to the system have become limiting factors in many applications. Development software for minicomputers also has become increasingly complex, often requiring hardware enhancements to support the more sophisticated features. For example, the use of multitasking as a tool for breaking a complex task into an array of simpler tasks makes hardware support of synchronization primitives desirable for intertask communication. In addition, systems with a realtime control application running in the foreground and a potentially ''hostile'' development system running in the background require
Peter D. Vogt
Computer Automation, Incorporated 18651 Von Karman, Irvine, CA 92713

hardware protection mechanisms to ensure uninterrupted realtime service, even when software errors are encountered in the development software.
Perhaps the most complex class of software systems to be placed on a minicomputer to date is a general purpose, multi-user, timesharing system, providing multiple virtual program environments, with realtime and batch processing capability. Traditional minicomputers may offer memory mapping support, but generally do not provide the hardware support for protection and the page fault recovery required for an operating system of this type. The computer architecture of the NAKED MINIR 4, evolutionary product of the ALPHA 16 computer introduced in 1971, has been enhanced to accommodate these high level support features. Having evolved through the LSI-1, -2 and -3 computers, this minicomputer family comprises several software- and interfacecompatible 16-bit minicomputers that differ only in performance and optional instruction set mix. Program resources consist of a 64k-word (128k-byte) address space; four general registers (two of which can be used for indexing); a stack pointer register; a stack limit register; and a status register.
Extensions
The virtual memory support extension to the architecture was realized with four system components: the NM 4195 central processing unit (CPU), the memory
151

ANY DISTRIBUTION OF 1/ 0 CONTROLLERS OR MEMORY

OLD DESIGN (a)

ADDRESS BUS DATA BUS

MMU
i TRANSLATION CACHE

DATA BUS
LSB - LEAST SIGNIFICANT BIT ECC - ERROR CHECK AND CORRECTION

10 LSBs
NEW DESIGN (b)

PHYSICAL ADDRESS BUS

Fig 1 Extensions to architecture . Memory mapping for processor and OMA memory transfe rs is accomplished by splitting bus and inserting memory management unit (MMU). which t ranslates logical addresses from processor and OMA controllers on one side of bus into physical addresses for memories on other side of bus

management unit (MMU), a 256k-byte memory with error correction, and a split version of the MAXI-BUSTM backplane. Fig I(b) compares the relationships of these components to the original system configuration in Fig I(a). The main difference between these two interconnection schemes is the logical split in the system bus, between the CPU and the system memory, which separates the bus into a logical address side and a physical address side.
The MMU bridges this split and translates a 16-bit logical address on one side of the bus into a 22-bit physical address on the other side. A straightforward mechanical implementation is possible because of the flexibility of the original motherboard system configuration. The standard motherboard duplicates MAXI-BUS signals on both sides of each slot in the chassis. Each slot accepts a pair of half-card products or a single full-card product. Thus, minor rewiring of the motherboard allows the full-card MMU to access both the logical and physical sides of the bus. Also, this unique location within the system permits a cache memory to be inserted.
System protection
Each of the four system components enhances the original architecture and contributes to virtual memory support. To solve the architectural problem of foreground/background protection and multiple virtual environments, a user/system mode is added. This capability is implemented by including in the status register a
152

protection bit which is saved and restored as part of the process context. When the protection bit is set to user mode, a user process is trapped if it attempts to execute privileged instructions, such as halt, input/output, context switch, or any instruction that attempts to change privileged bits in the status register (including the protection bit).
In user mode, the process is also prohibited from delaying interrupts for more than a fixed length of time. One of the subtlest examples of interrupts being masked by a program occurs when a multilevel, indirect memory reference is coded incorrectly. During multilevel indirection, the most significant bit of an indirect address specifies whether it is the address of the final operand or the address of yet another indirect address. The NM 4 architecture allows this feature, but does not limit the number of levels to which it can be taken, nor does it allow interrupts during the instruction. If the indirection goes through too many levels (or loops endlessly), a time-out occurs and the system traps the process.
Keeping a user process from executing potentially disruptive instructions is little protection if the process has access to the system address space. This firial protection is implemented by putting in the status register a user/system map control bit, which selects either the system map or one of several user maps. The bit is protected from user modification and is overridden in the system map mode during interrupt and trap handling. A context save instruction is added; this instruction saves the entire context of the user process and loads a new context for the system process.
COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

The user context is saved in the system address space, not in the user address space. This technique allows more efficient access to the context block by the system process and system independence of the user address space mapping. A group of locations specified by the context pointer, a new register added to the architecture, stores the user context. When a system process is saved in order to service an interrupt, the context save instruction pushes a partial context onto the system stack instead of a complete context into a context block. Therefore, multilevel interrupts are serviced with a minimum of context switching overhead.
Access to the user space by the system process is accomplished with the addition of the load from user space and the store to user space instructions. Other instn.tctions added to support more complex features of the system are a pair of semaphore instructions for interprocess synchronization and a class of doublelinked, list-manipulation instructions.
Virtual memory
With the protection mechanisms just described, a user process can be mapped into an area of memory and run without being able to ''escape'' from its environment except through traps to the system process. The entire 128k-byte address space now is available to the user process because the system process no longer occupies user memory space. In a timesharing system where many user environments are being processed concurrently, the amount of memory required to keep each user mapped would be prohibitively expensive. Secondary storage, such as discs, can be used as a cheaper storage area for the user processes that cannot fit into the main memory. A scheduling algorithm can move the user environments back and forth between main memory and the disc as the machine cycles through the user processes. This procedure is referred to as swapping.
Swapping an entire user environment is wasteful because it is likely that only a small portion of the memory is needed for any short execution period. Only those pieces of memory that are needed should be brought in from the disc and mapped into the user environment. The NM 4/95 divides the user environment into 64 equal-sized pieces called pages, and swaps individual pages instead of the entire environment. Then, the system can vary the number of pages of the user environment that are in main memory or in secondary storage as the needs of the user task change. Once a required page is brought into main memory by the system, the user process resumes. This represents a true virtual memory system in that a user can assume at any given time that the entire address space is available, even when only a fraction of the space is actually available in main memory.
When a user process attempts to access a page that is not in main memory, the MMU aborts the memory cycle and informs the processor of the unsuccessful attempt. This action is referred to as a page fault. The NM 4/95 system is able to "back up" any instruction that causes a page fault, and reexecute the instruction using a page fault recovery procedure. The . processor and MMU

cooperate to save the information required by the page f~mlt recovery routines. Firmware in the processor guarantees that the values of the registers saved in the context block are correct and need not be repaired by the software. This feature requires the firmware to ensure that register contents are not changed until after all the memory references of the instruction have been completed successfully. An example of how this restriction could be violated is the multi-registet push instruction. The push instruction might have been. implemented to advance the stack pointer as ach register is stored, but then, if a page fault occurred, the pointer would be incorrect when the instruction was restarted.
Addressing and mapping
One solution to the problem of page fault recovery is to use a temporary register as the stack pointer and to update the stack pointer after the last push operation is complete. The MMU remembers the correct program pointer and the fault address when a page fault is detected. Recovery software interrogates the MMU to acquire the program pointer and the fault address. The fault address is used to determine which page needs to be swapped in, and the program pointer is the process restart address.
The primary function of the MMU is to map the 16-bit logical address generated by the processor or direct memory access (DMA) controllers into the 22-bit physical address, decoded by · the memories, which directly addresses 8M bytes of main memory. Address translation is accomplished using the page number of the logical address as an index into a 64-entry translation table or map. Each entry in the table specifies the page number of the corresponding physical address.
The processor can select either of two active maps: the system map, and one of several user maps. The MMU contains 16 maps: map 0 always is the system map, and a user map number register specifies which one of the 16 maps is the active user map. The active user map number can be switched with a single priviieged 110 instruction. The processor also can switch from the system map to the user map between memory references, as is done during the load from user space instruction. DMA transfers are not restricted to the active system map and user map. The MMU detects DMA transfers and uses the map specified by the DMA map number register.
Memory protection
In addition to the translation data contained in each map entry, there is also protection control information and access status information. The protection control field establishes four protection levels for each page: no access, read only, data only, and unrestricted access. The MMU traps the process if any protection violations are encountered and supplies fault information to the recovery software. The read-only protection level can be used to protect pure code segments. Thus, th~ segment

153

USER / SYSTEM MAP SELECT FROM
PROCESSOR

16 · BIT LOGICAL ADDRESS

PAGE ADDRESS

WORD IDENTIFIER

10

ADDRESS
64 -WORD SYSTEM
MAP

ADDRESS
64 -WORD USER MAP

16
DATA
1024 -WORD CACHE BUS

12

SYSTEM DATA
BU S

PHYSICAL PAGE ADDRESS WORD IDENTIFIER 22 -BIT PHYSICAL ADDRESS
Fig 2 Memory management unit. MMU translates logical addresses into physical addresses. Signal from processor selects user map or system map, providing fast map switch for interrupt and trap handling. Because least significant address bits are not translated, high speed cache memory can be addressed in parallel with address translation , more than compensating for performance penalties

can be shared by two or more processes and still maintain protection. The data-only protection level is useful during program: development because it allows the MMU to trap a runaway program at the first attempt to fetch an instruction from a data page.
The access status information recorded for each entry in the map indicates whether the page has never been accessed, accessed but not modified, or modified. This feature-coupled with protection, mapping, page fault recovery, and memory access control-allows the NM 4 architecture to be used for a full, hardware-supported virtual memory application. A working set is that portion of a user virtual address space that is mapped into main memory. With the information saved by the processor and MMU, the application software needed to handle a page fault and manage the user's working set can be quite simple. The system process usually limits the working set to a few pages. As the user process changes its location in memory, pages from the working set are moved to disc, and other pages are swapped into memory to replace them. By identifying the least frequently used pages, the "modified" access bits help to determine which pages should be swapped out to disc.
At the beginning of each time slice of a user process, the access bits for each page in the working set are reset. When a page fault occurs, the access bits are examined, and unmodified pages that have not been accessed are the first to be removed from the working set. No disc transfers are required to remove an unmodified page because a copy of the page already exists on the disc. Modified pages that have not been accessed recently are eligible for swapping, followed by modified pages that have been accessed recently.
The disadvantage of adding mapping to an architecture is that the address translation increases memory access time, slowing down · the processor. However,
154

because of the logical split in the NAKED MINI bus between the processor with DMA controllers and the main memory, a cache can be inserted. The cache is placed physically on the MMU printed circuit board, but it is located logically on the translated side of the map. It compensates for the time lost during translation; in fact , a system with the map and cache combination performs faster than a system without either component.
As shown in Fig 2, the cache is accessed in parallel with address translation, giving the memory system an average access time of only 115 ns. Because the 10 least significant bits of the logical address need not be translated, they are available at the beginning of a memory cycle. By using a high speed RAM that has a depth of 1k (2 10) or less, the cache access and address translation are completed at the same time. The output of the cache is compared with the 12 high-order bits of the physical address; if they match, the cache data are returned to the processor within 50 ns. By caching physical memory addresses instead of logical addresses, the cache never needs to be cleaned because of a translation table change.
DMA transfers, such as disc input/output, are not repetitive and are detrimental to cache performance. Therefore, the cache senses and ignores DMA references . The exception to this rule is one in which a write operation would invalidate a cache entry; in this case, the cache updates its entry to ensure valid data. The cache is a write-through type, and main memory always has the latest copy of the data.
If the cache does not have the data desired, or if the memory reference is a write, the translated address is passed to the main memory and a reference is initiated. Each main memory board also has a cache (Fig 3). This
AD DRESS FROM--+- - + - -- - - -
SYSTEM

SYSTEM DATA BU S

ECG GENERATOR
AND CHECKER
21

MULTIPLEXED INTERNAL DATA BUS

Fig 3 Look-around cache. Internal memory organization provides access to 4 -word block of data during read operations. All four words are latched, and, if subsequent read operation requests one of these words, it is returned immediately without another memory cycle . Microcache pe rforms well for sequential memory access, as is typical of OMA transfers

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

HEXACON from National. A new dimension in inner space.

National unleashes the first

line, HEXACON's upgrade flexibility lets you reliability because it utilizes only proven

DEC®-compatible peripheral controller expand a configuration less expensively

technologies. There are no risky new and

that does the work of three.

because you don't necessarily need to buy exotic parts to complicate the matter. Just

additional boards or a larger chassis.

good, solid and efficient design. From the

Why waste valuable chassis space on

This also means your spares inventory same company that brought solid reliability

peripheral controllers that can only interface costs are cut way back. Not only in the

to DEC add-in memory.

a single device type to DEC's UNIBUS®? This factory, but in the field as well.

Leave it to the Practical Wizards to add

one-to-one approach can only drive your

And at the same time, HEXAGON

a whole new dimension to inner space.

UNIBUS system costs upward and its overall increases your system's reliability because

For complete details on our HEXAGON

reliability downward.

it uses far fewer ICs to do the whole job

controller, simply send in the coupon below

Now there's no reason to put up with (198 in all).

or call Bill LeDuc toll-free at (800) 538-

this inefficiency. Now there's the HEXAGON TM

What these and other cost-benefits all 8510 or (800) 538-8514. In California

controller.

boil down to is a rebalancing of your system call (408) 736-6994.

HEXAGON is our new hex-wide periph- operational costs. HEXAGON brings the

HEXAGON, NURAM and XPUare trademarks of National Semiconductor

eral controller that simultaneously handles up to four RM02 /RM03 80 MB disk drives,

price of 1/0 processing back in line with the costs of instruction processing and memory.

Corporation. DEC and UNIBUS are trademarks of Digitol Equipment Corporation.

four TUlO W' tape drives and 8 MB of our Which makes the old one-to-one approach

NURAMTMsemiconductor disk. All from just a single slot.

CPU

MEMORY

UNIBUS

HEXACON

a th ing of the past.
It all stems from our XPUTMarchitecture. HEXAGON is based on our advanced Transfer Processing Unit (XPU) design concept.
The XPU's generalized intelligence

P .EXACON's efficiency and practicality isjust ,
I ;hat I need to cut my costs down to size. Please send me: I 0 HEXAGON information. 0 NURAM information.
I0 DEC Add-in Memory information.

emulates the transfer processing logic of DEC's RM02/RM03 disk, TUlO tape and RS04 fixed head disk controllers. So ifs fully hardware and software compatible with any

I ~~~::: I NAME ~~~~~~~~~~

RM02

RS04

TMll

Cut costs in the factory and in the field. By using one board to do the work of three or more-with no degradation-you save a bundle in a number of ways.
Your most immediate savings is the elimination of two comparably priced controller boards. But farther down the

UNIBUS system. By consolidating this logic into a
single powerful microengine-and with the aid of on-board multi-sector buffersHEXACON can simultaneously transfer data at the rates of 1.2 MB/sec (80 MB disk), 320 KB/sec (1600 BPI tape) and 500 KB/sec (8 MB NURAM fixed head disk emulator).
And only one UNIBUS load services all
three device types. Practicality prevails. HEXACON's XPU
architecture further enhances its overall

I ~:i~:onal Semicon::::,-C-orp-o~~:-n--1 2900 Semiconductor Drive

,

Mail Stop 7C265

I Santa Clara, CA 95051

~National

I I D Semiconductor The Practical Wizards ·n·

· · ot Silicon Valley

co 7~

L 11

CIRCLE 138 ON INQUIRY CARD

smaller one is a 4-word (8-byte) look-around cache that holds a 4-word block of data. During a memory read, the memory accesses four words in parallel and latches the words in the cache. The words are a group of memory locations with addresses that differ only by the 2 least significant bits. If a subsequent read occurs from one of these locations, the proper word is immediately returned to the processor (or DMA controller).
The look-around cache functions well during sequential data accesses and complements the main cache, which functions well for repetitive accesses. DMA block read operations benefit greatly from the look-around cache. DMA write transfers, as well as CPU writes, are enhanced by a fast write capacity on each memory board. The fast write compatibility is accomplished by latching the address/data lines and acknowledging the memory transfer. The memory cycle continues internal to the memory board, while allowing the bus to be used for the next memory access.
System reliability
Many features have been added to improve the integrity of the memory system. On power-up, translation is turned off, and the logical addresses pass directly onto the physical address lines, with the most significant lines forced to zero. By using input/output instructions, the system can make the translation table appear in the top lk of the system address space. Then, it can be tested with a memory diagnostic to ensure its integrity before it is loaded with translation data and turned on.
An undetected failure in a map location could redirect a memory write into an area of physical memory outside a particular logical address space. In this case, a protect violation would occur. Checking parity across the translation data prohibits this unacceptable situation. Upon detection of a failure, this checking mode initiates a system trap before any memory modification occurs. In some cases, failure in one of the maps can be recovered by loading another map and restarting the preempted

program. Maintenance personnel then would be notified of the degraded performance.
Parity also is maintained across the entire cache data and tag fields. If an error is detected, the cache simply does not respond, and a reference is made to main memory. Thus, cache errors are transparent to the running process. Software can periodically poll an MMU error. A cache hit indicator, when used with cache control bits, allows a software diagnostic to verify the cache update and hit logic. If the cache is of questionable integrity, it can be disabled by software or by a manual switch on the board.
All memories on the system contain error check and correction (ECC) logic. The method used is single-error correction and partial double-error detection. It is less expensive than full double-error detection but has the potential shortcoming of not detecting all double-bit errors. A memory refresh technique all but eliminates this problem. With this technique, it is possible to sweep through every memory location to correct single-bit errors, instead of refreshing just the rows of a memory array to prevent loss. Each row is accessed often enough to prevent data loss, and the entire memory is corrected every 2 s. This cleansweep technique corrects soft memory errors, even those in seldom used memory locations. It keeps the single-bit errors from accumulating into double-bit errors that can never be corrected and that might even go undetected.
When an error is corrected, a light emitting diode flashes on the rear of the board, and a signal is generated. The MMU latches this signal and informs the software that a bad memory exists. If the error frequency increases, a memory diagnostic can be run to identify the fau lt board. Special instructions are added that give the software diagnostic access to the ECC code bits. By reading and writing the ECC code, the diagnostic can test the error detection and correction circuitry. The ability to write the ECC code allows the detection of single-bit errors even while the memory is correcting errors. By remapping memory pages, a low priority, self-diagnostic program can use idle CPU time continuously to verify system integrity.

About the Author:
Peter Vogt is a senior design engineer in Computer Automation's NAKED MINI Division. Prior to joining Computer Automation in 1975, he worked at Collins Radio. He holds a BSEE in computer engineering from California State University at Long Beach.
156

Please rate the value of this article to you by circling the appropriate number in the ''Editorial Score Card" box on the Inquiry Card.

High 704

Average 705

Low706

COMPUTERDESIGN·JULY 1981

Maxell Floppy Disks. Class of '81.
Not a single dropout among them.

These are the disks that a9hieve all you expect from them. They are certified free of dropouts. And each one meets or exceeds the most demanding specifications every computer authority can set. That includes ISO, IBM, ECMA, ANSI, JIS and Shugart.
The quality begins with the finest raw materials available, and we make sure the quality stays high. Every Maxell floppy disk must pass an exhaustive series of eight quality control inspections. Ur)der test conditions, after 10,000,000 passes, there is no loss of quality.
Maxell Floppy Disks actually help protect your computer drive heads. The self-cleaning jacket liner

inside every Maxell disk removes dust before it can affect your system. The surface lubricant reduces any chance of disk-caused head-wear.
There are Maxell disks for every disk drive system in operation today. Maxell is leading the way with new disk technology for tomorrow's computers. Your Maxell Business or Maxell Personal Computer Products supplier can put our "honor-grad" to work for you, and for your computer, now and in the future.
Call or write for more information. You'll learn that the care we take manufacturing Maxell Floppy Disks makes them live up to your highest expectations.

Maxell Corporation of America, Business Products Division, 60 Oxford Drive, Moonachie, N.J. 07074. (201) 440-8020

158

CIRCLE 133 ON INQUIRY CARD

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

BESMARTABOUTCOSTS .WHEN YOU WANT TO BE BRIGHTABOUT DISPLAYS.

Sprague Electric continues to be No. 1for cost-effective volume production of

BiMOS vacuum fluorescent display drivers. -

~

As the need for larger and brighter vacuum fluorescent displays has been increasing, Sprague Electric has been continually expanding its skills in the manufacture of complex array BiMOS drivers.
For nearly 1O years, Sprague has employed state-of-the-art processes to produce millions of display drivers. We have combined these

processes with MOS logic and bipolar buffers in a single unit, permitting a lowest-cost approach to integrated display circuitry. As a resu It, both the reliability and economy of Sprague drivers have been repeatedly proven in point-of-sale terminals, computer peripherals, avionics, instrumentation, electronic games, and similar applications.

For Engineering Bulletins 26180, 26181, 26182, and 26183, write to: Technical Literature Service, Sprague Electric Company, 555 Marshall St., North Adams, Mass. 01247.

For application engineering assistance, write or call Mark Heisig or Paul Emerald, Semiconductor Division, Sprague Electric Co., 115 Northeast Cutoff, Worcester, Mass. 01606. Telephone 617/853-5000.

For the name of your nearest Sprague Semiconductor Distributor, write or call Sprague Products Company Division, North Adams, Mass. 01247. Telephone 413/ 664-4481.
455-1130

THE BROAD-LINE PRODUCER OF ELECTRONIC PARTS
CIRCLE 89 ON INQUIRY CARD

SPRAGUE®.
' THE MARK OF RELIABILITY
a subsidiary of GK Technologies
!ncorpora led

Now the latest advance in mass storage is easily added to your EXORbus system. New Series 9670 magnetic disc storage modules from Creative Micro Systems come in a choice Of six configurations. Each combines the large memory of a Winchester disc with back-up on floppys or tape.
You can specify up to four disc drives per system for as much as 80 MB on-line storage. Your configuration comes as a complete system with one or more drives, an intelligent controller and power subsystem packaged in a compact, attractive enclosure. Interface is plug-in easy because the 9670s host adapter is pin and outline compatible with the EXORciser* and Micromodules* and other industry-standard cards.
Advanced features include choice of formatting, support of EPDT (Enhanced Programmed Data rransfer), plus compatibility with all present and planned systems using the EXORbus. Also, our intelligent controller executes high level

the burden off your

main processor.

In addition, you can get

a super development system by combining the

9670 with our 9609 single board microcomputer

and Microware, Inc:s remarkable OS-9 operating

system with Basic 09, Pascal, and 1C" compilers.

Once again, the Creative approach delivers

an extremely powerful, yet low-cost system.

Call us at (213) 493-2484 for details, including

price and delivery facts. Generous OEM volume

discounts are available.

And be sure to request our free catalog-twenty

pages packed with compatible products for the

EXORbus. All offer attractive price /performance

and fast delivery. Write: Creative Micro Systems,

3822 Cerritos Avenue, Los Alamitos, CA 90720.

~M~ CREATIVE MICRO SYSTEMS

"Trademarks of Motorola, Inc.

CIRCLE 13& ON INQUIRY CARD

KILOBYTE CARDTM
READER/WRITER
for process/machine control applications.
With the Vertel KB-31 System, there is no longer any need to manually enter the same program more than once. Simply enter the program into the system, as you normally would, then let the system record the program on our KILOBYTE CARD with our KB-31 Microloader; when you are ready to re-use that program simply insert the KILOBYTE CARD into the KB-31 and your program will be loaded automatically into your system.

Designed for microprocessor based systems, this rugged, low cost*, fieldproven performer is ideally suited for everything from intelligent terminals and instrumentation to machine tool controls and test equipment.
The 4-stripe magnetic KILOBYTE CARD . can record up to 1,088 eight-bit bytes and · with the microloader, it is the ideal peripheral for parameter loading, field program modifications, and user activated diagnostics.
*As little as $199 in OEM quantities.

To learn how the KILOBYTE system can benefit your operations, call or write today for details on our free, thirty-day trial offer.

llEl~TIEI-

125 EU.SWORTH STREET, CUFTON, N.J . 07012 (2011472-1331

CIRCLE 134 ON INQUIRY CARD

MICRO DATA STACK
Interfacing Fundamentals: Bused Flags
Peter R. Rony
Department of Chemical Engineering Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Blacksburg, VA 24061

DIOl TO DI08

NDAC NRFO
DAV DEVICE 1

IEEE 488 BUS
TRANSCEIVERS

I--

Synchronization of the transfer of parallel data among many devices is a common problem in microcomputer systems. Parallel data transfer can be achieved using at least two methods. The first method subdivides the system of devices into pairs of communicating devices. Each pair is then interfaced together through eight bidirectional data lines that are synchronized via the use of the address bus, control bus, flags, interrupts, semaphores, or the 2-wire handshake. One example of this method is the interfacing to the 8080A central processing unit of the peripheral interface chips-the 8251 programmable communication interface, 8253 interval timer, 8255 programmable peripheral interface, and 8259 programmable interrupt controller-that are present on the Intel SBC 80120 single-board computer.
A second method, the IEEE 488 interface bus, is the subject of this column; it uses a single set of eight bused bidirectional data lines that communicate data among all of the devices, plus eight bused flags that synchronize such communication. Fig 1 provides a block diagram for a 3-device system. Only 11 of the 16 bus lines in the IEEE 488 interface bus are shown. The other five IEEE 488 signals-IFC, ATN, SRQ, REN, and EOI-are not 'essential to this discussion. DIOl through DI08 are bused bidirectional data lines; there is nothing unusual or special about their behavior. Between each device and the DIOl to DI08 interface bus lines are eight sets of receivers and drivers, that is, eight IEEE 488 bus transceivers. Either 3-state or open-collector drivers are used; for further details, consult the IEEE Std 488-1978 document. 1
The three bus lines that synchronize the bidirectional data transfer are the interesting aspect of Fig 1. These bus lines participate in the 3-wire handshake protocol, and are called NDAC (not data accepted), NRFD (not ready for data), and DAV (data available). All three are based on the principle of the busedflag. In most articles on the IEEE 488 bus, the existence of bused flags is assumed to be understood, and attention is directed instead to hardware [large scale integration (LSI) chip sets], to state diagrams, and to the timing diagrams and flowcharts that summarize the characteristics of the 3-wire handshake. 2-12 Since the concept of a bused flag is one of the important ideas contained within the IEEE 488 staJ)dard, it is

DEVICE 2

IEEE 488
BUS TRANSCEIVERS

NDAC NRFD
DAV DEVICE 3

IEEE 488

BUS

DIO l TO NDAC NRFD DAV

TRANSCEIVERS 0108 BUS BUS BUS

BUS LINES LINE LINE LINE

Fig 1 Three-device IEEE 488 bus system. IEEE 488 bus transceivers provide critical link between each device and IEEE 488 bus

appropriate to discuss the characteristics of such a flag and how it is used.
It is again useful to make the distinction between a flag and a semphore in the context of a pair of communicating devices. As discussed previously, 13 the state of a flag is set or reset by one device and tested by the other, whereas the state of a semaphore is set by one device, reset by the other, and tested by both. According to these definitions, NDAC, NRFD, and DAv appear to possess semaphore characteristics, but it is easy to be misled. In Fig 1, for example, when device 1 outputs data to device 2, device 1 sets and resets the DAV signal line, and device 2 tests it. In turn, device 2 sets and resets the NDAC and NRFD lines, and device 1 tests them. The direction of communication can be changed, however, and device 2 can output data to device 1. In such a situation, device 2 now sets and resets the DAV signal line, and device 1 tests it; also , device 1 sets and resets the NDAC and NRFD signal lines, and device 2 tests them. Thus, the DAV, NDAC,
(continued on page 164)

162

COMPUTERDESIGN·JULY 1981

MICROANGELOTM
HIGH RESO~UTION GRAPHICS SINGLE BOARD COMPUTER
512 x 480 RESOLUTION MONOCHROME DISPLAY
by
SCION
CORPORATION

RS-170 composite or direct drive output
Local or external sync generation
4 or 5 Mhz ZBO microprocessor
60 hertz realtime clock
8 lev.el interrupt tie-in
IEEE SlOO bus compatible
ScreenwareTM Pak I
A 4K byte operating system resident in PROM on MicroAngelo~ Pak I emulates an 85 character by 40 line graphics terminal and provides over 40 graphics commands. Provisions exist for user-defined character sets and directly callable user extensions to Screenware Pak I.
TEKEWM
A Tektronix 4010/4014 graphics terminal emulator which is fully PLOT-10 and CP/M * compatible.
*CP/M is a registered trademark of Digital Research Corp.

~ight pen interface
Time multiplexed refresh
4K resident ScreenwareTM Pak I operating system
32KRAM isolated from host address space
High speed communications over parallel bus ports
ScreenwareTM Pak II
An optional software superset of Pak I which adds circle generation, polygon flood, programmable split screen for separate graphics and terminal I/O, relative coordinates, faster vector and character plotting, a macro facility, full UCSD Pascal compatibility, and more.
SCION CORPORATION
8455·0 Tyco Road · Vienna, Va. 22180
(703)827-0888 · TWX: 710·831 ·9087
CIRCLE 90 ON INQUIRY CARD

DATA STACK
and NRFD signal lines may be set, reset, and tested by both devices. Are they semaphores? Our suggested answer is that they are not. Recall that bidirectional data transfer between two devices required two semaphores, one for each direction; for the transfer of data in a given direction, both devices tested the appropriate semaphore. 14 Such is not the case with the IEEE 488 bus system depicted in Fig 1.
For the transfer of a single byte of data in one direction, DAV, NDAC, and NRFD act as flags. Consider the interface diagram for the NDAC bus line (Fig 2). Open-collector busing is used, as required by the IEEE 488 standard, with a 3-k 0 resistor tied .to 5 V
and a 6.2-k n resistor tied to ground. 1 Each of the

NDAC FLAG

IEEE 488 BUS
TRANSCEIVER

NDAC FLAG

0
IEEE 488 BUS
TRANSCEIVER

DEVICE 2

NDAC FLAG

0

IEEE 488 BUS
TRANSCEIVER

NDAC BUS LINE

DEVICE 3

6.2k

3k

Fig 2 Three-device IEEE 488 NDAC bus
line. Each of three NDAC flags requires
separate IEEE 488 bus transceiver. NDAC
bus line is open-collector, with 6.2-k n resistor connected to ground and 3.0-k n
resistor connected to 5 V

three devices communicates with the NDAC bus line via a single transceiver, which is a combination of an inverter as a receiver (R) and an open-collector inverter as a bus driver (D). Each device outputs (o) its NDAC flag state, and inputs (I) the status of the NDAC bus line. The NDAC bus line possesses the wire-ORed negative-logic convention that is characteristic of open-collector busing.
It is easy to confuse the coded logic state with the electrical signal level on either side of the IEEE 488 bus transceiver shown in Fig 2. Fig 3 assists the interpretation. On the left of the bus transceiver, positive transistor-transistor logic (TTL) is employed for the NDAC flag, with GND potential corresponding to logic 0 (false) and 5 V corresponding to logic 1 (true). To the right of the transceiver, a negative-logic bus is employed, with the low (L) electrical state ~.8 V)
corresponding to logic l * (true), and the high (H)
electrical state ~2.0 V) corresponding to logic 0* (false). The asterisk (*) represents states coded in negative logic. Interconversion between positive TTL logic and the negative-logic bus is accomplished with inverters.
A truth table for the NDAC bus line summarizes the logic relationships between the three TTL NDAC flags and the NDAC bus line in Fig 2. The logic states for the NDAC flag for device x have the . following meanings.:
0 (False) Device x has accepted current data from DIOI to DIOS
1 (True) Device x has not accepted current data from DIOI to DIOS
The logic states for the NDAC bus line have the following meanings:
o· (False) All of the devices have accepted current data
from DIO I to DIOS
1*(True) Not all of the devices have accepted current data from DIOI to DIOS
If any NDAC flag in Fig 2 is at true, the NDAC bus line is pulled true to indicate that all of the devices have not accepted data from moI to DI08.
The interface diagram for the NRFD bus line is identical to that for the NDAC line in Fig 2; compare
(continued on page 166)

NDAC Flag Device 3
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1

NDAC Bus Line Truth Table

NDAC Flag Device 2
0 0 1 1 0. 0 1 1

NDAC Flag Device 1
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

NDAC Bus line
0" 1 .. 1 .. 1 .. 1 * 1 .. 1 * 1 *

164

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

Ifyou're thinking small systems.·.

put our technology behind your nameplate.

Our competitive edge has always been our technology. Our ability to originate and apply innovative scientific and engineering ideas has made us a leader in the peripherals industry.
It's easy to grow with Control Data.
Everyone needs the kind of products that offer upgrade ability without expensive software modification. We've always stressed compatibility within our product lines. So that larger disk drives or faster printers can be integrated easily. And we have a broader range of peripheral products than any other OEM.
But we don't stop there. We believe that

service is just as important to the customer as the quality of our hardware.
Quality in our OEM service and support, too.
Our customers can rely on our maintenance organization of several thousand qualified customer engineers. And our spare parts depots are strategically located all over the world.
Let us share the secrets of our success with you. We've learned a lot in building a billion dollar peripheral products business.
Call us today. (612) 853-7600. Or write OEM, Control Data Corporation, HQN11I, P.O. Box 0, Minneapolis, MN 55440.

&Jc:\ CONTl\.OL DATA
\::I r::J CO~OR{\TION

Addressing society's major unmet needs as profitable business opportunities

CIRCLE 91 ON INQUIRY CARD

165

DATA STACK

J L 5V
l:TRUE 0 - FALSE GND
NDAC FLAG (POSITIVE LOGIC)

I --fo<l-

v 0* =FALSE ~ 2·0 V (H)
5i3k !'=TRUE

H> (>'
o- ~
_ _ ____, ~~62k

IEEE 488 -<±Ci -
BUS TRANSCEIVER.

NDAC BUS LINE (NEGATIVE LOGIC)

Fig 3 Summary of NDAC flag and bus line logic. At device level, positive logic is used frequently. At bus level, negative logic is required by IEEE Std 488-1978. Asterisk(*) refers to bus line logic

the NRFD truth table. Logic states for the NRFD flag
for device x have the following meanings:

0 (False) 1 (True)

Device xis ready for the next data byte from DIOI to DI08
Device x is not ready for the next data byte from DIOI to DIOS

The logic states for the NRFD bus line have the following meanings:

o· (False) All of the devices are ready for the next data
byte from DIO I to DIOS

1*(True) All of the devices are not ready for the next
data byte from mot to mos

If any NRFD flag is true, the NRFD bus line is pulled true, thus indicating that all of the devices are not ready for the next data byte from DIOI to DI08.
The interface diagram for the DAV signal is identical to that in Fig 2, but the truth table for the DAv bus line is different from the DAV and NRFD tables. Logic states of the DAv flag for device x have the following meanings:

0 (False) Device x does not have data available for DIOt to DIOS
1 (True) Device x has current data available for DIOt to
DIOS
Logic states for the DAv bus line have the following meanings:

0* (False) None of the devices has data available for DIOI to DIOS
1*(True) A single device has current data available for DIOI to DIOS

Observe that only one device at a time is permitted to
output data to mot to DI08. Four of the entries in ~he
DAV truth table are not allowed by the IEEE 488 stan-· ' dard.
To summarize the information provided here for NDAC, NRFD, and DAv, it is appropriate to consider the 3-wire handshake timing diagram. (See Fig 4.) A single device in Fig 1 is assumed to be the source of data, or talker, and one of the other two devices is assumed to be an acceptor of data, or listener. The remaining device is assumed to be inactive. Fig 4 differs from the 3-wire handshake diagrams given in other articles5· 12 in one significant respect: the timing diagrams for the talker and listener TTL flag signals· are provided in addition to the timing diagrams for the DAV, NRFD, and NDAC open-collector bus lines. Defining two types of data will aid the discussion of Fig 4: "current" data, which are data being transmitted during the current handshake cycle, and "next" data, which are data to be transmitted during the next handshake cycle. The reason for making such a distinction is that the state of the NRFD bus
(continued on page 168)

NRFD Flag Device 3
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1

NRFD Bus Line Truth Table

NRFD Flag Device 2
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1

NRFD Flag Device 1
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

NRFO Bus Line
O* 1.
1 * 1 .. 1 *
1 * 1 * 1 *

DAV Flag Device 3
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1

DAV Flag Device 2
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1

DAV Bus Line Truth Table

DAV Flag Device 1
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

DAV Bus Line
1 * 0* 0*
-
0*
--

Comments
No output data available Output data available (from device 1) Output data available (from device 2) Not allowed Output data available (from device 3) Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed

166

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

A LITTLE GOOD NEWS FOR
DATA GENERAL OEMS.

Look what we've put together for you._

You can get to work on your MPT

A desk top computer that doesn't take up the

software now. By calling your local Data

whole desk.

General sales office. Or writing us at MS C-228,

It's called MPT.

4400 Computer Drive, Westboro MA 01580.

And look what's inside this little thing:
a 16 bit microN0 VA® computer. 60 K bytes

Or if you really want to move, you can pick one up at your local Data General industrial elec-

of memory. 80 column by 25 line screen.

tronics stocking distributor* this afternoon.

Full keyboard with 10-key numeric

pad. And up to 716 KB of on-line

storage on two 358 KB mini diskettes.

(Also available with one diskette.

Or none.)
Out back you'll find an 1/0 bus

that accepts the standard mi-

croNOVA peripherals.

As well as your own

interfaces. And two syn-

chronous/asynchronous

communications ports,

programmable to 19. 2K baud.

Standard. (We could go on about why

that's an option on other systems. But don't get

us started on that.)

Also standard are power-up diagnostics

that check out the whole system before it accepts

You'll find MPT very easy to take.

your diskettes. So you and your software

Partly because of the $5900 list price (USA

shouldn't be accused of hardware problems.

price, 2 diskette version; OEM quantity

MPT is upwards compatible with

discounts available). And partly because the

the microNOVA, NOVA® and ECLIPSE® whole thing weighs just 30 pounds.

computers you're probably using now. And

Remember when you decided to become

because it uses a run-time version of MP/OS,

a Data General OEM? That was a very

you're going to be able to develop your software intelligent decision on your part.

with your MP/OS and AOS operating systems.

MPT is good news for every Data General

In PASCAL, FORTRAN, BASIC.

OEM. And bad news for those who are not.

~"Data General
We take care of our own.

*SCHWEBER, HALL-MARK, KIERULFF, ALMAC/STROUM, and in Canada, R.A.E. and FUTURE.

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

CIRCLE 92 ON INQUIRY CARD

167

CATA STACK
line, after it has become true (logic 1*), applies to the next data byte, whereas the state of the NDAC bus line, while the DAV bus line is true (logic 1*), applies to the current data byte.
Initially, the talker in Fig 4 is not outputting data
(DAv is false) and the listener is not ready for (NRFD is
true) and has not accepted (NDAC is true) the next data byte. The talker outputs the current data byte to
mot to mos; detects the NRFD = logic O* (false) con-
dition; and sets its DAV flag to logic 1 (true). The
listener detects the DAV = logic 1* (true) condition;
sets its NRFD flag to logic 0 (true) to indicate that it is not ready for the next data byte; at its own rate, ac-
cepts th~ current data byte from the DIOI to mos bus;
and resets its NDAC flag to logic 0 (false). The.talker
detects the NDAC = logic 0* (false) condition; resets
its DAV flag to logic 0 (false); tests to determine whether more data must be output; outputs the next
data byte to 0101 to mos; and waits until NRFD =
logic O* (false), which indicates that the listener is ready for this "next" data byte. The listener detects the DAV = logic 0* (false) condition and sets its NDAC flag to logic 1 (true) to indicate that it has not accepted the next data byte. With the 3-wire handshake protocol, each listener can accept and process data at its own rate. The rate at which output data are transferred from talker to one or more listeners is governed by the slowest listener.
With positive and negative signals or buses, positive and negative mnemonics and signal conven-

DIOl TO DIOB

DAV FLAG l =TRUE (TALKER) 0 =FALSE

NRFD FLAG l =TRUE (LISTENER) 0 =FALSE

NDAC FLAG I =TRUE (LISTENER) 0 =FALSE

LJ

DAV

0* =FALSE

BUS LINE I*= TRUE

NRFD 0* =FALSE BUS LINE l*=TRUE

NDAC O* = FALSE BUS LINE I*= TRUE
Fig 4 Three-wire handshake timing diagram. Positive logic is assumed for flags, and negative logic is required for bus lines

tions, the occasional absence of true/false labels on 3-wire handshake timing diagrams, the use of high/low instead of true/false as labels on some timing diagrams, and the use of diagrams that are not identical to, or the complement of, the diagrams given in the IEEE Std 488-1978 document, it is no surprise that engineers often have difficulty in learning the basic characteristics of the IEEE 488 bus. One useful reference on the subject is the introductory text by Fisher and Jensen. 10
References
1. "IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation," IEEE, Inc, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY, Nov 30, 1978
2. D. W. Ricci and G. E. Nelson, "Standard Instrument Interface Simplifies System Design," Electronics, Nov 14, 1974, pp 95-106
3. R. Young, "Implementing an IEEE-488 Bus Controller with Microprocessor Software," IEEE Trans on IECI, IECI-27 (1), Feb 1980, pp 10-15
4. G. R. Samsen and R. D. Hudson, "Bus Adapter Simplifies Interprocessor Communication,'' Computer Design, Dec 1980, pp 119-124
5. Condensed Description of the Hewlett-Packard Interface Bus, Hewlett-Packard Co, Loveland, Colo, Mar 1975, p 9
6. J. Pieper and R. J. Grossi, "LSI Streamlines Instrument Interface with Standard IEEE 488 Bus,'' Electronics, Apr 26, 1979, pp 145-150
7. R. M. Williams, "LSI Chips Ease Standard 488 Bus Interfacing," Computer Design, Oct 1979, pp 123-131
8. Getting Aboard the 488-1975 Bus, Motorola Semiconductor Products Inc, Phoenix, Ariz, p 14
9. Peripheral Design Handbook, Intel Corp, Santa Clara, Calif, Feb 1979, pp 1-231
10. E. Fisher and C. W. Jensen, PET and the IEEE 488 Bus (GPIB), Osborne/McGraw Hill, Berkeley, Calif, 1980
11. J. Kane and A. Osborne, An Introduction to Micro computers, Vol 3: Some Real Support Devices, Osborne/McGraw Hill, Berkeley, Calif, 1978179, pp J5-1 to 15-9
12. S. Leibson, "The Standard Interface," Keyboard, Hewlett-Packard Desktop Computer Div, Fort Collins, Colo, July 1979, pp 8-11
13. P.R. Rony, "Interfacing Fundamentals: Conditional 110 Using a Semaphore," Computer Design, Apr 1980, pp 166-167
14. P. R. Rony, " Interfacing Fundamentals: Bidirectional 110 Using Two Semaphores," Computer Design, Apr 1981, pp 184-188

Please rate the value of this article to you by circling the appropriate number in the ''Editorial Score Card" box on the Inquiry Card.

High 722

Average 723

Low,Z4

168

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

CIRCLE 93 ON INQUIRY CARD

DATA STACK
Microcomputer chip family features standard microp:rogrammahle instruction set

CONTROL

u ~

K1- s .....---1 REG

~

y

ALU

1 a ~

~/1

~FILE

vH- I- .---

L_

CONTROL

'"

~

-===--

TRADITIONAL APPROACH

Architecture of Tl's Microlanguage processor. VLSI problems of interconnect and design cost are attacked using a strip approach (right). Memory intensive subunits are aligned

STRIP APPROACH
in vertical strips so that subsequent layers can accomplish interconnect with minimum signal path length

TMS 1000 Microlanguage Processor family chips feature a standard microprogrammable instruction set, memory
intensive architecture, and a compact layout scheme that allow chip densities to approach VLSI levels of integration. The architecture of the 8-bit microcomputer ·chips offered by Texas Instruments Inc, PO Box 202129, Dallas, TX 75220, unifies chip elements, increasing functionality by minimizing random logi~ and interconnection constraints.
Features of the family include 8-bit instruction/data word, 2's complement arithmetic, single instruction BCD addition and subtraction, and a full feature data/program stack. Also provided are 128 memory mapped registers, two external maskable interrupts, a 13-bit timer/event counter with interrupt and capture latch, 32-bit general purpose I/O, and TTL cpmpatible I/O pins.
Serving as the basis of the family is the company's Strip Chip Architecture

Topology (SCAT). SCAT makes extensive use of dense ROM and RAM cells, as well as transistor arrays, rather than the more space-consuming random logic transistors. This architecture unifies such chip elements as control logic, data paths, and memory.
The Microlanguage Processor's (MLP's) 3-tier, onchip memory hierarchy consists of a stack of fast transistorarray CPU registers operating concurrently with system memory; 128 bytes of general purpose data registers implemented in high speed dynamic RAM and 2k bytes of user ROM; and offboard memory, fully expandable to 64k bytes. Random logic is replaced by denser control ROM (CROM) for the chip's instruction execution sequence, allowing designers to personalize the chip's instruction set. CROM code can be altered or completely rewritten and, subsequently, mask-programmed during production, so that the standard chip is customized to the end product's defined tasks.

The microcoding simplicity of the MLP is the result of the general technique for instruction decode. The CPU has no microprogram counter; the present CROM state supplies the address of the next state. When instruction flow decisions are required based on the opcode in the instruction register (IR), the control state enables an instruction dispatch. This supplies bits from the IR directly as addresses to the CROM. The opcode is applied in 3-, 4-, and 5-bit fields to maximize microcode sharing between instructions. This code sharing allows addressing mode microcode to be implemented only once in CROM, but used for many different instructions. The microarchitecture and code sharing technique result in reduced bar size and increased flexibility.
With the peripheral file memory mapped into the general address space, the user, through the six dedicated peripheral file instructions of the extended
(continued on page 173)

170

COMPUTERDESIGN·JULY 1981

OUI
CONTAC~T.~I
GIMVEOYiOi U.
IE LIABLE
- INF
In the work:J of electronic data processing, a bad contact is often the same as no contact. And that means information is lost. So when you're connecting a PC board to a backplane or assembling 1/0 connections, check into the ITT Cannon Electric ADAPTACON connector series.
The ADAPTA-CON line is our most versatile packaging concept. Whenever you need a large numoor of contacts in a specific connector length, ADAPTA-CON gives you high density, high reliability twopiece connectors in a wide variety of crimp or solder type, high or low insertion force, all-plastic designs. Which means you can handle increas00 capacities with greater reliability. Plus you get Cannon quality with fast delivery at very competitive prices.
For immediate information refer to our pages in EEM. For ltterature, the name of your local ITT Cannon distributor or other information contact Rectangular DMsion Marketing Manager, ITT Cannon Bectric, a DMsion of International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, 10550 Taloort Avenue, Fountain Valley, CA 92708. (714) 964-7400. In Europe, contact ITT Cannon Electric, Avenue Louise 250, B-1050 Brussels, Belgium. Phone: 02/640.36.00.
CANNON ITT
You can always connect with Cannon.
CIRCLE 94 ON INQUIRY CARD

The only DZll Compatible Multiplexor for LSl-11. And it has RS-422 plus RS-232 and current loop capability-
MDB makeS
the difference!

Now you can have it all for your LSI-11 or

PDPt 11 system! Full DZll multiplexor per-

formance with the added benefit of EIA-

RS-422 long line capability- commu-

·nicates at distances to 3000 feet

(914.4m) at rates to 19.2K baud.

What's more, MDB's DZll multi-

plexors let you combine RS-422

with EIA-RS-232 in any combi-

nation up to a total of eight

lines on a single board. Or com-

bine RS-232 with current loop

in the same way. Eight and six-

teen channel RS-232 DZll

multiplexors are also available.

No more doubling up on

boards, distribution boxes, rack

space or price. You see the

results in your system's perfor-

mance and cost.

And that's not the only differ-

ence we can make to you. MDB has

line printer controllers that are com-

pletely self-testing and we make more

controllers for more computer/printer .

combinations than any company in the world.

MDB offers PROM modules with window mapping,

communications interfaces that support X.25 and a

unique LSI-W23 system with 22 bit addressing and up

to 4 Mbytes of memory. From purely compatible to

purely incredible all MOB products are built with

exceptional quality and responsiveness to cus-

tomer requirements. Our boards are warran-

teed for a full year, many are available off

the shelf and they can be purchased under

GSA contract #GS-OOC-02423.

Call or write for all our specifications

- the MDB differences that make a

difference.

*Trademark Digital Equipment Corp .

r:1 [)B1995 N. Batavia Street

Orange, California 92665

I

714-998-6900

SYSTEMS INC. TWX: 910-593-1339

Circle 95 for featured product data.
Circle 96 for general info.

DATA STACK
addressing mode instructions, can manipulate onchip 110 ports and external peripheral device registers. This ability eliminates the need to use an accumulator as an intermediary. Specified bits can be set, cleared, and tested with single instructions.
Model TMS7000 is a "RoMless" version of the microcomputer chip; it contains a CPU, 128 bytes of RAM, and 110 onchip. TMS7020 provides CPU, 128 bytes of RAM, 2k bytes of ROM, and 110 onchip; the same features with 4k bytes of onchip RAM are provided by TMS7040. All three versions can be accessed up to 64k bytes of address space through memory expansion modes.
Circle 460 on Inquiry Card

Logic modules offered for LSI-11 microcomputers
Two logic modules for Digital Equipment Corp's LSl-11 microcomputer family, the P03 parity controller and the BT03 bootstrap/terminator, are offered by Dataram Corp, Princeton Rd, Cranbury, NJ 08512. The parity controller provides parity error detection up to 2M words and operates with any LSl-11 compatible memory module that provides the necessary 18-bit word length. The dual-board bootstrap/terminator offers space for a 32 x 16-bit P/ROM array and provides bootstrap programs for a variety of LSl-11 peripheral controllers.
The control and status register (CSR) contained in the parity controller has a switch-selectable address range of 112100 to 172136. Contents of the CSR are displayed continuously on LED indicators mounted on the rear edge of the controller.
Compatible with the Q-bus protocol, the controller requires 5 Vat 1.5 A and operates in systems with up to 4M bytes of memory storage. The unit measures 0.46 x 8.9 x 5.18" (l.17 x 22.6 x 13.16 cm) and fits into the LSI-11 chassis using one dual PCB slot. Operating temperature is 0 to 55 °C.
A dual board that provides space for a 32 x 16-bit P/ROM array, the bootstrap/ terminator can be provided without P/ROMS to allow population with user designed P/ROMs. The unit is also offered with any one of five P/ROM sets designed to provide specific bootstrap routines.
The unit's P/ROM array can be located in one of two switch-selectable address

CIRCLE 136 ON INQUIRY CARD

ranges in the upper 4k-byte 110 address bank. Circuitry is provided that performs the same functions as the programmable line time circuitry on DEC's KPVll clock module. LSl-11 bus terminators are optional. Power requirements are 5 V at 0.75 A with terminations.
Designed to fit into the LSl-11 backplane using one dual slot, the board

measures 0.46 x 8.9 x 5.18" (1.17 x 22.6 x 13.16 cm) and weighs 5.6 oz (0.16 kg). It is compatible with DEC's RLVll cartridge disc system, TU58 DECtape II cartridge tape system, TMl l compatible tape systems, RKVl l compatible cartridge disc systems, and the company's BC-212 Bulk Core and BS-212 Bulk Semi disc emulation systems.
Circle 461 on Inquiry Card

173

174

CIRCLE 97 ON INQUIRY CARD

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

DATA STACK

Single-hoard Winchester disc controller is Multibus compatible
MSC-9205 Multibus compatible singleboard disc drive controller is based on the MSC 9000 series module that provides up to 75% of all the circuitry needed for 5.25 and 8 11 (13.34- and 20-cm) Winchester disc drive controllers. Offered by Microcomputer Systems Corp, 432 Lakeside Dr, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, the controller uses a MOS microprocessor, ROM, and semicustom LSI circuitry to reduce the number of chips needed for a complete disc control system from approximately 200 to less than 25. ·
The controller supports 20-hit addressing, 8- or 16-bit OMA data transfer, OMA command transfer, and 8080 and 8086 compatibility. Features include alternate sectoring on each track, variable interleaving, 22-bit error detection and 11-bit error correction, data separation, automatic position verification, and automatic re-try. The 9000 series module includes control, data buffering, and error correction functions, while other circuitry on the host-resident single board provides host and disc interface functions.
Circle 462 on Inquiry Card
Personal business computer offered in briefcase sized package
Osborne I, a personal computer for business professionals, is a totally integrated microcomputer system in a portable carrying case. Offered by Osborne Computer Corp, 26500 Corporate Ave, Hayward, CA 94545, the 64k Z80A based system performs a large number of straightforward tasks using industry standard operating systems and programming languages.
Standard hardware features include a 5 11 (13-cm) monitor that provides a 52-character window on a 128-character line. The screen displays 24 rows implemented in 4k x 9-bit RAM. Upper- and lowercase characters with underlining, two screen intensities, and graphics capabilities are provided. IEEE-488 and RS-232-C interfaces, the Supercalc

electronic calculator, and a standard typewriter keyboard plus numeric pad are included as well.
Two single-density, single-sided floppy disc drives provide approximately lOOk bytes of storage each. Of the 64k bytes of RAM, 4k bytes are used by the screen, leaving 60k bytes available to the programmer. System software is held in ROM in a separate address space.
System software includes the CP/MR operating system and a CP/ M compatible electronic worksheet. The system uses two BASIC programming languages: CBASIC and MBASIC. WordStar word processing system with MailMerge is provided as well.
Hardware options include doubledensity, double-sided floppy disc drives; a 9 11 (23-cm) monitor that reproduces the 5 11 (13-cm) display; a 12" (30-cm) monitor providing an 80-column display; modem electronics; and an acoustic coupler. An optional battery pack provides three to five hours of operation away from an electrical outlet.
Circle 463 on Inquiry Card
Emulator, analyzer aid 16-hit microcomputer system development
An emulator for the Zilog Z8000 microprocessor family, and Trigger Trace Analyzer supply added debugging capability for 16-bit microcomputer systems. The hardware/software integration tools, available from Tektronix, Inc, PO Box 500, Beaverton, OR 97077, provide full-speed, completely transparent eumulation of Z800IA and Z8002A chips and advanced logic analysis for 16-bit microprocessors, respectively.
The Trigger Trace Analyzer (HA) has four channels, each with a 16-bit counter, that can count triggers, time, or provide delays. Channels are composed of identical word recognizers that will trigger on address, data, and control signal information, or combinations of these. Four external triggers tie in other design tools such as logic analyzers and oscilloscopes. Eight external probe inputs and one BNC input are available to the word recognizers. Triggering capabilities for address and data comparators

include "equal to," "not equal to," "don't care," "ranging," and "range exclusion." The external probe input comparator provides "equal to" and "don't care" triggering, while the control signal comparator has "equal to" capability.
For realtime tracing, the TTA has a 255-word x 62-signal acquisition trace memory that samples address, data, external probe, and control line information from the emulator. The trace memory accepts up to 24 address signals, up to 16 data signals, up to 14 emulator dependent signals, and 8 external probe signals. The TTA has 8-MHz (125-ns) bus cycle resolution for word recognizers and acquisition trace memory. Maximum clock rate for counting or timing is 5 MHz.
Features include the ability to qualify storage in the acquisition trace memory, a microcomputer specific user interface for 16-bit emulators, definition of an additional breakpoint for the emulator by each trigger, consecutive event detection, and sequential triggering detection. The TTA is compatible with both the 8550 single-user microcomputer development lab (see Computer Design, Jan 81, p 159) and the 8540 integration unit scheduled for introduction later this year.
The Z8000 emulator, with Z8001A and Z8002A probes, offers full-speed, completely transparent emulation of both chips at up to 6 MHz, with no wait states. The full 48M-byte addressing range (6 address spaces of SM bytes each for the Z800IA and 6 address spaces of 64k bytes each for the Z8002A) is supported by the emulator. For debugging, two emulation breakpoints are contained in the emulator along with symbolic debug. The emulator can disassemble instructions in the segmented or nonsegmented mode and detect prototype clock failures.
Features include memory mapping and memory write protection, both with 4k-byte resolution; a low profile hybrid microprocessor probe; prototype l/O that is directly accessible from the terminal with read and write commands; qualified program tracing, and complete support of "refresh" and "busreq" while the emulator is not running. The emulator is compatible with the TTA. Intel 8086 and Motorola 68000 emulators will be avaialable later this year.
Circle 464 on Inquiry Card

175

CATA STACK
Microcomputer system is designed for industrial process control

176

CIRCLE 98 ON INQUIRY CARD

Industrial process control microcomputer system. Product of Alpha Omega Computer Systems, STD BUS Little Computer utilizes multiple processors dedicated to specific tasks and operating at optimum speed
A microcomputer system designed specifically for industrial process control applications, the Little Computer is · available from Alpha Omega Computer Systems, Inc, 875 NW Grant Ave, Corvallis, OR 97330. Using the STD BUS, the system can utilize multiple processors, each dedicated to a specific task and operating at optimum speed.
Special application cards available for
the system include a 4-MHz zso pro-
cessor card, 64k-byte memory, disc controller, 4-channel serial 110, 24-h clock card with onboard battery backup, 16channel ADC and a 48-line parallel 110 card. A video display card, Winchester controller, and a DAC will be available in the future. The system can use up to four 8" (20-cm) Shugart floppy disc drives for a total storage capacity of IM characters.
The system is programmable in a variety of languages. Widely used operating systems can be added easily, allowing program development in high level languages such as BASIC, COBOL, FORTRAN' and c.
A typical system configuration includes two 0.25M-byte floppy disc drives, printer, console, 64k bytes of memory mapped RAM, and six empty card slots. These slots can be used to add additional serial 110, parallel 110, time of day battery backup clock, an additional disc controller, or an additional 64k bytes of memory.
Circle 465 on Inquiry Card
COMPUTER DESIGN ·JULY 1981

"Our newVISUAi, 400
tops the Industry§ rmest Dne ofvideo terminals."
"Compare Visual's line of terminals with any other in the industry. Character or block mode. 80or132 columns. Black and white or green and black screens. Double high and double wide characters. Super editing. Umited graphics. Paging. International character sets. Programmable function keys. We emu/ate and outperform terminals from DEC®, Hazeltine, Lear Siegler and ADDS. Chances are we've got the right terminal at the right price for you. Call our marketing department and see for yourself."
Tom Foley, President

VISUAL 100-

VISUAL 200- Switchable Emulations

DEC VTIOO® Compatible · Switch selectable emulation of DEC

Plus

·

VT52®, Hazeltine 1500, ADDS 580,

· Advanced video pack-

LSIADM-3A

age is standard

· Non-glare tiltable screen

· Non-glare, tiltable screen · Detached solid state keyboard

· Detach~d solid state key- · Large 7 x.9 dot matrix char-

board, n-key rollover

acters with descenders for

· CRT saver feature

lowercase

· Serial buffered printer interface option

· Background/foreground, blink, security fields, editing

· Hewlett-Packard protocol · EIA-RS232-C and 20 ma inter-

compatibility option

faces, serial printer port,

smooth scroll, 14 function keys

· Numeric keypad and cursor positioning keys

VISUAL 210 - Block Mode
· All the features of VISUAL 200 plus ...
· 14 user programmable function keys, up to 48 codes each may be down line loaded
· Transmit line, field, page
· User programmable message framing including start of message, end of line, field separator and end of message codes
· Remote transmit
· Suspend/resume transmit
·Transmit unprotecVall

VISUAL 400- Top Of The Line
· All the advanced _video capabilities of the VISUAL 100, i.e., 80or132 columns, etc., plus ...
· Flexible block mode transmission parameters · Multiple field definitions including numeric only,
alpha only, must fill, total fill, right justify, protect · 8 resident national character sets & line drawing ii Programmable non-volatile fuhction keys · Control code display · Printer port independent of communication interface · 2 or 4 optional pages of memory; flip page or scroll · Set-up modes for selection of terminal parame-
ters, eliminating cumbersome switches

CIRCLE 99 ON INQU..Y CARD

CATA STACK

Bit slice development system offers -logic state analyzer capabilities
Bit slice development system . Advanced Micro Devices' AmSYS 29/10 features integrated logic analyzer and reduces debug time by emulating critical parts of target system
Complete hardware and software tools for the development of microprogrammed target systems are provided by the AmSYS29/lO development system from Advanced Micro Devices Inc, 901 Thompson Pl, Sunnyvale, CA 94086. The system features an integrated logic analyzer and offers symbolic development of microcode, high speed control store emulator, target system clock control, and logic state monitoring.
During hardware and software integration, the system reduces debug time by emulating critical parts of the target system. A writable control store replaces control/store P/ ROM with high speed RAM, and clock control logic adds breakpoint and single-step capability. A single-card microprogram sequencer is provided as an evaluation vehicle for microprogram familiarization and software module testing. When combined with the writable control store and clock control logic, the microprogram sequencer forms a complete microprogrammed controller for testing and debugging prototype hardware.
The system's AMDASM meta-assembler supports microcode development. The meta-assembler allows definition of a mnemonic instruction set for any microinstruction format.
Support is provided for an optional Am29/6310 high speed trace unit with logic state analyzer capabilities. This unit allows tracking of microinstructions and the many bus paths inside complex bit slice architecture. The high speed trace option performs realtime event and count measurements to 10 MHz on a 48-bit wide sample. Up to 256 time and data samples can be stored, and each sample can be expanded to 128

bits. Multiple 48-bit wide triggers provide event based controls. The eight triggers are general purpose and can be nested to qualify data for storage or add up to eight breakpoints to the clock control logic.
The system processor is composed of an 8-bit microprocessor board, 64k bytes of RAM, and a single/doubledensity floppy disc controller board. It provides an interface to a CRT console, supports microprogram development software, and directs the microprogrammed controller and high speed trace option. The board also contains four RS-232 serial ports and a parallel printer interface. All peripherals are optional.
A single Am96/ 1064 board containing 64k bytes of dynamic RAM and autorefresh provides memory support. A separate chassis contains two 8 11 (20-cm) floppy disc drives. The controller detects and matches the density of the IBM format compatible diskettes in each drive.
The microprogram support software package handles microprogram development and controls emulation and trace hardware. The package runs under the standard AMDOS29 disc operating system, along with an editor, an 8080/ 8085/ Z80 relocatable macro assembler, and file handler.
Circle 466 on Inquiry Card
Single-hoard controller interfaces Winchester discs to LSI-11 computers
sco2 single-board controller interfaces a variety of 8 and 14" (20- and 36-cm), small to medium capacity hard disc drives with Digital Equipment Corp's LSI-11 computers. The controller, offered by Emulex Corp, 2001 E Deere Ave, Santa Clara, CA 92705, uses the standard SMD interface and supports one or two disc drives.
Features include two selectable bus register start locations, selectable bus addressing, two selectable vector addresses, and a 32-bit error correcting code provision. An edge-mounted LED provides activity, error, and status display under microprogram control. Onboard slide switches allow selection of program controlled operating and configuration options. Sockets are supplied for installing bus terminator resistors plus P/ROM chips for execution up to a 512-word bootstrap program. Also included onboard is a BDV-11 compatible, software controllable line time

clock. All control functions reside in one quad-size PCB that occupies a single Q-bus slot on the LSI-I I.
Two models emulate specific DEC subsystems. sco21A emulates the RPI IE controller combined with multiple RP02 and RP03 disc drives to support all types of drives having capacities from 8M to 160M bytes. The sco21c emulates the RK61 l controller combined with multiple RK06 and RK07 drives to support cartridge module drives that have both fixed and removable media and capacities from 16M to 96M bytes, plus other drives for which the RK06/07 provides a convenient capacity.
Circle 467 on Inquiry Card
Power supply offered for microprocessor based systems in Europe
Microprocessor based systems aimed at international markets can be powered with the XL200-3501 200-W open frame switching power supply from Boschert, Inc, 384 Santa Trinita Ave, Sunnyvale, CA 94086. The supply complies with Verband Deutscher Elektronika (VDE) requirements, providing a general purpose power supply for small business computers and other microprocessor based systems in Europe.
The supply has jumper selectable input voltage ranges of 95 to 130 Vac and 190 to 265 Vac, at frequencies from 47 to 440 Hz. It supplies up to 200 W of total power on four outputs. The 5-V primary output delivers 5 to 25 A at total regulation within ± 1OJo and combined noise and ripple within ± 20Jo. Standard - 5-, 12-, and -12-V auxiliary outputs each provide 0.5 to 4 A with total regulation of ± 90Jo and combined noise and ripple of ± 20Jo.
Minimum output voltage time is 16 ms at maximum load and nominal input voltage. Protective features include short circuit protection, overvoltage protection, and power foldback. Overtemperature protection is offered by a thermal switch, and power fail detection is optional.
Operating temperature range is 0 to 50 °C without forced air cooling, and 0 to 70 °C with forced air cooling. The supply measures 15 x 6.0 x 2.75 11 (38 x 15.2 x 7.0 cm), and weighs 4 lb (1.82 kg). It has been improved under VDE 0730 safety and is designed to meet VDE 0871 electrical noise specifications.
Circle 468 on Inquiry Card

178

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

When an RTP measurement and control system like this comes in your door, something unusual happens. You plug it into your computer, hook up your sensors/actuators, power up .. . and everything works. Right out of the box. That's when you begin to understand the confidence CPI customers have in our front end equipment.
The trick is, we handle problems before we ship, not after. The package is configured to your specific application. Solutions are designed in .

~ ~

Comput:er Product:!i, in
Mea·urernent and Control !iy·tern· Dlvl·lon

c

.

The Industrial Problem Solver

Bugs are designed out. Documentation is comprehensive and right.
ATP systems are used worldwide in industrial process environments of every description . They offer all standard analog and digital 1/0 options - including the new DIOC (Distributed 1/0 Controller). Computer Products, Inc. 1400 N.W. 70th St., Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33309. (305) 974-5500. TWX 510-956-9895.
Years of reliable, trouble-free performance.
" We've Proven It!'

confid up front

CIRCLE 100 ON INQUIRY CARD

179

DATA STACK

Computer system combines UCSD Pascal and Q-hus
1 6-bit, stack oriented computer system. Offered by Advanced Digital Products, PDQ-3 incorporates Q-bus and executes UCSD Pascal Version 111 .0 P-code
PDQ-3, a 16-bit stack oriented computer system from Advanced Digital Products, 7584 Trade St, San Diego, CA 92121, features direct execution of ucsD Pascal Version 111.0 P-code. UCSD Pascal offers a high degree of software portability and reduced software development and maintenance. The system also incorporates the Q-bus, permitting the addition of a variety of peripherals.
A realtime clock interval timer, multiplexed CRT and serial printer interface, DMA floppy disc controller, and bootstrap loader from floppy or hard disc are features of the CPU module. The module is contained on a 8.5 x 10" (21.6 x 25-cm) multilayer printed circuit board.
Circle 469 on Inquiry Card
Universal development station supports over 40 microprocessors
Phoenix 3 universal microprocessor development station stores 2.5M bytes of program and data and supports high productivity software development for more than 40 microprocessors. The system, from American Microsystems, Inc, 3800 Homestead Rd, Santa Clara, CA 95051, supports 6800, 9900, 8080A, Z80, 802X, 803X, and 804X families, 6502, 1802, and 2650 microprocessors, 68000, Z8000, and 8086; and the company's s2000, s2200, and s2300 families.
Included in the system are a microprocessor based computer, 64k-byte RAM, 12" (30-cm) CRT, full ASCII keyboard and keypad, a 5.25" (13.34-cm) disc drive, two double-sided, double-density 8 " (20-cm) drives (total of 2.5M bytes),

and three RS-232-C interfaces. The Pascal based AMIX executive operating system supplies screen editor (EDW,ARD), utilities, and assemblers for the s2000, s2200, 6800, and 9900 microprocessors. The same editor is used for every supported microprocessor, increasing programmer productivity by reducing learning time for different projects. EDWARD includes cues and prompts to prevent development errors and inadvertent software destruction, and to allow recovery from errors.
Hardware options include Ariel, an RS-232-C compatible universal EPROM programmer/ROM simulator, and Delphi, a universal in-circuit emulation module that supports the S6800, S6802, 6801 , 6809, Z80, 8021, 8048, 8080, 8085, and 8041 microprocessors. Most RS-232-C compatible printers can also be used with the system.
Circle 4 70 on Inquiry Card
Development system offers high level language support, added memory
A microprocessor based development system for system designers using high level languages and requiring the support of future 16-bit processors, Starplex 11 offers both hardware and software support for a variety of microprocessor products. With additional RAM and high level language support, the system gives users three times the performance of the Starplex I disc oriented development system (see Computer Design, Sept 78, p 150).
Available from National Semiconductor, 2900 Semiconductor Dr, Santa Clara, CA 95051, the system uses two Z80A processors in a master/slave configuration. The master processor has access to 64k bytes of RAM and controls the operating system. The slave processor, which controls user programs, also has 64k bytes of RAM, for a total of 128k bytes of system RAM.
A spooled printer allows the user to print while simultaneously editing, compiling, assembling, or performing any other development system work. The programmed function keyboard has eight uppercase and eight lowercase function keys that can be programmed

to provide access to a total of 16 functions usable in a command system mode or by an application program running on the system. A system resident debugger does not occupy any user space in memory and can be called up at any time during program execution.
FORTRAN and BASIC can be used on the system with optional high level language support of PLIM and Pascal. Code generators for 8080/ 8085 and Z80/ NSC800 8-bit processors are available for both these high level compilers as well as a CP/ M interface.
A typical system configuration consists of two Z80A based CPUs; 128k bytes of RAM; lM byte of 8" (20-cm) floppy disc storage (two drives); video monitor and keyboard; and the disc based operating system with debugger, text editor, assembler, and linker. FORTRAN, BASIC, utilities and diagnostics, and the universal programmer interface for P/ ROMs and PLAs are included as well.
Circle 4 71 on Inquiry Card
Single-hoard computer provides support logic and power supply onhoard
CPU-I single-board computer allows designers to concentrate on their overall application, rather than on detailed microcomputer design, by providing basic microcomputer circuitry, support logic, and power supply onboard. Offered by Pragmatic Designs, Inc, 950 Benicia Ave, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, the 8085-based board is designed for dedicated control applications and is easily customized for specific applications.
Operating at 3 MHz, the basic system includes 256 bytes of RAM, 22 l/O lines, a serial l/O port, a programmable counter/timer, and 2 sockets for 1k to 4k bytes of EPROM. This basic configuration is expandable onboard to 512 bytes of RAM, 44 uo lines, and 2 clock timers. EPROM type is jumper selectable for 2708, 2716, 2758, or TMS 2716 EPROMS. The system also provides both power-on reset and manual reset buttons, and supports the 8085 vectored interrupt structure.
System power supply rectifiers, filters, and regulators are on the PC board; only
(continued on page 182)

180

COMPUTERDESIGN·JULY 1981

THE FIRST COMPLETE SENSOR·BASED
MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM

THERMOCOVPUS RTD'S STRAIN &4&ES mVANO VS16NALS _ _

RS·Z3ZCl2.0mA TOANYllosr COMPVT'ER
01<7/TAL. 1/0 LINES
CHANNEL -----EXPANSION

ONASINGLE BOARD

At last there's a single board solution for both local and remote industrial
measurement and control. It's µ.MAC4000-the low-cost per channel, easyto-implement system that can be used anywhere a cluster of sensors and analog signals must be conditioned and digitized.
µ.MAC-4000 is a fully integrated, precalibrated, intelligent system, complete with sensor signal conditioning, multiplexing, A/D conversion, digital 1/0 and serial communications to any host computer. Its on-board microcomputer unburdens the host CPU by performing sensor linearization, scaling and conversion to engineering units, and limit checking.

µ.MAC-4000 was designed to accurately process low level transducer sig-
nals in the harshest environments. Its accuracy is assured by high quality signal conditioning, featuring input protection, ±1000V channel to channel and input to output isolation, high noise rejection, RFl/EMI immunity and low drift amplification. And with µ.MAC4000, you can readily mix and match sig-

nal conditioning modules as you require. For the full story, write Analog
Devices, Box 280, Norwood, MA 02062, or call (617) 329-4700.
r.ANALOG W DEVICES

WAYOur IN FRONT.

Analog Devices. Inc.. Box 280. Norwood. MA 02062; East Coast: (617l 329-4700; Midwest: (312J 894-3300; West Coast: (714l 842· 1717; Texas: (713) 664-6704; Belgium: 031 /37 48 03; Denmark: (02l 84 58 00; England: 01/941 0466; France: 01 /687 3411; Germany: 089/53 0319; Japan: 03/263 6826; Netherlands: 01620-51080; Switzerland: 022 /31 57 60; Sweden: 08/282 740; and representatives around the world.

CIRCLE 101 ON INQUIRY CARD

181

DATA STACK

an external transformer is required to complete a single-board system. A special PC board area is laid out for wirewrapping or soldering special user functions. System 110 and control traces are bused to pads adjoining this area.
Application programs for the system can be developed using any 8080/8085 development system. The board also works with the company's DBM-I debug memory card. A connector and logic to utilize the memory card's hardware trap facility are provided and a trap LED shows the trap latch state during debugging. Programs for the target application can be developed using a larger host computer. When development is complete, the EPROMs can be programmed and installed in the computer for normal system operation.
Circle 4 7 2 on Inquiry Card
Realtime microcomputer system provides software power of minicomputer system
Realtime computer system. Desktop HP 1000 model 5, from Hewlett-Packard Co, includes HP 1000 L-series microcomputer, dual-disc drives, CRT, and keyboard
Model s combines the HP 1000 L series microcomputer (see Computer Design, Dec 80, p 142) with dual 270k-byte minifloppy disc drives, CRT, and keyboard in a desktop package for hardware OEMS and software houses developing systems around a small computer. Offered by Hewlett-Packard Co, 1507 Page Mill
182

Rd, Palo Alto, CA 94304, the system offers the software power of a minicomputer, plus a variety of 110 interfaces and peripherals including printers and hard discs.
The microsystem supports a variety of HP 1000 software, including two realtime operating systems: the RTE-L excecuteonly system for up to 64k bytes of memory, and the RTE-XL expanded memory operating system for up to 512k bytes of memory that provides full program development capabilities. Both operating systems are multi-user and multitasking.
Languages available on the system include HP Pascal, FORTRAN, ASSEMBLER, or BASIC. Optional software includes the company's Distributed Systems Network (DSN) software for linking the microsystem in a local or global computer network and IMAGE/ 1000 for database management. For applications requiring graphics, the system supports graphics peripherals and GRAPHICS/ 1000-11, the company's graphics software with 3-dimensional capabilities.
Three integrated terminal tops are offered for the system: the 262IA low cost terminal, the 2624 block mode terminal with user definable soft keys and forms generating set, and the 2626A multipleworkspace, split screen terminal. A built-in thermal printer can be specified for all three terminals.
Circle 4 7 3 on Inquiry Card
Multibus compatible microc~mputer runs Pascal, ANSI standard FORTRAN 77
A Multibus compatible microcomputer, CTS-300 processes full ANSI standard FORTRAN 77 and Pascal software under its UNIX-like MERLIN operating system to allow programs written for large computers to be run without change.

Offered by Codata Systems Corp, 285 N Wolfe Rd, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, the microcomputer can also be used to write programs for large system use.
An M68000 CPU, 256k bytes of high speed cache memory, and intelligent high speed control devices are provided on one Multibus card. Approaching large mainframe operating speeds, the CPU operates at 8 MHz, without wait states. Compiler speeds of up to 7000 lines/min are possible.
The system directly addresses up to 1.5M bytes of memory without segmentation. Since the CPU and software impose no addressing restrictions, the microcomputer can run programs up to 1.5M bytes in length. Differentiation between code and data is dynamic and optional, therefore there is no limit on a FORTRAN array size or Pascal procedure.
Included in the system are built-in floppy and Winchester disc drives, CRT, and an independent keyboard. A screen oriented editor and a 68000 assembler and linker that allow Pascal and FORTRAN to be linked to assembly language are also included.
Circle 4 74 on Inquiry Card
Memory expansion system increases RAM capacity, speeds disc transfers
Axlon 256 increases storage capacity of the Atari 800 computer from 48k bytes of RAM to 256k bytes. Offered by Axlon Inc, 170 N Wolfe Rd, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, the memory expansion system is plug compatible with the computer and includes all interface hardware. No modifications are required.
A modified DOS is included; the system is loaded from the disc and is ready to run. Disc transfer time is increased from 756 bytes/s to 128,000 bytes/s. Designed as an extension of the Atari bus structure, the system allows 80-col card units or hard disc controllers to interface with the computer.
Two 32k-byte RAMCRAM modules are provided with the system. Additional modules can be added until the full 256k-byte capacity is achieved. Atari RAM modules can be added as well.
Circle 475 on Inquiry Card
COMPUTER DESIGN ·JULY 1981

Advantedge

And

maybe best

of all, the

If you've been edgy

Spectra-Strip 807

about the quality of .

Card Edge connector is

your PCB connec-

available off-the-shelf from

tors, here's some

your nearest Spectra-Strip

good news:

·.· · oistributor.

The new ~ectra

While you've got him on the line,

StripTMJDC Card

you might want to ask about our other

Edge connector is

"IDC connectors, flat cables and assemblies.

the one you've been

Then relax.

waiting for.

Spectra-Strip, 7100 Lampson Ave., Garden

Designed to the rele-

Grove, CA 92642, telephone (714) 892-3361

vant portions of l\flL-C-

and 720 Sherman Ave., Hamden, CT 06514,

83503 and l\flL-C-21097, the

telephone (203) 281-3200.

807 Series is priced so that you

In Europe, Spectra-Strip, Ltd., Romsey,

can improve performance in even your most Hampshire, England, telephone (0794) 517575.

cost-sensitive systems.

For the name of our nearest distributor,

With it, you can reliably terminate up to 60 call (800) 228-3900 now.

wires at a time using our Twist 'N' Flat~ 3C® Color Coded and economical Spectra-Zip®

When you're down to the wire.

cables. PCB contacts are bifurcated for reliabil-

ity, you have a choice of three mounting con-

figurations and covers are easily removable for

daisy-chaining (cover removal tool optional). An ~ED Company

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

CIRCLE 102 ON INQUIRY CARD

183

AROUND THE IC LOOP

Multiprotocol serial controller supports three communication protocols

Supporting asynchronous, bytesynchronous, and bit-synchronous communications techniques, the 880k-baud 8274 multiprotocol serial controller (MPSC), from Intel Corp, 2625 Walsh Ave, Santa Clara, CA 95051, is designed for multiple protocol high speed applications. Two independent serial receiver/ transmitter channels are implemented. Designed to be compatible with the company's MCS-85, iAPX-86, and -88 families, the device supports several microprocessor interfaces including polled, wait, interrupt driven, and DMA driven. A full IM-baud data rate is available with the 8274-2. Manufactured using the company's HMOS technology, the MPSC is implemented in a 40-pin package.
Asynchronous protocols can be programmed for 5- to 8-bit characters; odd, even, or no parity; and 1, 1.5, or 2 stop bits, with the detection of framing, overrun, and parity errors. In the bitsynchronous mode, the device is compatible with IBM's SDLC and the International Standards Organization's HDLC protocols. Features include flag generation and recognition, 8-bit address recognition, automatic zero..,bit insertion, automatic cyclic redundancy check (CRC) generation and checking, and compatibility with the CCITT X.25 international standard. Byte-synchronous operation is compatible with IBM's Bisync. Byte-synchronous capabilities include 1- or 2-byte sync characters, internal or external character synchronization, and automatic CRC generation and checking.
General programmable functions include clock-rate multiples from lx to 64x, combinations of polled, ready, interrupt, and OMA handshake modes, and assignments of four DMA handshake channels to the two transmitters and two receivers. For multichannel applications, several MPSCs can be connected in an interrupt daisy chain, with priorities determined by position in the chain. Priorities can also be dynamically controlled with standard priority controllers.
The MPSC to microprocessor system interface can be configured in several ways. Basic interface types are polled, wait, interrupt driven, or direct memory access driven. Polled operation is accomplished by repetitively reading the status of the MPSC, and making decisions based on that status. The MPSC can be polled at any time. Wait operation

DB0 TO DB 7

DATA BUS BUFFERS'

CLK---~ RESET--~
RDY8 /TxDRQA ROYA/ RxDRQA

CDA CTSA RTSA SYNDETA DTR A

IPO/TxDRQ8 IPl / RxDRQ8
iNf
INTA Ao Ai -...._,,..,,..........__ _,
cs
ITTi----'
WR-----'
INTERNAL DATA BUS
SYSTEM INTERFACE

CHANNEL B NETWORK INTERFACE

TxD8 TxC8 CDa
CTS 8
SYNDET8/ RTS8 DTR8 RxC 8 RxD 8

RDY8/TxDRQA - READY TRANSMIT DATA RDYA / RxDRQA - READY IPO/TxDRQ8 - INTERRUPT PRIORITY OUT IPl / RxDRQ9 - INTERRUPT PRIORITY IN INT - INTERRUPT INTA - INTERRUPT ACKNOWLEDGE
Ao AND Ai - ADDRESSES 0 AND 1 DB - DATA BUS (SUBSCRIPTS) A AND B - CHANNELS A AND B

TxD - TRANSMIT DATA TxC - TRANSMIT CLOCK
CD - CARRIER DETECT
CTS - CLEAR TO SEND
RTS - REQUEST TO SEND SYNDET - SYNCHRONOUS DETECTION
DTR - DATA TERMINAL READY RxC - RECEIVER CLOCK RxD - RECEIVE DATA

Block diagram of 8274 multiprotocol serial controller. Device is capable of asynchronous, byte-synchronous, and bit-synchronous operation. Configuration includes two independent full-duplex transmitters and receivers and four independent OMA channels

allows slightly faster data throughput for the MPSC by manipulating the ready input to the microprocessor. Block read or write operations to the MPSC are started by the microprocessor. The MPSC deactivates its ROY signal if it is not ready to transmit the new byte, or if reception of a new byte is not completed.
Interrupt driven operation is accomplished via an internal or external interrupt controller. When the MPSC requires service, it sends an interrupt request signal to the microprocessor,

which responds with an interrupt acknowledge signal. Upon receiving the acknowledge, the internal or external interrupt controller vectors the microprocessor to a service routine in which the transaction occurs. DMA operation is accomplished with an external DMA controller. When the MPSC needs a data transfer, it requests a DMA cycle fr om the OMA controller. The DMA controller then takes control of the bus and simultaneously does a read from the MPSC and a write to memory or vice versa.
Circle 440 on Inquiry Card

184

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

The Definitive Source for Computer Graphics Professionals
If you' re involved in CAD/CAM, business or scientific computer graphics, SIGGRAPH/Bl, the Eighth Annual Conference on Computer Graphics and Interactive Techniques, is the place to be! For years, the conference has been recognized as the leader in providing a sharplyfocused perspective on the most advanced hardware, software, theory, applications and capabilities of this challenging aspect 0f computer technology.
You'll see it first at SIGGRAPH/81!
SIGGRAPH/Bl features an intensive program of education and exposure targeted to your professional needs: · The largest exhibition of new state-of-the-art graphics hardwq.re, software and services, featuring over 100 vendors. · An extensive, lB-course training program from introductory tutorials to advanced seminars. · Presentation of 34 technical papers in eight timely topic areas and three technical panel sessions. · A singular opportunity to make contact with other users, knowledgeable vendor representatives and leading graphics experts. · A vendor forum for presenting the latest products and applications for business, industry and education. · Plus, the chance to discuss, compare and evaluate a wide range of computer graphics systems.

If you only attend one conference this year, make it SIGGRAPH/Bl. It's the definitive source for information, ideas, inspiration and input on effective computer graphics. Plan to join us in Dallas, August 3~ 7, 19Bl. For conference registration information call or write: SIGGRAPH/81 Conference Office One Illinois Center 111 East Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60601 U.S.A. 312/644-6610 ....---------.
8
Computer graphic by M. Thompson, M. Schecter

CIRCLE 103 ON INQUIRY CARD

IC LOOP

Power op amp implemented with VMOS output stage

> - - - - + - - - - - - - - - . u Vo

' - - - - - - + - - + - - - - i -V cc

0.01 µFI

I 1 µF I 100 ~1F

1461 power op amp in standard inverting configuration. To meet specified performance and to avoid output oscillations, power supplies should be bypassed as shown. 100-µF capacitors
are needed when driving heavy loads at high frequencies

Claimed to be the first power op amp with V-groove power MOSFETs in the output stage, the recently announced 1461 is a high speed, high power, FETinput, VMOS device. The FET inp_ut limits typical bias currents to ± 10 pA. A bipolar gain stage provides a minimum 100 dB of open loop gain. Manufactured by Teledyne Philbrick, Allied Drive at Rte 128, Dedham, MA 02026, the device operates from ± 15- to ± 45-V supplies and has output voltages up to ± 30 V and output currents up to ± 600 mA. The VMOS output stage eliminates the safe operating area restrictions and secondary breakdown problems that typically plague power op amps. The ability to handle high output currents at any voltage eliminates the normally intricate problems caused by driving capacitive or inductive loads. Thermal runaway is not exhibited. Performance characteristics include 100-dB open loop gain, 1-GHz gain-bandwidth product, and 1200-V/µs slew rate.
Packaged in a i 4-pin DIP, the device has "ears" for easy mounting on heat sinks. Compensation is accomplished with a single external capacitor. Two external resistors are optional for current limiting. The standard part is specified for 0 to 70 °C operation. For high reliability military/aerospace applications, it is available specified for - 55 to 125 °C operation with MIL-STD-883 screening.
Three external add-ons, a compensation capacitor, and two optional current

limiting resistors make the device a versatile amplifier. With the proper compensation capacitor, a 15-MHz bandwidth up to closed loop gains of 50 can be maintained. Output current is internally limited to approximately ± 750 mA. Users may select two external resistors to further limit maximum positive and negative current excursions; the only limitation on the output is imposed by a maximum allowable junction temperature of 150 °C.
Applications for the part are seen in video yoke drivers and distribution amplifiers, high speed ATE pin drivers, high accuracy audio amplification, and the driving of inductive and capacitive loads. The device is shown in a standard inverting amplifier configuration in the Figure. This configuration includes a compensation capacitor, current limiting resistors, and an offset adjusting potentiometer.
Circle 441 on Inquiry Card
Performance of programmable array logic circuits improved
Recent PALR series 20 programmable array logic circuits are faster and require less power than previous models. The propagation delay and setup time of the PALl6L8, PALl6R8, PALl6R6, and PALl6R4 have been reduced from 40 to 35 ns.

Registered circuits for performing sequential functions, the supply current of these ''medium'' devices has also been lowered from 225 to 180 mA.
The speed of smaller PALS, designed to perform combinational functions, has also been improved. The delay and setup time has also been reduced from 40 to 35 ns without a change in current requirements. These devices include the PALIOH8, PAL12H8, PAL14H4, PAL16H2, PALIOL8, PAL12L6, PAL14L4, and PAL16L2. The PAL16CI continues to operate at 40 ns. These improvements in power and speed apply to 20-pin commercial versions. Improved specifications for military versions are expected the second half of 1981. All devices come in 30-mil (0. 76-mm) SKINNYDIPTM packages.
Manufactured by Monolithic Memories Inc, 1165 E Arques Ave, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, the devices use an advanced Schottky TTL process and bipolar P/ ROM fusible link technology to provide user programmable logic for replacing conventional SSIIMSI gates and flipflops with a reduction in chip count. The fusible links are blown to configure AND and OR gates. Complex interconnections that previously required time-consuming layout are ''lifted'' from PC board etch and placed on silicon where they can be modified during prototype checkout or production.
The family is programmed on conventional P/ ROM programmers with appropriate personality and socket adapter cards. Once the PAL is programmed and verified, two additional fuses may be blown to give the user a proprietary circuit that is difficult to copy.
Circle 442 on Inquiry Card
Op amp eliminates crossover distortion
LHOIOI, a power operational amplifier, outputs up to 5 A. Voltage range is ± 20 V at 10 VIµs. Full power bandwidth is 300 kHz with 40-W output. Gain bandwidth product is 5 MHz. These characteristics make the part well suited for use in servo applications such as disc head position controls and gyroscopic platform controls, where high speeds and high power are essential. The op amp is manufactured by National Semiconductor, 2900 Semiconductor Dr, Santa Clara, CA 95051.
(continued on page 188)

186

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

IC LOOP

Crossover distortion has been eliminated through a new circuit technique that alters commutation of the output current from the source transistors to the sinking transistors. This is accomplished by a separate output circuit that controls the transition region and eliminates the heavy quiescent currents normally associated with Class AB output stages. The result is a total harmonic distortion of 0.008%, and an undetectable crossover distortion.
Power DACs built with conventional op amps have difficulty attempting to force a zero output voltage. The crossover results in a deadband, which causes the output impedance to rise and the gain to drop. With the LHOIOI, output
impedance is maintained below 1 n when
there is no load. Inductive and capacitive loads can also be handled.
Thermal feedback can also cause problems in conventional power op amps. For example, at de the temperature gradients caused by changing conditions in the output devices can shift the input offset to reduce, increase, or even invert the effective gain. With this device the specified 150 µ V/Wis due entirely to temperature rise and is not dependent on the output state. Both the common mode rejection and the power supply rejection of the device are 100 dB, and de gain is a minimum of 50,000.
It comes in an 8-pin, T0-3 package and is available from stock in four grades, including prime and standard electricals, and commercial and military temperature ranges. 8838 versions are available.
Programmable quad and low noise op amps announced
Two operational amplifiers were recently announced by Raytheon Semiconductor, 350 Ellis St, Mountain View, CA 94040. RC4149 is a programmable quad op amp. RC/ RM5532 is a high performance dual low noise op amp. With programmable ac and de characteristics, 4149 consists of four high-gain, compensated, low power amplifiers. 5532 is claimed to provide better noise performance and output drive capability and higher small-signal and power bandwidths than standard dual op amps.
A single external resistor selection on 4149 allows the user to program the supply current, slew rate, gain bandwidth product, and input noise of three

amplifiers. With another resistor selection, the user can independently adjust the ac and de characteristics of the fourth amplifier.
4149-2 allows the user to independently adjust the ac and de characteristics of the dual amplifiers with two resistor selections. This results in two different ac and de characteristics in a single package. 4149-3 is for applications that require identical ac and de characteristics from all four amplifiers. The user can program the current for all four amplifiers from pin 8. This leaves pin 9 available to adjust op amp "c" to zero offset with the addition of a variable resistor.

5532 has a wide supply voltage range of ± 3 to ± 20 V, a power bandwidth of 140 kHz, a small-signal bandwidth of 10 MHz and a slew rate of 8 V/µs. It is especially suited for such applications as high quality audio equipment, instrumentation, control circuits, and telecommunication channel amplifiers. It is internally compensated for gains of one or more.
Except for the two programming pins, 4149 has the same pinout as rriost of the popular quad op amps, and is a plug-in replacement for the 146 series. 5532 is available in either plastic or ceramic dual inline packages or a T0-99 metal can.
Circle 443 on Inquiry Card
.,:

General purpose clock generator/driver

X1

CRYSTAL_

OSCILLATOR

X2

L3 MICROCYCLE

L2

CONTROL

LATCH

L1

CONTROL STATE
DECOOER

CLOCK
GENERATOR REGISTER

ENABLE

FIRST / LAST HALT RUN SSNC SSNO

RUN / HALT AND
SINGLE STEP CONTROL

INIT WAITREQ
READY Cx

Fo
C4
C3
C2
Am2925 clock generator C1 driver. Three inputs, L,, L2,
and L3, are supplied from the microprogram memory. Microcoding allows matching of microcycle length with instruction execution time
WAIT ACK

Am2925 is a single-chip, general purpose clock generator and microcycle length controller. The microcode selects one of eight clock patterns from 3 to 10 oscillator cycles in length and generates four different clock output waveforms. Since the machine cycle is no longer determined by the slowest instruction, microcycle length control allows the designer to improve system throughput. By selecting the appropriate clock length, each microcycle can be tailored to the instruction time required. Am2900 based designs can be made as much as 30% faster by replacing present fixed microcycle clocks with the recently an-

nounced part from Advanced Micro Devices Inc, 901 Thompson Pl, Sunnyvale, CA 94086. The device is packaged in a 0.3" (7.6-mm) 24-pin DIP.
A block diagram of the device is shown in the Figure. A crystalcontrolled onchip oscillator can be driven at frequencies up to 32 MHz, providing a 32-ns oscillator period. A buffered oscillator output is also provided . The device decodes three inputs, L,, L, and L, latched into the microcycle control latch, to determine a microcycle length of 3 to 10 oscillator periods. These inputs are normally supplied from
(continued on page 191)

188

COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

We made it bigger inside
without making it bigger outside.

The Carefree® CF6V5.5 delivers 22.2% more ampere hours than a 6V4.5 . . . in 0% more space. Think about that the next time you specify batteries for a new system. More capacity, but not more space.
Through Expanded Grid technology, the CF6V5.5 has more plate-surface area reacting with more electrolyte. Without using more space. And, the Expanded Grid plates last longer because they're non-porous and less prone to corrosion than cast plates.
In addition, the CF6V5.5 {also available in 12V5.5) is just one of over 40 Carefree® batteries. They're the maintenance-free rechargeables that fit more space and power requirements than any other batteries in the world ... from the 6V1/2AH to the 6V50AH .

Nominal Capacity @ 68°F: 20 Hour Rate ( .28 ampere to 5.25 volts) 5.5 ampere hours 10 Hour Rate ( .53 ampere to 5.1Ovolts) 5.3 ampere hours
5 Hour Rate ( .96 ampere to 4.95 volts) 4.8 ampere hours 1Y2 Hour Rate (2.80 ampere to 5.25 volts) 4.2 ampere hours 1 Hour Rate (3.5-0 ampere to 4.50 volts) 3.5 ampere hours
Physical Size(::!:: .05 inches): Length . . . . ................ ........ .... .. ... 6.00 inches Width . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.34 inches Height . .. . .. : .............. .... .. . . ........ 3.70 inches Height (including terminals) . .. . . .. . . . . .... .. .. 3.90 inches Volume (excluding terminals) . .. . . ...... . . 29.7 cubic inches Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 pounds

Eagle-Picher Industries, Inc.

Carefree~ · Commercial Products Department P.O. Box 130, Seneca, MO 64865

(417) 776-2256

© 1981 Eagle-Picher Industries, Inc. Carefr~ is the registered trademark of Eagle-Picher Industries, Inc.

TWX 910-774-4533

CIRCLE 105 ON INQUIRY CARD

The Silent Commander.

J7~~I[§fil
Keyboard Send-Receive Data Turminal
Answerback memory (optional)
Operator selectable printing speeds of 10 or 30 cps
110 or 300 baud transmission speeds

EIA RS-232-C or DC-current loop interface
Switch-selectable full ASCII/dual APL
keyboard (optional)

Switch-selectable full or half duplex operation
Calculator-type embedded numeric keypad

Tl's Silent 700* Model 743 KSR Data
Terminal can help you take command
of your data entry application needs today. The compact 743 offers a
variety of easy-to-use standard features and options, and is an ideal input/ output console. And with virtually silent thermal printing, the low-cost 743 leads the way for efficiency and reliability. The field-proven 743 is also available as a Receive-Only model. With either 743, you can depend on high-quality Silent 700 performance.

TI is dedicated to producing quality, innovative products like the Model
743 KSR Data Terminal. Tl's hundreds of thousands of data terminals shipped
worldwide are backed by the technology and reliability that come from 50 years of experience, and are supported by our worldwide organization of factory-trained sales and service representatives.
For more information on the 743 terminals, contact the TI sales office nearest you, or write Texas

Instruments Incorporated, P. 0. Box 202145, Dallas, Texas 75220, or phone (713) 373-1050. In Canada, write Texas Instruments Incorporated, 41 Shelley Rd., Richmond Hill, ~
Ontario L4C 5G4, or phone 7J
(416) 884-9181.
~ put computing within everyone's reach.

*Trademark of Texas Instruments Copyright © 1981, Texas Instruments Incorporated

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
INCORPO RATE D
CIRCLE 106 ON INQUIRY CARD

IC LOOP

the microprogram memory and are microcoded to match the microcycle length to the instruction execution time. The four "c" outputs have the same timing regardless of the microcycle length: c , is low only on the last
oscillator period for each microcycle, c,
is low on the last two oscillator periods,
c, has a 50% duty cycle, and c, is low
only on the first oscillator period. The system control inputs provide for
halting the clock outputs (HALT) on the first or last oscillator period (FIRSTI LAST) of a microcycle. In the halt mode, SSNO and SSNC provide single-step control so that a single microcycle step will occur. The wAITREQ input can initiate a wait, but the wait timing input ex deter-
mines when the wait will occur. The WAITACK output indicates that the system clocks are halted in the wait mode. A separate READY input takes the chip out of the wait mode. Lastly, an INIT input overrides all other control inputs and allows the clocks to free run.
Circle 444 on Inquiry Card

12-hit successive approximation A-D converter

I LSB 314 LSB 1/2 LSB 1/ 4 LSB

\
"'-

15

30

µs

45 50

Linearity error as a function of conversion time (normalized) of AD5200 12-bit ADC. External clock of 260 kHz will yield 50-µs conversion time. Increasing clock frequency will decrease conversion time; linearity error, however, will increase

A second source for the industry standard 5200 series 12-bit analog to digital converters is now available. The recently announced AD5200, from Analog Devices, Route 1 Industrial Park, Norwood, MA 02062, is a hybrid design. MSI, linear monolithic chips, and active laser trimming of high-stability and thinfilm resistors are used in the design of this adjustment free converter. Potentiometers are not required for calibration. A monolithic 12-bit feedback DAC is incorporated to lower the chip count and increase reliability.
Linearity of ± Y2 LSB is guaranteed over the operating temperature range. The converters are available in two input

voltage ranges; ± 5 V (AD5201 / AD5204) and ± 10 V (AD5202/AD5205). They can also be ordered with an internal buried zener reference or with an external reference for improved absolute accuracy. AD5200 converters come in two performance grades; the "B" is specified

from - 25 to 85 °C and the "T" is specified from - 55 to 125 °C. "B" and "T" grades are also available processed to MIL-STD-883 level B requirements. All units are packaged in a 24-pin, hermetically sealed, ceramic DIP.
Circle 445 on Inquiry Card

CMOS 2048 x 8 ROM designed for multiplex bus systems

Voo

~ MICRO· OSCl

IRQ PROCESSOR

LI MC146805E2

_ _ _ ___,OS

OSC2

M - ADDRESS STROBE
G- DATA STROBE INPUT S - CHIP SELECT E- CHIP ENABLE
Vee - SUPPLY VOLTAGE

----....iRW AS PA7 PA6 PA5 PA4 PA3 PA 2 PA 1 PA0
As TO A1 2
Vss

Vee
Ci
M "---
2k x 8 ROM
s MCM65516
Bo TO B1 ' 6 - - - - - - . / AQ0 TO AQ7 E Vss A8 TO A10

HIGH ORDER ADDRESS BUS (5)
BUS CONTROL SIGNALS (3)
Typical minimum system application of Motorola MCM65516 ROM shown connected to M6800 series microprocessor. If signal toggles during cycle, ROM can accept either polarity signal on data strobe. In 8085 system, ROM data output is controlled by read bar (RD)

Designed for multiplex bus systems, a recently released ROM is fabricated in silicon gate CMOS technology. Manufactured by Motorola Semiconductor Products Inc, 3501 Ed Bluestein Blvd, Austin, TX 78721, MCM65516 is mask programmable and organized 2048 bytes by 8 bits. Low power operation is from a single 5-V supply. The memory is compatible with CMOS microprocessors that share address and data lines.
Compatibility of the versatile device is enhanced by allowing user selection of the active levels of pins 13, 14, 16, and 17. Pin 17 allows the user to choose active high, active low, or a third option of programming termed the "MOTEL" (MOTorola-intEL) mode. If the "MOTEL" mode is selected, direct compatibility with either the Motorola MCI46805E2 or Intel 8085 type microprocessor series is provided. In the "MOTEL" operation the ROM can accept either polarity signal on

the data strobe input as long as the signal toggles during the cycle.
The CMOS ROM shares address and data lines and, therefore, is compatible with the majority of CMOS microprocessors in the industry. Package size is reduced from 24 pins for standard NMOS ROMS to 18 pins because of the multiplexed bus approach. It is designed to provide low active and standby currents. The active power dissipation of 150 mW
(at Vcc = 5 V, freq = 1 MHz) and
standby power of 250 µ W (at Vcc = 5 V) add up to low power for battery operation. Access time is 430 ns for the -43 and 550 ns for the -55.
A typical connection with the Motorola MCl46805E2 CMOS microprocessor (M6800 series) is shown in the Figure. The data strobe (DS) on the microprocessor controls the output of data from the ROM.
Circle 446 on Inquiry Card

191

IC LOOP
Receiver/transmitter handles Arinc 429 protocol over 8-hit bus

RXDl

NULL

RXDO

DETECT

LOGIC

cs

ITT

READ/WRITE

WE

CONTROL

CID

MR

RECEIVE/TRANSMIT MICROCONTROLLERS

LOOP TEST
TXC RXC

TXE

FCR

TXRDY

WEF

RXRDY

RXDl - RECEIVE DATA ONE RXDO - RECEIVE DATA ZERO TXDl - TRANSMIT DATA ONE TXDO - TRANSMIT DATA ZERO WEF - WORD ERROR FLAG TXE - TRANSMITTER EMPTY

TXRDY - TRANSMITTER READY RXRDY - RECEIVER READY FCR - FIRST CHARACTER READY TXC - TRANSMIT CLOCK RXC - RECEIVE CLOCK CTS - CLEAR TO SEND

OUTPUT

TXDI

CONTROL

LOGIC

TXDO

WD1993 Arinc 429 receiver/ transmitter configuration. Word and character lengths are programmable

WDI 993, an avionic receiver/transmitter, is designed to handle Arinc 429 protocol digital data transmission. Word length is programmable from one to eight characters of 5, 6, 7, or 8 bits. Parallel data are converted into a serial data stream during transmission and serial to parallel during reception. The device is packaged in a 28-pin plastic or ceramic package and is available iri commercial, industrial, and military temperature ranges.
From Western Digital Corp, 3128 Red Hill Ave, Newport Beach, CA 92663, the bus-oriented MOS/LSI device contains a local loop-back test mode of operation controlled by the loop test enable (LTE) bit in the command register. In this

diagnostic mode, the transmitter output is "looped back" into the receiver input. The REN and TEN control bits must also be active (1) and the CTS input must be low. The status and output flags operate normally.
A block diagram of the WDI993 is shown in the Figure. Communication between the WDI993 and the controlling CPU occurs via the 8-bit data bus through the bus transceivers. There are two accessible data registers, which buffer, transmit, and receive data. They are the transmit holding register and the receive holding register. There is a parallel-to-serial shift register and a serial-to-parallel shift register (serial in/ parallel out).

A read/write control circuit allows programming/monitoring or loading/ reading of data in the control, status, or holding registers by activating the appropriate control lines: chip select (cs), tead enable (RE), write enable (WE), and control or data select (c/ 5). Internal control is achieved through two internal microcontrollers, one for transmit and one for receive. The control registers, null detect logic, and various counters provide iriputs to the microcontrollers. The microcontrollers generate the necessary control signals to send and receive serial data according to the Arinc 429-1 protocol.
Circle 447 on Inquiry Card

192

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

12-hit hybrid DAC line has 3-µs output, and 300-ns input, settling times

A recently announced line of hybrid 12-bit digital to analog converters provides maximum output settling times of 3 µsand maximum current settling times of 300 ns. Pin compatible with DAC-85

and DAC-87, the devices allow a choice of

voltage or current output models with

either 12-bit binary or 3-digit BCD

coding. The DAC-685 from 11 Cabot Blvd, Mansfield,

DMaAtel0I2n0t4e8rsiil~

available in two models. The "c" ;nd

"R" suffix models operate over the Oto

70 °C and - 25 to 85 °C temperature ranges, respectively. DAC-687 M is

specified for - 55 to 125 °C operation

and is available with MIL-STD-883 class s

screening.

'

Digital inputs of the DAC-685/ 687 series are TTL anq CMOS compatible. Digital inp~t current is 10 µA. Voltage outputs are pm-programmable with ranges of O to

5 V, 0 to 10 V, ±2.5 V, ±5 V, and ± 10 V. Current output models have pin-

programmable outputs of O to - 2 mA
± 1 mA for binary coded versions, and O
to - 1.25 mA for BCD versions.

Gain _tempco is ± 20 ppm/ °C, offset

tempco is ± 10 ppm/ °C, and differential

nonlinearity tempco is ± 2 ppm/ °C. The

de.vices. oper~te from ± 15- and 5-V sup-

plies with a maximum power dissipation

of 770 mW .

·

Circle 448 on Inquiry Card

Flat op amps and qua4 comparator introduced
Three 8-pin ~nd one 14-pin operational amplifiers and a 14-pin low power quad comparator have been developed as hybrid ICs to help circuit designers meet high density board problems. Both the 8-pin and the 14-pin Miniflats from NEC Electron, Inc, 252 Humboldt Ct, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, have a lead pitch of 1.25 mm and are 1.5 mm thick. The 8-pin version is 5 mm wide. The 14-pin IC is 10 mm wide.

Voice synthesizer chip uses parti~ autQ correlation

A recently released LSI voice synthesizer

chip can speak in female or male voices

and is capable of synthesizing up to 63

words in about 20 the device uses the

Ps.ARDCeOsiRgn(PataerdtiaMlNA6u40t1~

Correlation) system developed by Nip-

pon Telephone and Telegraph Corp.

The device is available from the Elec-

tronic Components Div of Panasonic

Co, One Panasonic Way, Secaucus NJ

07094.

'

The chip includes a built-in 32k ROM,

operates from a single 5- Vde power sup-

ply, has a maximum power consumption

of 0.1 W (20-mA current drain), audio

Some of. the benefits of the linear Mi~iflats are soldering by reflowing, which results in easier handling; improved integration because wiring is needed only on one side of the mounting board; and reduced labor costs because Miniflats are suited to automatic mounting. Designations are µPC741G, the 8-pin gen~ral purpose amp; µPC!458G, the 8-pm dual general purpose amp; µPC4558G, t~e 8-pin high performance dual op amp; µPC324G, the 14-pin low power quad amp, and µPC339G the 14-pin low power quad comparato;.
Circle 4 4 9 on Inquiry Card

output of 1.0 V bit rate of 1.2k

ptoea5k.-4tko-bpietask/sm, saaxmimpluimn~

frequency of 10 kHz, and a fundamental

tfhreequ~iernccuiyt

of is

200 kHz. packaged

TiTnLaco2m8-ppaintibDlIe~

plastic case. In applications requiring

more memory, the user can connect an

external ROM. A speech speed control

with six different settings is included.

The chip can be operated either by

manual or remote (computer) control.

Synthetic voice quality is influenced

by the l:ngth of the sound time, which is

determined by the data receiving

method . Relationship between voice

ti~e, number of expressions, and the

vmce quality factor, when the 32k-bit

inner ROM is utilized, is shown in the

Table.

Circle 450 on Inquiry Card

n
Type High range pitch Cha'!..9_eable type Standard type Long time type

Bit Frame
55
54 43

Factors Influencing Voice Synthesis

20 ms Bit Rate (bits/s)

Min About 1500

Max 2750

Voice Time1
(s)
21

10ms Bit Rate (bits/s)

Ex pres -

sions

Min

30 About 3000

Max 5500

Voice Time
(s)
10

About 1500 2700

22

About 1200 2150

27

31 Aoout 3000 5400

11

39 ~bout 2400

4300

14

Ex pres sions 16
16 20

: Vo'.ce time a~d number of expressions are calculated on the min bit rate ~nd assumption of o.7 s/ word Vboeicteteranvaoliycseis/q(usaylnittyhethsaisn) tshpaatcoe fis20camllesd·, aho"wfreavmeer ·."thTeh' mee1emnogrtyh q('iunaun~t1i·ttys wo· 1:llt1b· mee)sh·isorctaelrled the " frame length." A frame of 10 ms has a

193

PRODUCT FEATURE

3.5" disc doubles floppy capacity in one-fourth the space

Large storage capacity and miniature size have been combined in the Micro Floppydisk drive introduced by Sony Corp of America at the 1 9 81 National Computer Conference. Memory capacity of one side of the 3. 5" (8.9-cm) disc is 437.5k bytes. The disc is rated as having 2 times the storage capacity, 1.47 times the recording density, 27% of the volume, and 56% of the weight of the 5.25" (13.34-cm) minidisc. Dimensions of the drive are 4" (10.2 cm) wide by 5.1" (13 cm) deep by 2" (5.1 cm) high. It weighs only 1. 7 lb (771 g).
Design features
Designed for memory storage in personal and business computers

as well as text editors, the disc is constructed of a material developed to achieve increased recording density; whereas a conventional 5.25" disc has 48 tracks/in (19/cm), the 3.5" disc has a density of 135 tracks/in (53/cm). The magnetic medium is protected by a hard plastic shell, and a metal guard can be slipped over the disc opening to keep the material free from dust, dirt, and fingerprints when the disc is not in use. This guard also prevents the disc from being inserted improperly; if the disc is inserted upside down, backwards, or with the disc guard closed, it will be automatically ejected.
The rigid disc shell also reduces friction between the moving disc and its stationary envelope. A metal centerpiece ensures proper centering. The drive motor is a specially designed direct drive flat disc motor that is said to be smaller, to have fewer parts, to be more stable and more reliable, to consume less power, and to provide better performance than other· comparable motors. Other key features are 1-touch disc load/unload, fast transfer rate, write protect circuitry, and activity light. 110 signals are compatible with standard specification floppy discs.
Specifications
Unformatted capacity ratings for single- and double-density recording, respectively, are 218.8k and 43 7. 5k bytes/disc. Respective formatted capacities are 1 61 .2k and 322.5k bytes/disc, 2.3k and

4.6k bytes/track, and 256 and 51 2 bytes/sector, with 9 sectors/track. Transfer rates, respectively, are 250k and 500k bits/s. For both densities, average latency is 50 ms and access times are 15 ms track to track, 365 ms avg, 1 5 ms settling, and 50 ms head load.
Rotational speed is 600 r/min and track density is 135/in (53/cm) for 70 tracks. Recording densities are 3805 bits/in (1498/cm) single and 7610 bits/in (2996/cm) double. Singledensity encoding is FM (frequency modulation); double-density encoding is MFM (modified frequency modulation).
Error rates are predicted to be 1I 10 9 bits read for soft read, 1/1012 bits read for hard read, and 1/106 seeks. MTTR (mean time to repair) is 30 min and component life is rated at 5 yr.
Voltage requirements are 1 2 Vdc ± 5% at 0.4 A typ and 5 Vdc ± 5% at 0.6 A typ. Power dissipation is 7 .5 W continuous, 3.3 W standby. Environmental specifications are 40 to 113 °F (5 to 4 5 ° C) ambient temperature at 20% to 80% relative humidity and 85 °F (29 °C) max wet bulb.
Price and delivery
Single-unit price for the Micro Floppydisk drive is approximately $ 600; OEM discounts will be available. Deliveries will begin this month (July). Sony Corp of America, Data Products Div, 1 5 Essex Rd, Paramus, NJ 07652. Tel: 201 /368-5000. For additional information circle 199 on Inquiry Card.

194

COMPUTERDESIGN·JULY 1981

Today not tomorrow.
Already qualified on more state-of-the-art, high speed, primary memory specs than one might imagine, the MITSUBISHI MSK4164 carries with it the reliability and technological leadership of one of the world's most respected names in electronics. No blue sky promises, but reality.
Compatibly packaged in an industry-standard 16-pin DIP for interchangeability with any other 64K unit available, MITSUBISHI'S 65.536 word X 1-bit Dynamic RAM is now being produced in initial volumes and can be obtained from stock.
Featuring high-density, high capacitance memory cells, and low soft-error rate, the M5K4164 is manufactured via N-channel silicon gate MOS process. using VLSI techniques for reliability and production availability.
Think about it. The MITSUBISHI MSK4164 offers 150200 ns access time, low-power dissipation, TTL compatibility, 128 refresh cycles every 2 ms, SV single power supply operation, and a high-density polysilicon structure for superior performance characteristics. Pin 1 open or functional, your choice.

The M5K4164 is available today. And, the production quantities you'll require will be ready to ship when you want them. The credentials of our memories are recorded in the thousands of applications where MITSUBISHI 4K, BK and I6K RAMS, EPROMS, microprocessors, LSTTL and other devices are now in use.
TEST SAMPLES AND DATA
To evaluate the M5K4164 for your system applications, simply call us. Or, write for complete data, MITSUBISHI ELECTRONICS AMERICA, INC. Factory offices located in Sunnyvale, CA (408} 730-5900; Compton, CA (213} 979-6055; Bloomington, IN (812} 339-2463; and So. Plainfield, NJ (201} 753-1600.
The reliability is MITSUBISHI. Where memories are made for you. Today.

Semiconductor Division
MITSUBISHI ELECTRONICS AMERICA, INC. 1230 Oakmead Parkway Sunnyvale, California 94086 (408} 730-5900 TWX 910-339-9549

CIRCLE 107 ON INQUIRY CARD

PRODUCTS

SOM-byte tape cartridge drive offers fast data access as Winchester backup unit

A low cost, high capacity, high speed direct access tape

drive with the form factor of an 8" (20-cm) floppy drive,

model 2000 supplies the high data rate and random access

capability of a disc drive as well as the high capacity and

...

removable low cost media of a tape drive. A

user can transfer a bit,

byte, block, or 80M-

byte file without the

start/stop and tape/

disc synchronization

problems associated

with streaming tape

units. The unit stores

100 times as much data, transfers data 1 5 times faster,

and offers better access times than a floppy disc. Data are

written on or read from a 0. 5" (1 .3-cm) tape cartridge that

is manually inserted into the front of the drive. Each car-

tridge provides storage of up to SOM bytes of formatted

data in a 4.87 x 4.87 x 1" (12.37 x 12.37 x 2.5-cm)

package. Cartridges are fully enclosed to protect the tape

media. Data are organized in blocks with direct access

capability to any record in any block. Conceptually the unit

appears to be a 32-head disc with 61 5 cylinders, with ac-

cess characteristics that are similar to those of small Win-

chester discs.

Unlike reel type drives where the magnetic tape moves past read/write heads during read and write, the magnetic tape is held stationary while read/write heads are rotated longitudinally along the selected track for reading and writing, and transversely for seeking tracks. Tape from the cartridge is automatically fed from the supply reel around a semicircular tape guide and onto a takeup reel. A pair of diametrically opposed read/write heads offset by 16 tracks are mounted on a rotary scanner driven by a brushless de motor with a closed loop servo. Motion of the scanner creates an air bearing separating the rotating surface from the stationary tape. Heads can be moved across the tape while rotating at 3200 r/min such that each head encompasses 16 tracks (32 total). After a block is written, tape is moved so that a succession of these 32-track blocks is written down the length of the tape within the cartridge. Each track allows for a formatted capacity of 4096 bytes, or a total of 131 k bytes for each tape position (block). Read/write data are transferred from/to rotating heads via a rotary transformer. Rotational speed and incremental track to track movement of heads are coordinated to enable track switching in 9.4 ms. Drive electronics accommodate data rates of 4M to 5M bits/s. Average latency is 10 ms. Block to block moves require less than 2 50 ms. A full tape can be streamed at an average sustained data rate of 200k bytes/s. Pragma Data Systems, Inc, 610 Palomar Ave, Sunnyvale, CA 94086.
Circle 200 on Inquiry Card

Matrix printer produces high density output using vertical column 14-wire printhead
Offering high resolution output with graphics, the M-1 oo uses a vertical column 14-wire printhead to achieve higher density characters than comparably priced matrix units. In addition, optional raster graphics capability provides full
control over every dot. The printhead allows use of a 9 x 9
matrix representation of all alphanumeric characters, with true descenders for lowercase letters, capability for printing sub- and superscripts, and underlining at any position in the output. The printhead also permits solid black areas to 196

be produced, important in applications involving OCR or UPC barcode characters and increasing representational contrast of graphics output for easier interpretation. Units can provide special symbols and characters with all accents required for international alphabets. Character sets are user programmable and can be changed online by downloading character representations from mainframe to internal memory.
The printer provides 140-char/s speeds, yielding 56 lines/min on 1 32-col formats, and 86 lines/min on 80-col lines. Bidirectional logic seeking print routines combine with the ability to slew over blank areas at accelerated speeds to improve throughput. Parallel interface units offer 1 line, and serial int erface versions up to 2k bytes of RAM buffer to reduce CPU overhead. Registration and forms control have been improved to meet stringent alignment necessary for high quality graphics. Sound level emissions have been reduced to less than 65 dBa in typ applications . A 2-digit status display, built-in self-test, choice of front, bottom, or rear forms feed, and snap-in ribbon cassettes are also included. Units are designed to provide 6G impacts over 2.5 years of typical operation. Dataproducts Corp, 6200 Canoga Ave, Woodland Hills, CA 91365 .
Circle 201 on Inquiry Card
COMPUTER DESIGN ·JULY 1981

You need the Innovation and Imagination of TRW Cinch Connectors' "Creative Technology"

When you need back planes, you need back planes designed to do your specific job. That's where TRW Cinch Connectors'Creative Technology comes in. We sit down with you and customize your back planes to do exactly what you want. We provide a variety of connector centers, and TRW Cinch Connectors' reliability is unchallenged.
If your telecommunications, computer or military packaging applica-

tions require the following types of back planes, consider TRW Cinch Connectors as your primary source: Printed Circuit Back Panels new facilities, new equipment, mean even higher quality panels from double-sided to multi-layered and ten ounce copper laminated boards for your press fit requirements. Metal Edge Connector Panels high-quality, at competitive prices. SEMINAFI Panels - a tuning fork

panel and plug module system that meets MIL-C-28754 and WS 6157 connector packaging concepts.
So let TRW Cinch Connectors become your primary source for Back Planes. Call or write your TRW Electronic Components Sales Office . .. listed in EEM or TRW Cinch Connectors, a Division ofTRW Inc., 1501 Morse Avenue, Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007. 312/981-6000.

CIRCLE 108 ON INQUIRY CARD

TRWCINCH CONNECTORS

PRODUCTS

Microcomputer based data acquisition system contains ROM-resident control software
Offered as integrated board set or packaged computer, MIDAX DT302 series offers a low cost solution in applications
such as industrial process control, machine control, and automated test and measurement. The Multibuscompatible data acquisition and control system includes DTFIRM, a ROM resident firmware package, that provides support for all analog and digital 110 functions as well as a resident system debugger. Standard features include 8085A CPU with 40k memory, 16 A-D input channels with 12-bit resolution and software gain selection, 4 DAC outputs with 12-bit resolution, 2 serial 110 ports, 48 digital 110 lines, counter timer, and frequency 110 measurement. A floating point math processor is optional.

Model DT302 measures high level analog input signals with software selectable full scale ranges of 0 to 1.25, 0 to 2.5, 0 to 5, and 0 to 10 V unipolar, and ± 1.25, ± 2.5, ± 5, and ± 10 V bipolar. Standard resolution is 1 2 bits with ± 0. 03 % system accuracy. System throughput is 3 5 kHz. Measuring low level, wide range analog input signals with software selectable full scale ranges of 0 to 20 mV, 0 to 100 mV, 0 to 1 V, and 0 to 10 V unipolar, and ± 20 mV, ± 100 mV, ± 1 V, and ± 10 V bipolar, the DT304 provides 12-bits standard resolution with ± 0.01 % system accuracy. System throughput rate varies up to 3 5 kHz. Model DT305 measures low level, wide range analog input signals with high common mode input isolation up to ± 250 Vdc and 166-dB (at 60-Hz) noise rejection. Full scale input ranges are resistor selectable between 10 mV to 10 V FSA, unipolar or bipolar. Standard resolution is 1 2 bits with ± 0.03% system accuracy. All versions feature 4- to 20-mA current loop 110 as an optional interface on all channels. Data Translation, 100 Locke Dr, Marlboro, MA 01752.
Circle 202 on Inquiry Card

OUR SPECIAL PRINTERS SATISFY SOME VERY SPECIAL CUSTOMERS:

And that's just to name a few. Major corporations- both OEM's and end-users- are sold on the quality and reliability of Computer Terminal Systems special printers.
Their confidence has made us the world's leading supplier of airline and entertainment ticket printers. Our printers interface with any computerized ticketing system on the market.
Our unique drum and hammer design, microprocessor control and precision paper movement deliver typewriter-quality printing at high speeds. We've engineered our printers with the fewest possible components for maximum reliability at a sensible price.
So if, you need ticket, label or form printers for special applications, call
or write us. We are the Special Printer Specialists.

198

CIRCLE 109 ON INQUIRY CARD

COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

PRODUCTS

CIRCUIT COMPONENTS AND SUBASSEMBLIES
STD BUS STEPPER MOTOR CONTROLLER
Stepper motor controller card 7911 /SMC with appropriate power driver card provides STD bus with complete programmable unipolar or bipolar stepper drive system and minimizes software and hardware overheads. Program defined step rate, direction, and number of steps function automatically. Features include automatic up or down ramping, up to 30k-step/s stepping rate, and 65,535-step counter. 7911 /USD unipolar and

7911 /BSD bipolar stepper drivers are currently available. The controller is completely STD bus compatible and provides any processor with capability for incremental motion control. Matrix Corp, 1639 Green St, Raleigh, NC 27603.
Circle 203 on Inquiry Card
PIO LOOP CONTROLLER
Dedicated multiloop controller with graphics CRT terminal is offered in 12-, 16-, or 20-cascadable P/Pl/PID loop configurations. Operators need only enter required control parameters using graphics terminal. Std features include CRT loop status display in engineering units, tuning display for system setup, high/low alarming on CRT, and anti-reset windup/proportional bandlimit/deadband/polarity control. Control Logic, Inc, 9 Tech Circle, Natick, MA 01760.
Circle 204 on Inquiry Card

DATA TERMINALS
MULTI-USER INTELLIGENT TERMINALS
Diskette based CDX-68/24 and disc based CDX-68/44 intelligent terminals use an os-9 operating system patterned after Bell Labs' UNIX to allow concurrent execution of a variety of programs by multiple users. The terminals support a variety of communications protocols including 3270, 2780/3780, and TTY. The 2M-byte diskette memory of the CDX-68/ 24 is expandable to 4M bytes and the 1OM-byte disc of the model 44 can be expanded to 40M bytes. The terminals support a wide variety of peripherals, communications, and applications development tools. Codex Corp, 20 Cabot Blvd, Mansfield, MA 02048.
Circle 205 on Inquiry Card

ECLIPSE/NOVA* USERS · · ·
Meet O~r NEWEST Mux!
Custom Systems' Model 420 Programmable Terminal Interface (PTI):
· Eliminates need for comm. chassis.
· Operates in any Nova 3, Nova 4, or Eclipse.
· Includes 'plug-and-go' distribution panel.
The PTI (16 programmable channels) is software-compatible with Data General's ALM programming format. Unlike DG's multiplexers, however, the PTI supports CTS, can be switched on demand to operate RS232 or 20 MA terminals, and comes complete with a 16-port distribution panel. Best of all, it sells for only $2200!

Call or write today for more information.
CUSTOM SYSTEMS INC
6850 Shady Oak Road Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55344 Telephone: (612) 941-9480 Telex: 290975

' T ra demark o f Data G eneral Corpo ra tio n

CIRCLE 110 ON INQUIRY CARD

199

PRODUCTS
DATA TERMINALS
VIDEO DISPLAY TERMINAL
Features added to ADM 31 intermediate terminal include programmable function keys, 25th line for terminal status, smooth scroll, X-ON and X-OFF,

cursor on/off, and horizontal split screen. Std features inelude 2 full 1920-char pages of memory, block mode operation, complete editing capability, function keys, visual attributes, business graphics, self-test, typewriter tab stops, formatting, and protected fields. 12" (30-cm)

diagonal CRT screen displays 2 5 lines of 80 chars in upper- and lowercase. Lear Siegler, Inc, Data Prod&,acts Div, 71 4 N Brookhurst St, Anaheim, CA 92803.

~~~ ~@..: ~Ii§~~;.;/
Real-time I
three-
dimensional graphics
representatio

Circle 206 on Inquiry ·car<I
INTELLIGENT COLOR ALPHANUMERIC TERMINAL

The GP-6-30 sonic digitizer. Only from Science Accessories.

Finally, low-cost, realtime, three-dimensional graphics representation with the capabilities of coordinate measuring devices : The GP-6-30. Used with intelligent graphics displays such as the Tektronix 4050 Series, our three-dimensional sonic digitizer recreates 30 objects right on th~ CRT screen, tracing up to 100 points per second. Instead of painstaking hand calculation and keyboard input, the GP-6-30 can have a simple geometric form on your CRT screen for viewing from any angle in a matter of seconds. And the system can allow the simultaneous calculation of volumes, center of gravity, and surface areas, all in
real- time.

Our GP-6-30 is being widely applied in engineering design, human motion analysis, medicine, and other fields where three-dimensional objects must be duplicated, studied, and measured . It's even capable of 0.01 cm resolution. If so many diverse applications can utilize threedimensional digitizing, maybe you can, too . Write and see. We're Science Accessories Corporation, ·970 Kings Highway West, Southport, CT 06490, (203) 255-1526.
SAC® SCIENCE ACCESSORIES CORPORATION

See Us at the Siggraph Show, Dallas, August 3-7, Booth 904

200

CIRCLE 111 ON INQUIRY CARD

CTM-300 is a serially interfaced (RS-232-C) ASCII terminal with an 8-color CRT display. Std format is 80 chars x 2 5 lines; it is user programmable to other formats. Firmware executes intelligent commands and conforms to ANSI X3.64 std; users may customize terminal functions from host computer through program downloading. Programs are downloaded into the unit's 2k RAM user memory for execution by its zaoA CPU. In combination with the 18 userdefinable keys, this allows easy adaptation of the unit to the application. The keyboard, which contains terminal intelligence, offers typewriter layout and provides a numeric keypad as well as user-definable keys. Keyboard is cable connected to the monitor for maximum operator comfort. Std features include lightpen interface, printer interface, and American/European standard for power and video. Matrox Electroni~ Systems, Ltd, 5800 Andover Ave, Montreal, Quebec H4T 1H4, Canada.
Circle 207 on Inquiry Card
COMPUTERDESIGN·JULY 1981

PRODUCTS
DATA TERMINALS
1200-BAUD PORTABLE TERMINAL

point mode, stream mode, and set stylus size among others. Continuous self-diagnostics assure the user of error-free operation. Stylus size may be varied by the program. Up to 1920 targets can be located anywhere on the screen. The keyboard has fast repeat action keys that enable rapid

data entry, and a numeric pad. Separate keys control movement of switch-selectable cursor. Data format is 24 lines x 80 chars plus an 80-char status line. Ampex Corp, Memory Products Div, 200 N Nash St, El Segundo, CA 90245.
Circle 209 on Inquiry Card

.

.

.

.

Miniterm model 2300 is a lightweight

1200-baud unit with a 160-char/s

bidirectional thermal printer. Std

features include 6 user-definable soft

function keys, battery protected RAM,

80- or 132-col printing, a simplified

command mode to set terminal con-

figuration, switch-selectable 300/

1200-baud communications, and true

upper- and lowercase printing with

descenders. Printing speed of 1 20

chars/s is achieved in full-duplex,

1200-baud operating environments,

compatible with Vadic 3400 modems.

Provision for up to Bk bytes of user

available ROM permits c.reation of

special application terminafs by OEMS.

A high resolution printer/plotter option

offers over 8000 dots/in2 ( 1240/ cm2 ), multiple communication options

include switch-selectable acoustic

coupler/data jack, and soft function

keys for automatic log-on and interac-

tive prompting. Cort\Puter Devices,

Inc, 25 North Ave, Burlington, MA

01803.

Circle 208 on Inquiry Card

TOUCH INPUT DISPLAY TERMINAL
Using scanning infrared beam technology, the Dialogue TouchTerm soTM provides a high speed, safe, and reliable method for the user to interact with the host computer. The unit responds to a simple touch on the surface of the display, eliminating the need for typing skills or for special command languages. A detached keyboard, brightness control, descenders on lowercase letters, and nonglare keytops and display minimize body and eye strain. Terminal features are initiated by user-defined escape codes to avoid conflict with existing software. These soft codes provide for audible feedback to the operator where the application demands it:

Divi&Jon of GAW Control C91'P~

160 New York Avenue, Haleslte, NY 11743

l516) 423·3232

. :

CIRCLE 112 ON INQUIRY CARD

201

PRODUCTS
MEMORIES
HARD DISC SYSTEM
File Controller 111 interfaces with up to 8 OP-1 Display Computer systems, each with its own Disc Controller 111, which in turn interface up to 2 CDC 9448-96 Phoenix 96M-byte hard disc drives; each computer system then

has access to any disc drive with priorities assigned by the file controller. 8 ports are provided as 4 fully buffered pairs. Each pair consists of 2 parallel connected ports and accommodates up to 200' (60 m) of cable. Max system cable length is 800' (240 m). Ontel Corp, 250 Crossways Park Dr, Woodbury, NY 11797.
Circle 210 on Inquiry Card

STREAMING TAPE TRANSPORT

ORIGIN OF
THE SPECIES.

Fourteen years ago, Pertee®set the industry standard in mini-computer tape drives. Since then, a lot ofother companies have followed with copies of their own - good copies.
Even so, our innovations continued and we still remain the number one independent tape drive manufacturer.
Evidently, people realize that there's just no substitute for the original.
For more information, write Pertee Computer Corporation, Peripherals Division, 21111 Erwin Street, Woodland Hills, CA 91367.
I IPerfecting Technology
PERIPHERRLS

202

©1981 Pertee Comput er Corpo ratio n
CIRCLE 113 ON INQUIRY CARD

Using data streaming techniques, magnetic tape transport CDC 921 ao is designed for use with minicomputer and microcomputer systems. The t ransport serves as backup for medium capacity fixed disc drives and as a general purpose transport. A formatted reel to reel transport that uses 0 .5" (1.3-cm) magnetic tape with a density of 1600 bits/in (630/cm), it records and reads 9-track PE format at a speed of 100" (254 cm)/s when operated as a streaming device, and at 12.5" (32 cm)/s in start/stop mode. Its design incorporates a 13" (33-cm) tape path, air bearings, and distributed edge guides to control tape movement and to ensure reliability of data and longer tape life. Built-in diagnostic capability allows operators to identify faults and perform routine maintenance functions. Control Data Corp, Box 0, Minneapolis, MN 55440.
Circle 211 on Inquiry Card
4M·BYTE FIXED HEAD DISC DRIVE
Model 990 offers 10 times greater access speed than moving head drives through interchangeable Disc Cells, fixed head disc cartridges. Cartridges contain drive spindle, Winchester type media, and read/write head assemblies. They are interchangeable within models, self-cooling, and sealed against contaminants. MTTR for the units is specified as 1 5 min; MTBF as 1Ok hours. Soft data error rate is 1 in 10 11 ; hard error rate is 1 in 10 13 · Average access time is 12. 5 ms at 2400 r/min and 8.5 ms at 3600 r/ min. Dataflux Corp, 1050 Stewart Dr, Sunnyvale, CA 94086.
Circle 212 on Inquiry Card
COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

Multiwire Optimizes
ECL.
These traces tell the story.

Wirewrapped and multilayer circuit boards can handle the high speeds of emitter-coupled logic. But Multiwire does it better. With Multiwire, board impedance is precisely controlled to

··· ···

provides consistent electrical characteristics. and results in lower cost and better circuit performance. Add to that other Multiwire advantages: less design time, shorter lead times,

meet circuit specs and is consistent ~~~~i~a!~~~~f~fe0~i~eS~i~i~lre easy circuit changes, reduced in-

from signal to signal and board to

circuit boards

spection costs, and higher production

board. The problem of signal reflections with

yields. The choice is obvious. Multiwire is the

wirewrapped and multilayer requires the use

way to go. Write or call today for details.

of discrete series-damping and terminating

Multiwire, 31 Sea Cliff Avenue, Glen Cove, NY

resistors. Multiwire reduces design problems,

11542. Phone (516) 448-1307

*Multiwire is a U.S . registered trademark for the Kollmorgen Corporation discrete wired circu it boards.
CIRCLE 114 ON INQUIRY CARD

i lMULTIWIRE · · DIVISION
KOLLMORGEN CORPORATION

PRODUCTS

MEMORIES
SOLID STATE STORAGE SYSTEM
Maxiram-15 attaches to 110 bus of DEC's PDP-15 or -9 computers, replacing RF1 5 controller and RS09 fixed head disc drive. Completely compatible with the rotating devices, system features no moving parts, zero

latency, storage capacity equivalent to from 1 to 8 RS09 drives, and core or semiconductor storage module. Unit includes power supply, blower assemblies, and controller in 19" (48-cm) rackmounted chassis. Capacity is from 0.25M to 2M 18-bit words. Imperial Technology, 831 S Douglas St, El Segundo, CA 90245.
Circle 213 on Inquiry Card

14" WINCHESTER DISC DRIVE

TOUGH LITTLE TAPE SYSTEM

Sapphire 160 consists of disc module, drive motor, electronics, and power supply arranged on a common base plate; its modular design allows drive to be mounted into frame of host system. Unit provides up to 160M bytes of storage capacity, 6400 bits/in (2520/cm), and 600 tracks/in (236/cm), in environments that are not air-conditioned. Op temp is 10 to 40 °C. Unit measures 9.8 x 16.5 x 24.4" (24.9 x 41 .9 x 62.0 cm) and weighs 88 lb (40 kg) . Tecstor, 16161 Gothard Ave, Huntington Beach, CA 92647 .
Circle 214 on Inquiry Card
5.25" FIXED DISC DRIVE SERIES

A 23-megabit digital tape system for airborne and other severe environments
Meeting MIL-E-16400, 5400 and 4158, SETS-1 is a compact digital tape system which stores 23 megabits of data at 1600 bits per inch on 300 feet of 114-inch magnetic tape. It has bidirectional read /write on 4 tracks with a 192K bitper-second transfer rate.
SETS-1 consists of a compact drive module coupled to a removable, hermetically sealed tape module. It's being used right now by the Army and Air Force for bulk storage and data gathering from tanks, aircraft and
EIDID r=-1 remote sites. Also as a data entry device for mission
loaders, communications and fire control systems.
Phoneorwrltefordetallstoday.

severe Environment Systems company
A Subsi diary of Elect ronic Memori es &Magnetic Corporat ion

-=~

P.O. BOX 668. Chatsworth, CA 91311 ·Telephone: (213) 998-9090· TELEX 69-1404

204

CIRCLE 115 ON INQUIRY CARD

The 6180 series of 5.25" (13.34-cm) fixed disc drives includes model 6182 with 2 discs and 6M-byte unformatted capacity (5M-byte formatted), and model 6183 with 3 discs and 1OM-byte capacity (7. 5M-byte formatted). Drives have 2-ms track to track access time, 100-ms avg data access time, and 5M-bit/s t ransfer rate. Track density is 2 54 tracks/in (100 tracks/cm) and bit density is 7690 bits/in (3028 bits/cm). BASF Systems Corp, Crosby Dr, Bedford, MA 01730.
Circle 21 5 on Inquiry Card
COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 19 81

Employers. Would you like to increase production? Cut down on absenteeism? Reduce industrial accidents?
We think you can if you start a physical fitness and health program for your employees.
Over 400 companies like Boeing, Chase Manhattan Bank, The Travelers Corporation, Phillips Petroleum, Kimberly Clark, Prudential Insurance and Xerox are already doing it. So can you at very low cost - by providing a place to exercise or jog, a running track, bicycle racks and

Edward H. Budd, President, The Travelers Corporation
showers. You can give or share the time for fitness. Encourage exercise before or after work.
To find out how you can start a fitness and health program in your company write: Employee Fitness, Washington, D.C. 20201
0 President's Council on Physical Fitness and Sports.

ENERGY FOR AMERICA- IT COMES FROM EXERCISE
205

PRODUCTS

MEMORIES
HALF-HEIGHT FLOPPY DRIVE
Two Thinline drives install in the cabinet space taken by one full-size floppy drive. Height of the drive is only 2.3" (5.8 cm), and the weight is just 7 lb (3 kg). Units feature an efficient

de brushless spindle motor, eliminating the need to make voltage changes for European use. They can be turned on and off by control signals from the interface, reducing wear on the diskette as well as the drive. The drive incorporates the firm's patented double-sided head, eliminating the need for a head load solenoid. Head positioning is accomplished by a band

driven carriage that is virtually frictionless, thereby increasing positioning accuracy. Track to track access time is only 3 ms. Model TM 848-1 reads and writes 0.6M bytes (doubledensity, IBM format) on one side of the disc; model TM 848-2 writes 1.2M bytes using both sides. Tandon iCorp, 20320 Prairie St, Chatsworth, CA 9 1311.

Multiperipherals For
Your Multibus

Need large disk capacity for your Multibus system? Xylogics has what you need.
Multi Disks
· CDC Hawk (10 MB) · CDC cartridge modules (32-96 MB) · CDC storage modules (80-300 MB) · CDC Lark (8 MB/8 MB) · BASF (24 MB) · NEC (20-80 MB)
Multi Interfaces
Choice of Xylogics Peripheral Processors for either storage module or Diablo 44B interface.
Multi Benefits
· B~t-slice control technology · Compatible with INTEL, NATIONAL
80/20, 86/12 · SMD configurations of up to four
drives in any mix of storage capacities · Fast delivery · Low prices
U.S. Headquarters: 42 Third Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803 Tel: (617) 272-8140 (TWX 710-332-0262) European Headquarters: 46-48 High Street, Slough, Berks SL1 1ES U.K. Tel: (0753) 78921, Telex 847978

206

CIRCLE 1 17 ON INQUIRY CARD

Circle 21 6 on Inquiry Card
SOFTWARE
COBOL COMPILER
An enhanced ANSI '74 standard version for DEC's RT-11 and RSTS/E operating systems, RJ-11 COBOL consists of compiler, runtime system, and supporting programs designed to run on a PDP-11 using RT-11 or RSTS/E. Utility programs are provided to print file contents or program results, sort files, update files, print file details, and extend files. RJ-11 COBOL will run on any PDP-11 with at least 16k-word main memory, a console terminal, and a std floppy or cartridge mass storage device. ecc Systems, 31 5 Goodman's Hill Rd, Sudbury, MA 01776.
Circle 21 7 on Inquiry Card
COMPILER AND RUNTIME LIBRARY
A superset of BNF notation, PUC language has been implemented to boost productivity in development of programming language compilers, human language translators, program language converters, machine language translators and disassemblers, and interpreters for complex command languages. The compiler provides rapid implementation of complex syntactical analysis algorithms, fast code generation, and facility for inline user assembler language code. MRD Systems Inc, PO Box 14 7, Spring Valley, MN 55975.
Circle 21 8 on Inquiry Card
COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

PRODUCTS

POWER SUPPLIES AND REGULATORS
VOE AND FCC APPROVED MULTIPLE-OUTPUT SWITCHER
VDE-50 series open frame 50-W regulated supplies meet all VOE 0730 safety standards, and have a built-in emi filtering system that meets VOE 0871/6.78 level A spec and FCC spec 20780. De outputs are 5 V at 6 A, 1 2 or 15 Vat 1.0 A, and - 12 or - 1 5 V at 1 .0 A. Line regulation is ± 0.2 % max at 90 to 132 Vac or 180 to 264 Vac, 4 7- to 440-Hz input. Overall regulation of 5-V primary output is ± 1% . Overall regulation of the other outputs is ± 4% from 20% to 100% of max rated load, line regulation over input voltage range, and centering. Units feature voltage protection on the 5-V output, soft start, short circuit protection on all outputs, reverse voltage, overload, and brownout protection. Noise and ripple are less than 1 % peak to peak on any output. Holdup time is 20 ms min. Typ efficiency is 70%. Power/Mate Corp, 514 S River St, Hackensack, NJ 07601.
Circle 219 on Inquiry Card
POWER FAIL MONITORS
PFM-1 and -2 monitor system ac input power, providing a TTL compatible indication of reduced line conditions and transients, plus complete power outages. PFM-1 provides power fail detection for all foreign and domestic ac applications. PFM-2 adds phase shifting circuitry to detect ac power loss occurring at any point on the input sine wave and an external de sense capability that allows users to monitor any external de output voltage from 5 to 48 V. Pow,er-One, Inc, Power One Dr, Camarillo, CA 93010.
Circle 220 on Inquiry Card

LINEAR VOLTAGE REGULATOR

LM117M/217M and 317M adjustable

3-terminal regulators are capable of

supplying in excess of 0.5 A over an

output range of 1.2 to 3 7 V. The

devices are easy to use and require

only 2 external resistors to set the

desired output voltage. Internal cur-

rent limiting, thermal shutdown, and

safe area compensation make them

virtually failure proof. The devices

serve various applications including

'local oncard regulation. They also

make a simple adjustable switching

regulator and a programmable output

regulator. By connecting a fixed

resistor between the adjustment and

output, the devices can be used as a

precision current regulator. Available

in T0-66 and T0-220 cases, the devices

are offered in 0 to 125 °C, - 25 to

1 50 °C, and - 55 to 1 50 °C temp

ranges. The T0-220 plastic package is

available only in the lower temp range.

Motorola Semiconductor Prod~cts

Inc, PO Box 2091 2, Phoenix, AZ

85036.

Circle 221 on Inquiry Card

PRINTERS/PLOTTERS
THERMAL PRINTERS/PLOTTERS
Models 1001 and 1002 feature list and text printing formats and a digital plotting function. "Step chart" type plotting from a digital input, and IEEE 488 interface are std. Available with or without time clock, models offer 20-col, 2. 5-line/s thermal printing capability with full 64-char ASCII alphanumeric character set. A 20-col BCD interface is optional, and can be installed in addition to the GPIB interface. Racal-Dana Instruments, Inc, 18912 Von Karman Ave, Irvine, CA 92713.
Circle 222 on Inquiry Card

signing
.an1. stmapse,..,

LaVezzi is the source for GH PRECISION machined parts

We specialize in the manufacture of small machined parts involving unique

sprockets

ratchets

starwheels

'

etc.

machining requirements, extreme-

ly close tolerances, fine finishes.

A variety of sprockets and other

high precision parts are in stock

for immediate delivery-or made

exactly to your specifications. In-

quiries invited. Described in detail

in catalog L70-5

LaVezzi Machine Works, Inc. 900 North Larch Avenue Elmhurst, Illinois 60126 (312) 832-8990

CIRCLE 1 18 ON INQUIRY CARD

207

PRODUCTS

· · · ·

· · GM ceramic · · magnets meet · · tough specs! · ·e GM ceramic magnets ·· give you better dimensional ·
e accuracy, functional flexi-
· bility and environmental

· reliability.

·

e e GM magnets hold dimensional tolerances to

· computer hardware

e e accuracies and have a stable · non-outgassing coating to

· satisfy the critical needs of

e e computer disc storage · technology.

· GM coated, tight- ·

e e tolerance ceramic magnets are available as either arcs

or flat blocks.

· GM delivers the quality ·
e e magnets you need yet stays
e within budget. For more

information, circle tpe ·
e e number below for our e informative catalog and the ·
e name of your nearest
:·· GM·~=: · representative.

· GEnl:RRL mRGnETIC co· · ari~ Comoanv

·

52521nvestmentDr ·PO Box210159·Dallas. Tx 75211 ·

· · · · · · · · · (214) 296-4711 ·Telex 79-1634 · GENOX

COMPUTERS AND COMPUTER SYSTEMS
ENTRY LEVEL MINICOMPUTER
MARK 111, a 16-bit mini with 64k bytes of memory uses the main processor to supply intelligence for peripheral controllers, thereby eliminating separate interface and intelligence for each individuaI controller. A combined CPU/memory board with an integrated power supply is also provided with a connector for a std Pico-N software protection device. The peripheral interface board consists of multiplexer, disc controller, and streamer tape drive interfaces. They connect with the CPU/memory"'board via the backplane. The built-in disc controller interfaces with 1 or 2 drives with a std SMC/CMD specification. It is also compatible with SMD interfaced Winchester drives. Up to 4 streamer tape drives may interface to the PIB using a single ribbon cable. The unit has an asynchronous OMA multiplexer capability consisting of 4 ports that are independently strappable to 9600 baud. The ports have modem interface capabilities and can be connected to a line printer and/or a variety ofterminals. Fully compatible with the IRIS operating system, the unit implements the std instruction set in 600 ns. Poim 4 Data Corp, 2569 McCabe Way, Irvine, CA 92714. ·circle 223 on Inquiry Card
MINICOMPUTER SYSTEMS
Series 550 consists of 16-bit minicomputer, 64k bytes of memory, disc controller capable of driving coc 9455 Lark module drives, printer controller (parallel or serial), and a second asynchronous port for an additional CRT. 550-ns CPU has Data General compatible instruction set, and an adapter
is available on the CPU board to accom-
modate security devices. System operates under IRIS, IOS, BITS, BLIS/ COBOL, and MICOS operating systems. Bytronix Corp, 2701 E Chapman Ave, Fullerton, CA 92631. Circle 224 on Inquiry Card

CIRCLE 119 ON INQUIRY CARD

DATA COMMUNICATIONS
ASYNCHRONOUS LIMITED DISTANCE MODEM

· M/·U.;.. b,,'.!( _.3. ~-L V(;: ·M

Model 6201 modem is designed for

operation over telco or private 2- or

4-wire unloaded twisted-pair conduc-

t ors at rates to 9600 bits/s. It can be

used in local data distribution up to

7 mi (11 krn) with #26 AWG wire .

Strap selection provides for constant

or controlled ATS, high/low transmit

level, 2- or 4-wire operation, and nor-

mal or high receiver impedance. A

pulse modulation scheme varies

transmit signal polarity on balanced

lines. Interface is EiA RS-232-C/CCiTT

V.24. 20-mA current loop interface is

available. International Data Sciences,

Inc, 7 Wellington Rd, Lincoln, RI

02865.

Circle 225 on Inquiry Card

SYNCHRONOUS SHORT-HAUL DATA SET

Limited distance data set DS541

operates up to 6 mi (9. 7 km) at selec-

table rates from 1200 to 19.2k bits/s

and meets all requirements of

CCITT 43401 specification. The set may

be used in full -d uplex, half-duplex

(4-wire), or tnultidrop configurations,

and is RS-232-C compatible. Q-A loop-

back is incorporated, as is internal

lightning protection at transmission

cable terminals. Develcon Electronics

Inc, 200 North St, Doylestown, PA

18901.

Circle 226 on Inquiry Card

COMPACT 9600-BIT/s MODEM
Designed to support high speed point to point applications or to act as a backbone link in standalone multiplexer applications, DataComm 9600 provides 9600-bit/s synchronous transmission over 4-wire unconditioned voice grade lines. Fallback rates of 7200 or 4800 bits/s handle continued operations over severely degraded circuits. General DataComm Industries, Inc, One Kennedy Ave, Danbury, CT 06810 . Circle 227 on Inquiry Card
COMPUTER DESIGN· JULY 1981

PRODUCTS

MISCELLANEOUS
PRODUCTION P/ROM PROGRAMMING SYSTEM

~ i-~~J~

--- __ ~~

...

,....__

P/ROM ahd logic device programming system combines a diskette based data control unit (DCU), production programmer, and handler UniPak to address the whole sequence of tasks associated with device programming for production. The data control unit has 1 or 2 disc drives to provide readily accessible online storage for programming data. A single 5.25" (13. 34-cm) floppy diskette can store 82k bytes of 8-bit programming data, enough for 41 (2716 type) EPROMs. The DCU's built-in directory files programming data patterns under user specified part numbers. With 3 RS-232-C 110 ports, the unit can serve up to 3 programmers. It works as a slave in connection with the production programmer; the interactive command set gives the operator control of both instruments from the programmer's front panel. Data 110 Corp, Box 308, Issaquah, WA 98027.
Circle 228 on Inquiry Card

PRODUCTION P/ROM PROGRAMMER

M91 OA P/ROM control unit allows user to repeatedly BLANK CHECK, DUPLICATE, or COMPARE P/ROMS with a single keystroke. Unit can program over 450 different devices, including P/ROMs,

PLAsR, and microprocessors that con-

tain P/ROMs. With gang personality

modules, unit duplicates up to 8

devices simultaneously and performs

testing of P/ROMs, including high/low

V cc tests with rated loads and tests

for shorts. Features include lighted

pass, fail, and function indicators, and

audio signals for pass and fail. Pro-Log

Corp, 2411 Garden Rd, Monterey, CA

93940.

Circle 229 on Inquiry Card

SPEECH SYNTHESIZER
To produce speech, serial data are input through the RS-232 interface of the ASCII VOCALIZER I. The unit vocalizes any words or characters contained in its vocabulary and ignores all others. The std vocabulary is 200 words, expandable to 800. The synthesizer contains an internal amplifier and loudspeaker and responds to commands to set output loudness levels and to flush the internal buffer for emergency messages. Operating

speed ranges from 110 to 19.2k

baud. A vocabulary generator unit and

EBCDIC model are also available. Micro

Communication$, Inc, 1 509 Govern-

ment St, Suite 214, Mobile, AL

36604.

Circle 230 on Inquiry Card

SPEECH SYNTHESIZER MICROCIRCUIT AND BOARD

TDS90 speech synthesizer microcircuit

and TDS91 o board make up a system

that allows the spoken word to be

converted into a small number of

speech parameters, stored in P/ROMs,

and subsequently reproduced as

speech. The synthesizer board con-

tains the microcircuit, sockets for 3

speech memories, and an audio power

amplifier for driving a speaker. Three

interfaces include switch closure,

2-wire serial ASCII, and parallel binary

with handshake. A std vocabulary ROM

is available. Stynetic Systems, Inc,

Flowerfield, Bldg 1, St James, NY

1 1 7 8 0.

Circle 231 on Inquiry Card

GOOD CRT'S COME IN SMALL PACKAGES
W~o says a CRT terminal has to be big and bulky to do a good job? At Ann Arbor Terminals,
we offer a full 15-inch screen and de-
tached keyboard as standard on all our . desktop terminals. And the case is only
14" wide by 15" high by 13.6" deep. We're known throughout the industry for our high quality and reliability. On top of this, we prob-
ably have the widest range of available options in the field. Display formats from 256 to 4800 characters. Foreign language character sets. Special command sets. Custom keyboards. Editing, protected fields and block transmit. And ifyour application doesn't lend itselfto adesktopterminal, weofferdisplay controllers (especially good in industrial environments) for use with fre e- , standing monitors. Or buy our terminal without the case and mount it in your own console. So when the CRT is the focal point of your system, why settle for a large case and small screen? You can have excellent readability ~ithout taking up a lot of room. And get the features you need . Call us for more information at Ann Arbor Terminals, Inc., 6175 Jackson Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48103. Tel: (313)663-8000. TWX: 810-223-6033.

CIRCLE 120 ON INQUIRY CARD

209

LITERATURE

Snap Action Switches Catalog details complete line of snap action switches, and provides glossary and selection guide. Cherry Electrical Products Corp, Waukegan, Ill.
Circle 281 on Inquiry Card
Keyboards Brochure describing 10-, 1 2-, and 16-station encoded and non-encoded keyboards contains specs and dimensional diagrams. ITT Datanetics Corp, Fountain Valley, Calif.
Circle 282 on Inquiry Card
Logic Development System Universal, multi-user 64000 system for software and hardware development is subject of 32-p company journal illustrated with block diagrams, displays, and tables. Hewlett-Packard Co, Palo Alto, Calif.
Circle 283 on Inquiry Card

Telecommunications Devices
Catalog covering video, voice, and data transmission system components describes over 80 items, and includes specs, photos, and reference sources for each. GTE Lenkurt Inc, San Carlos, Calif. Circle 284 on Inquiry Card
Microminiature IC Packages
Applications brochure features spec selection guide, tabulated reliability evaluation, and circuit diagrams, as well as mounting, power dissipation, and cost effectiveness outline. Signetics Corp, Sunnyvale, Calif.
Circle 285 on Inquiry Card
Microcomputer Software
Catalog lists over 50 media formats, CP/M compatible disc operating systems, hard disc integration modules, and word processing systems. Lifeboat Associates, New York, NY.
Circle 286 on Inquiry Card

Test and Measurement Instruments
Oscilloscopes, data test equipment, counters and counters/timers, pulse generators, and TV test equipment are described in full catalog illustrated with specs, photos, graphs, and dimensional and timing diagrams. Philips Test & Measuring Instruments, Inc, Mahwah, NJ.
Circle 287 on Inquiry Card
Uninterruptible Power Systems
Full specs are given for 750-VA and 1 5k-VA models in booklet featuring photos and flow diagrams. Clary Corp, San Gabriel, Calif.
Circle 288 on Inquiry Card
Switching Power Supplies
Short form catalog tabulates electrical and mechanical specs on ac-dc and de-de supplies, and illustrates pin and socket configurations. Power General, Canton, Mass. Circle 289 on Inquiry Card

· The Mini at the
· Price of a Micro

A ' ..

a --·

Systems Houses-get

the performance and flexibility of a MINI, at

the economy of a MICRO.

In its basic configuration the Ardent 1O

contains 65KB's of a 16 bit computer, disc

controller and printer controller, all integrat-

ed into a high performance, multivideo level

CRT.

The system is capable of handling up to

40MB's of disc storage and printers up to

300LPM.

The Ardent commitment is to the OEM,

Distributor and Systems Houses. We can

work with operating systems supporting

BASIC, COBOL or FORTRAN languages.

We have a powerful upgrade package

allowing easy, economical growth from a

low disc capacity, single user system, up

through a hi-storage capacity multiuser

system .

Our discount structure is aggressive,

but more importantly, we can help you

make money. We're not promising, we're

DELIVERING.

RESEARCH REPORT ~~~~:..
OEM MINI/MICRO COMPUTER MARKETS
· Traces the evolution of the mini/microcomputer markets, and discusses the current market structure as it relates to the development of board level versus system products.
· Analyzes the current and future OEM mini, micro, and maxi computer markets, and evaluates the key technological factors affecting the future market, wi th expected trends in channels of distribution and product support.
· Reviews current semiconductor technology trends impacting the mini/microcomputer markets, and considers the Silicon Valley views on packaging, maintainability and software for future mini/microcomputer products.
· Provides ten-year projections for mini, micro and maxi computers, with a review of current and expected future strategies of leading suppliers.
· 170 pages; 22 exhibits; published March 1981; price $985.00.

For free descriptive literature and a detailed table of contents,

contact:

N I INTERNATIONAL RESOURCE

DEVELOPMENT INC.

30 High Street

II

Norwalk, CT 06851 U.S.A.

·

Phone (203) 866-6914

WU Telex 64-3452

CIRCLE 122 ON INQUIRY CARD

CIRCLE 121 ON INQUIRY CARD

li&··n. . . COMPUTER OESIGN
'libo~@·-

STD BUS PROTOTYPE PACKAGE

SMALLEST LINE DRIVER IN THE WORLD

The TRS-PROTO Package permits STD BUS

bo-sherrel co. is introducing the smallest line

Z80 Systems to be developed using a TRS-80 FREE MICROPROCESSOR CATALOG 40 driver in the WORLD. The M-3 makes it pos-

for all editing, assembling, and bulk storage. It page catalog of 6800 single board computers, sible to locate computer terminals up to two

includes the Mostek CPU2 card and Debug interface modules, SPRINT 68 control miles away from the computer room for a very

O.S., and is available for $895 as shown computer/development system, WIZRD mul- low cost. It is mounted directly on the ter-

($1050for 4.0 MHz). A full catalog of STD BUS titasking DOS, assemblers, compilers, BASIC, minal's RS-232 connector. Four screw ter-

products from Mostek and other manufactur- cross assemblers, cross compilers, custom minals attach telephone wiring, or any tour-

ers is also available.

engineering, OEM applications software.

wire cable.

Contact QC MICROSYSTEMS, 9861 Chartwell WINTEK CORP., 1801 South Street, Lafayette, For more information contact bo-sherrel co.

Dr., Dallas, TX 75243, (214) 343-1282.

IN 47904; 317-742-8428.

6101 Jarvis Ave, Newark, CA 94560, or call

CIRCLE 525

CIRCLE 526 (41 5) 792-0354.

CIRCLE 527

r--------------+--------------~---------------1

~
"

ARE YOU PROGRAMMING AN INTEL MCS-48 FAMILY CHIP?

Cross assembler for Intel MCS-48 family of

WHEN YOU NEED PERMANENT MAGNETS
.. .Come to the INDIANA GENERAL STORE
for high energy cast Alnico ... Sintered Alnico for small, intricate shapes ... Economical ln-
dox® Ceramic magnets ... Cunife close tolerance stamped or formed part~ ... Space- ·
saving lncor® Rare Earth Materials with

RS232 DATA SWITCHING MATRIX
· Implements every possible connection between Tx Data and Rcvd Data for eight 1/0 ports. · Manual Control and connection monitoring via built in key array and 8 x 8 LED display. · Non-volatile memory for 16 connection ar-

single chip microprocessors allows you to turn your single disk Heath H89 computer into a development system with the simple addition of an EPROM programmer. The program, in Microsoft BASIC, accepts named source file as input from diskette, logs error messages and output listing to either printer or CRT, and creates sequential hex address-opcode array as named file on diskette for subsequent downloading to EPROM programmer RAM . Use of popular Microsoft BASIC enables adapting this program to many other personal com-

highest energy product available ... High rangements.

puters. Source listing plus user implementa-

quality lndalloy® formed or machined in intricate parts. Ask for complete file of current permanent magnet technical data. INDIANA GENERAL - MAGNET PRODUCTS, 405 Elm

· 20 ma, RS232, or TTL may be mixed. · Remote selection via parallel TTL interface. $995 (1-4, USA only), DIGITAL LABORATORIES,600 Pleasant St., Water-

tion documentation available for $95.00 from INFORMATION ASSOCIATES, PO Box 40713, Tucson, AZ 85 717. CIRCLE 530

St., Valparaiso, IN 46383 (219)462-3131. town, MA 02172. (617)924-1680.

r-----------CIR-CL-E 5-28~-----------CIR-CL-E 5-29-~--------------,

HEWLETT PACKARD 98458/C &

9835A BINARY UTILITY PROGRAMS

Binary programs to enhance program editing

1981

l..(.

capabilities and provide new keyboard commands are now available . · SEARCH & REPLACE Provides a program-global facility to change names of labels, functions, variables and subprograms on BASIC programs in memory. · SYMBOL FINDER Searches

IC MASTER $82.50

··l·'

BASIC program for identifiers and reports defining

line number and all occurrences. · MEMORY

MAPPER Prints memory map to help programmers write BASIC programs which execute faster and use
less memory. · CROSS REFERENCE An invaluable aid in preparing documentation . Produces a cross reference table to show all identifiers and line numbers where they occur. ·DUMP ALPHA Copies the CRT display to the internal printer or an external hardcopy device. · COMMENT STRIPPER Removes
comments from BASIC programs to reduce memory

THE SIMPLE SOLUTION TO IC SELECTION : e
Development Systems & Custom IC sections · Volume 1 -Microprocessors, Micro-
computer Boards, Development Systems, Digital · Volume 11 -Memory, Interface, Linear, Custom IC's · 50,000 IC Devices

GRAPHICS BOARD
The RG-SBC-GG1 256H x 240V Graphics Generator contains a hardware vector genera-

requirements and improve execution speed . organized by type, function, & key parameters tor, two 256H x 240V refresh memories, and

· OEMSEC Enciphers BASIC programs to prevent
listing, tracing or interrogation of program variables. Insures that algorithms and trade secrets embodied in programs remain secure. · NODUP Prevents duplication of the program media. Works with tape, floppy, or hard disc based systems.

· 2,000 pages of manufacturers key product data · Alternate Source Directory...Application Note Directory... Manufacturers & Distrib-
utors Directory · Military Parts lndex... Part Number lndex... Product Index

produces a high quality composite TV signal for use with a standard 525 line TV monitor.
Ideal for games or moving displays. Includes
manual for $395 ea. Manual only $20.

STRUCTURED SOFTWARE SYSTEMS, INC., Box INTERNATIONAL MARKETING GROUP, RASTER GRAPHICS, P 0 Box 23334, Tigard,

1072, Irick Road, Mt . Holly, NJ 08060 . 17401 Irvine Blvd. , Suite K, Tustin, CA Oregon, 97223. Tel. (503)620-2241.

L16-09-)26-7-1-616-------CI-RC-LE -531~-92-68-0 (-71-4) 8-32--5-00-5 ---CIR-CL-E 5_32._----------C-IR-CLE-5-33-

211

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

'

At Link. we give designer"s toots...

notheadacties.

·

Link builds simulators for real-world systems (power plant control stations, ASW systems, etc.), so our CAD/D professionals design nearly everything ... from PC boards to engine-room structures.
We know it's not easy work, and your success is important to us.
That's why we take a progressive approach to CAD/D. At Link you'll work with truly superior tools because we expect and get truly superior engineering.

The background that can qualify you includes: Thorough knowledge of engineering/ design fundamentals ... Solid experience in preparing complete engineering and production drawings ... Understanding of CAD/D applications and procedi.Jres ... AAS degree or equal. .. Plus willingness to work rotating shifts.
We offer: · Attractive salaries · 100% prepaid tuition · 3 major medical/dental
programs · Paid relocation

Link
SIMULATION SYSTEMS DIVISION THE BINGER COMPANY

To arrange a confidential personal interview, please write to: Rob Stout, Employment Manager
LINK SIMULATION SYSTEMS
11800 Tech Road, Silver Spring, Maryland 20904
Link Simulation Systems is an equal opportunity/affirmative action employer actively seeking talent without regard to race, sex, age, religion, national origin, or physical handicaps.

212

CIRCLE 123 ON INQUIRY CARD

Computer/Communications Systems

CoInputer Sciences
Corporation

APPLY YOUR lilGH-TECHNOLOGY KNOW-HOW TO OUR
lilGH-TECHNOLOGY PROBLEMS

We're the Systems Division of CSC and we're involved in some of the most challenging, complex problem solving assignments in government and industry. Ours is an environment that promotes individual as well as team efforts while recognizing and rewarding achievement. Right now we have many outstanding opportunities available for communications engineers with experience in the following areas:

c3
Systems Supporting Unified
and Specified Commands Commercial Communications Systems
Analog & Digital Switching System Concept Formulations
Trade-Off Analysis Signal Processing Microprocessors
Digital Communication Systems Air Force Communications Command E~eering Telephone Cable Plant

Submarine Communications Microwave Fiber Optics Short Range Modems Multiplexors Communications "'Technology (ELF, VLF, HF, EHF, Blue-Green Laser, · Computer Conimunications Timing & Synchronization Systems Spread-Spectrum Techniques Communications Network Performance Analysis

These are only an indication of the many job opportunities that CSC offers. If you have a BSEE (MSEE preferred}, please contact us now! We offer attractive salaries, complete benefits coverage and a challenging, growth-oriented environment. To learn more about these positions and your future with CSC, direct your resume, in confidence to: Director of Professional Staffing, M/C-CD781.

The onlyllinitations are the ones you bring\\'ithyou.
csc

SYSTEMS DIVISION 6565 Arlington Boulevard
Falls Church, VA 22045

An Equal Opportunity EmplO:'\'{'r. M/f</'H.

CIRCLE 125 ON INQUIRY CARD

213

Computer Systems for B&D
Data Acquisition & Control Systems
16 to 256 ch.; Programmable gain; 12, 14, or 16 bit; 30 to 125 KHz; Voltage/ current output; Stepping motor control
8086 16 Bit Micro Systems
opt. 31 MByte Winchester Drives opt. 256 KByte Memory Boards
Real Time Video Digitization Systems
31 MByte Winchester
(other mass memories avail.)
Reliable Versatile Economical Industrial Quality Call for complete product line information.
TECMAR, INC. (216) 464-7410
23600 Mercantile Road · Cleveland, OH. 44122
CIRCLE 126 ON INQUIRY CARD
151-11

mes SIMPLY EXISTS TO PROVIDE THE MARKETPLACE WITH
DEC LSl-11 COMPONENTS e FAST e LOW PRICED e WORLDWIDE
Oom·n· Campu1er Supp~·ers, ~n~.
25 Chatham Rd., summit, NJ 07901 /201-277-6150 /Telex 13-6476

214

CIRCLE 127 ON INQUIRY CARD

ADVERTISERS' INDEX
Able Computer.................................................................50 Advanced Electronic Design................:............................ 121 Advanced Micro Devices..............................................82, 83 Altos Computer Systems.. ........................................48b, 48c American Microsystems...................................... .........68, 69 AMP............................ .. ...........................................28, 29 Anadex ......................................................................... 48e Analog Devices..............................................................181 Ann Arbor Terminals.......................................................209 Ardent Computer............................................. .. ............. 210 Augat.......................................................................36, 37 Auscom ........................................................................ 137 Aydin Controls...............................................................104
Belden Corp Interconnect Systems........................... ........................... 43
Benson ......................................................................... 129 B&K Precision.............................................................12, 13 Bo-Sherrell................... .. ................................................211
Calcomp ....................................................................... 11 0 Canon U.S.A................. .. ...............................................216 Charles River Data Systems................................................33 Chromatics...................................................................... 10 Columbia Data Products.. ................................................. 131 Computer Products........ .. ............................................... 179 Computer Science Corp...................................................21 3 Computer Terminal Systems............................................. 198 Conrac Corp................. .. ............................................... 125 Control Data Corp.......... ................................................. 165 Creative Micro Systems.. ................................................. 160 Cromemco ...................................................................... 84 Custom Systems............................................................199 Cybernex ...................................................................... 102
Datacube ........................................................................ 38 Data General......................................................22, 23, 167 Dataram Corp.............................................................5, 25 Data Systems Design.............................................~ .......... 15 Datum ............................................................................ 49 DeAnza Systems............................................................ 135 Digl-Data Corp.................................................................66 Digital Engineering ......... 103 u ··············································· Digital Laboratories.........................................................211
Eagle-Picher................................................................... 189 Electronic Processors...................................................... 142 EMM ............................................................................ 204 Evans & Sutherland......................................................... 11 7 Ex-Cell-O Corp, Remex Div.................................................63
Forethought Products......................................................138 Frost & Sullivan..............................................................216
GAW Controls Corp.........................................................201 General Magnetic Co.......................................................208 Genisco Computers......................................................... 123 GIMIX ........................... . ................................................. 31 Gould Inc.........................................................................19 Grinnell Systems............................................................ 119
Hazeltine Corp................................................................ 149 HEl ............................... .................................................... 4 Hewlett Packard............. .......................57, 58, 59, 140, 141 Hitachi America..............................................................48h Honeywell, Test Instrument Div..........................................41 Houston lnstrument...................................................Cover Ill
Illinois Lock Co.................................................................72 Industrial Data Terminals.................................................. 114 Integral Data Systems.......................................................81 Intel
MS0......................................................................44, 45 SPD.......................................................................76, 77 Indiana General................ ..............................................211 Information Associates....................................................211 International Marketing Group...........................................2 11 International Resource Development.................................. 21 0 lnterphase Corp................................................................62
COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

lntertec Data Systems.......................................................30 ITT Cannon Electric......................................................... 171
Kennedy Co....................................................................... 1 Kroy ............................................................................... 27
LaVezzi Machine Works...................................................207 Lexidata ..........................................................................88 Link Simulation Systems..................................................212
Mannessman Tally..............................................................2 Matrix Instruments......................................................... 121 Maxell .......................................................................... 158 MDB ............................................................................. 172 Megatek Corp............................................................Cover II Michigan Plastic Products..................................................67 Micropolis Corp................................................................55 Micro/Sys ...................................................................... 173 Mieroware ....................................................................... 31 Mini Computer Suppliers..................................................214 Mitsubishi ..................................................................... 19 5 Morrow Designs...............................................................52 Mostek..........................................................................8, 9 Multiwire.......................................................................203
National Semiconductor Corp......................................75, 155 NEC Information Systems.................................................. 16 NEC Micro Systems.............................. ....................... 96, 97 Nicolet CAD...................................................................108 North Atlantic lndustries..................................................176
Optical Information Systems............................................. 169 Opto 22..........................................................................70
Panasonic...................................................................... 139 Pertee Computer Corp, Peripherals Div.........................42, 202 Pioneer Magnetics............................................................73 Power-One ...................................................................... 4 7
Qantex ......................................................................... 157
Ramtek...................................................................Cover IV Rastor Graphics..............................................................211 Raytheon Co....................................................................90 RCA...................................................................48f, 51, 53 Robbins & Myers, Electric Motor Div....................................39 Rohm Corp.....................................................................48a
Sanders Associates...........................................................95 Science Accessories Corp................................................ 200 Scientific Micro Systems...................................................78 Scion ............................................................................ 163 Seagate Technology........................................................48g Shugart Associates.....................................................34, 35 Sierracin/Power Systems................................................. 150 Siggraph/81 .................................................................. 185 Southern Case...............................................................215 Spectra-Strip............................................................65, 183 Spectrum ...................................................................... 174 Sprague Electric Co......................................................... 159 Structured Software Systems...........................................211
Sweda International......................................................80s *
Systems Engineering Laboratories..................................... 187
Tandon Corp..............................................................20, 21 TASA ............................................................................. 46 Tecmar ......................................................................... 214 Tektronix.......................................................................6, 7 Telesensory Systems........................................................24 TeleVideo Systems......................................................... 109 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS.................................................... 190 3M...........................................................................60, 61 Trilog ..............................................................................86 TRW Cinch Connectors....................................................197
Versatec, a Xerox Co.........................................................98 Versitron .........................................................................79 Vertel ........................................................................... 161 Visual Technology.......................................................... 177
Wintek Corp..................................................................21 1
Xylogics ........................................................................ 206 *This ad appears in regional issues only.

Think Tank

At Southern Case, we've done a lot of thinking about a lot of packaging, packaging thats conveniently portable, protective, lightweight, yet rugged as a tank. We'd like you to think about our custom cases for your computers and computer terminals.
Think about our low-cost custom fit, with fabric lining to cradle and protect delicate equipment.
Think about tough, blow-molded polyethylene in a double walled construction with a buffering layer of air.
Think about an attractive, grained surface that sheds water, grime, and most chemicals, a surface that won't tarnish, rust or corrode.
Think about sturdy metal hinges and metal locking hardware, engineered to stand up to the roughest stress, motion, wear, and tear.
Whatever you think up, we can design a case for it. Contact us today at Southern Case for the best in packaging at practical prices. We think you'll like it.
S<Southern Case, Inc.
P. 0 . Box 28147/ Department CD/ Raleigh, N.C. 2761 1 (919) 821-0877

CIRCLE 124 ON INQUIRY CARD

215

VOICE PROCESSING
PRODUCTS MARKET
Frost & Sullivan has completed a 191-page report on the Voice Processing Market. An analysis and 10-year sales forecast in number of units, unit price and dollar sales are furnished for various product types in these voice processing categories: medium- and low-priced speaker dependent voice data entry; speaker dependent voice data entry; and low- and medium-priced voice response systems. An evaluation is made of voice data entry and response systems used separately or in combination. A state of the art description is provided for the various voice processing products. A questionnaire survey of those presently using and considering the use of voice processing equipment was one of the data gathering approaches, and the results are tabulated and interpreted. The industry structure is investigated, company profiles are provided, and company market shares are determined by major product category with future company market shares presented. The project director has headed a number of Frost & Sullivan reports in the small business computer, data entry and distributed data processing products market.
Price: $950. Send your check or we will bill you. For free descriptive literature, plus a detailed Table of Contents, contact:
FROST & SULLIVAN 106 Fulton Street New York, New York 10038 (212) 233-1080

For a tour page brochure with full Information:
Canon, U.S.A., inc. Electrical Components Division One Canon Plaza Lake Success, N.Y. 11042 (516) 488-6700

· 20mm to 56.5mm diameter
· Ratios from 8:1 to 3000:1 · Tor~ues from 100 to 10,000 g-cm
· Speeds from 1.3 to 600 rpm
· Voltages from 6 to 24 VDC
· Concentric or offset shaft
These small but high powered unns feature smooth operation, long life and low electrical and mechanical noise.

216

CIRCLE 129 ON INQUIRY CARD

C"C * SALE~ OFFICES''.
HOME OFFICE Director of Marketing Gene Pritchard Direct Marketing Sales Mgr Maureen Sebastian Classified Advertising Mgr John G. French 11 Goldsmith St. Littleton, MA 01640 (617) 486-8944
l\IEW ENGLAND AND UPSTATE NEW YORk
Regional Sales Manager Carol E. Fountain 11 Goldsmith St. Littleton, MA 01460 (617) 486-8944
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES, LONG ISLAND AND SOUTHEASTERN STATES
DICK BUSCH, INC Richard V. Busch 6 Douglass Dr., R.D. #4 Princeton, N.J. 08540 (201) 329-2424
MIDWESTERN STATES AND COLORADO
BERRY CONNER ASSOCIATES Berry Conner, Jr. 88 West Schiller St. Suite 2208 Chicagof IL 60610 (312) 266-0008
WESTERN STATES AND TEXAS
BUCKLEY/BORIS ASSOC., INC. Terry Buckley Tom Boris John Sabo 22136 Clarendon St. Woodland Hills, CA 91367 (213) 999-5721 (714) 957-2552 Terry Buckley Barbara Arnold P.O. Box 278 Campbell, CA 95009 (408) 866-8735 (213) 999-5721
·(TMI
COMPUTER DESIGN·JULY 1981

With the C0MPL0T® Series 7000 Digitizers
You get user configuration controls not
ordinarily found in contpetitive digitizers

Prices start at $2,950*

~------f'rIl2_lrjzyfilJ-i_'J}J 0r!:J:l}

Only the Series 7000 digitizers

These are a representative few

give you 40 user selectable

of the multitude of combinations

or host computer controlled features for the ultimate in tailoring these microprocessorbased digitizers for specific applications. · Variable digitizing rates from
to 200 coordinate pairs per second in 8 selections. · Resolutions of .001", .005" or .01". · Incremental mode with 64 step sizes from 0.005" to 0.315". · Manual or host computer control. · Single point data averaging. · Fixed or relocatable origin. · English or metric dimensioned positions. · Built-in annunciator on / off.

available. But the Series 7000 story isn't over yet. Consider four sizes from which to choose with active areas of 12"x12", 17"x24", 36"x48" and 42"x60" PLUS a complete border for user definable menus - no need for a separate extra cost menu pad.
All CQ)MPLQ)T Series 7000 digitizers are transluscent for backlighting. And while the 12-button cursor is standard, single-button cursor, inking/noninking stylus or magnifying cursors are available. You also get the Houston Instrument commitment to accuracy, ±0.005" right to the edge of the active area.

· Parity on / off.

And no demagnetizing (biasing)

· 8 Bit Parallel/BCD or Binary. · Dual port RS-232-C.

is ever necessary.

Circle 130 for Literature

Circle 131

Wouldn 't you like to finish the CeJMPLeJT story? Get complete information on the C(l)MPL(l)T Series 7000's scores of user configuration controls. For descriptive literature, contact Houston Instrument, One Houston Square, Austin, Texas 78753. (512) 837-2820. Outside Texas call us toll free, 1-800-531-5205. For technical information, ask for operator #6.
houston instrument
GRAPHICS DIVISION OF
BAUSCH & LOMB @
® Registered trademark of Houston Instrument · U.S. domestic price only
Tested for FCC rules and regulations , Class A
ntative Call

Get the most out of your computer graphics

·

with a monitor from Ramtek.

Choose the right monitor for you from our broad line -13 to 25 inches, color or monochrome, cabinet or rackmount.
The 800 Series: Highest resolution ever in a raster CRT. Ramtek's 800 Series color and monochrome monitors bring the advantages of raster scan to even the most sophisticated display system. Sold by Ramtek, these monitors address a 1280 X 1024 picture element (pixel) matrix.
The 700 Series: High performance at a lower price. For users who don't require 1000-line resolution, Ramtek has the 700 Series with 640 X 512 addressable pixels. The Model 714 uses the latest in-line color gun technology to achieve cost-effective color displays.
From the company that pioneered raster color graphics. Our monitors display the same high quality

and performance that have made Ramtek the world 's largest independent manufacturer of raster scan computer graphics and imaging systems. From our most sophisticated 9400 Series to the 6212 interactive terminal, Ramtek has led the way with colorgraphic systems for CAD/CAM, process control , management information, medical imaging, command and control and computer simu lation.
Why a high performance monitor? Computer graphics users are demanding more resolution , color and performance. To find out how to compare the difference in high-performance monitors, write on your company's letterhead to Ramtek, 2211 Lawson Lane , Santa Clara, CA 95050 and request "High Performance Monitors for Computer Graphics and Imaging '.' It's Issue Number 4 of Ramtek's "USE OUR EXPERIENCE " series.

Ramtek

Our Experience Shows.

WORLD HEADQUARTERS-Santa Clara, CA (408) 988-2211 . REGIONAL HEADQUARTERS-Los Angeles, CA (714) 979-5351, Albuquerque , NM (505) 884-355 7,

Dallas, TX (214) 422-2200, Houstor ~ ·- · 7 7<1..-"233, Chicago , IL (312) 397-2279, Seattle, WA (206) 838-51 96, Washington, D.C . (703) 893-2020, Cleveland , OH

(216) 4M-4053, Boston, MA (617) 2·

+an NY (201) 238-2090, Maitland, FL (305) 645-0780, Pittsburgh , PA (412) 931-2500, New York/ Canada (716) 425-1742.

EUROPEAN HEADQUARTERS ·

'0) 2968-5056.

CIRCLE 132 ON INQUIRY CARD